This is a modern-English version of My African Journey, originally written by Churchill, Winston.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
Transcriber's Note:
Transcription Note:
My African Journey

Mr. Churchill and the Rhinoceros at Simba.
Frontispiece.
Mr. Churchill and the Rhinoceros at Simba.
Frontispiece.

My African Journey
My African Journey
BY
THE RIGHT HON.
WINSTON SPENCER CHURCHILL, M.P.
BY
THE HON.
WINSTON SPENCER CHURCHILL, M.P.
AUTHOR OF "THE STORY OF THE MALAKAND FIELD FORCE,"
"THE RIVER WAR," "LONDON TO LADYSMITH," "IAN HAMILTON'S MARCH,"
"SAVROLA," "LIFE OF LORD RANDOLPH CHURCHILL"
AUTHOR OF "THE STORY OF THE MALAKAND FIELD FORCE,"
"THE RIVER WAR," "LONDON TO LADYSMITH," "IAN HAMILTON'S MARCH,"
"SAVROLA," "LIFE OF LORD RANDOLPH CHURCHILL"
WITH SIXTY-ONE ILLUSTRATIONS FROM PHOTOGRAPHS BY
THE AUTHOR AND LIEUTENANT-COLONEL GORDON
WILSON, AND THREE MAPS
WITH SIXTY-ONE ILLUSTRATIONS FROM PHOTOGRAPHS BY
THE AUTHOR AND LIEUTENANT-COLONEL GORDON
WILSON, AND THREE MAPS
TORONTO
WILLIAM BRIGGS
1909
TORONTO
WILLIAM BRIGGS
1909
Richard Clay & Sons, Limited,
BREAD STREET HILL, E.C., AND
BUNGAY, SUFFOLK.
Richard Clay & Sons, Ltd.,
BREAD STREET HILL, E.C., AND
BUNGAY, SUFFOLK.
PREFACE
In so far as the collection of information is concerned, the advantages of travel may often be over-stated. So much has been written, so many facts are upon record about every country, even the most remote, that a judicious and persevering study of existing materials would no doubt enable a reader to fill himself with knowledge almost to repletion without leaving his chair. But for the formation of opinion, for the stirring and enlivenment of thought, and for the discernment of colour and proportion, the gifts of travel, especially of travel on foot, are priceless. It was with the design and in the hope of securing such prizes, that I undertook last year the pilgrimage of which these pages give account. I cannot tell whether I have succeeded in winning vi them; and still less whether, if won, they are transferable. I therefore view these letters with a modest eye. They were written mainly in long hot Uganda afternoons, after the day's march was done. The larger portion has already appeared in the Strand Magazine, and what has been added was necessary to complete the story.
As far as gathering information goes, the benefits of travel are often exaggerated. A lot has been written, and there are tons of facts about every country, even the most distant ones, that a careful and persistent study of existing materials would undoubtedly allow someone to become almost overly knowledgeable without leaving their chair. However, for forming opinions, sparking and energizing thoughts, and understanding nuances and perspectives, the benefits of travel, especially walking, are invaluable. It was with the aim and hope of gaining such experiences that I undertook the journey discussed in these pages last year. I can't say if I've succeeded in achieving those experiences; and even less whether they can be passed on. So, I look at these letters with modesty. They were mainly written during the long, hot afternoons in Uganda after the day's journey was completed. The majority has already been published in the Strand Magazine, and what I've added was necessary to complete the narrative.
They present a continuous narrative of the lighter side of what was to me a very delightful and inspiring journey; and it is in the hope that they may vivify and fortify the interest of the British people in the wonderful estates they have recently acquired in the northeastern quarter of Africa, that I offer them in a connected form to the indulgence of the public.
They share a continuous story about the lighter aspects of what was, for me, a truly enjoyable and inspiring journey. I hope this will energize and strengthen the interest of the British people in the incredible estates they've recently acquired in northeastern Africa. That's why I'm presenting them to the public in a connected format, hoping for your understanding.
Winston Spencer Churchill
Winston Churchill
London, 1908.
London, 1908.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I | |
PAGE | |
THE UGANDA RAILWAY | 1 |
CHAPTER II | |
AROUND MOUNT KENYA | 19 |
CHAPTER III | |
THE HIGHLANDS OF EAST AFRICA | 45 |
CHAPTER IV | |
THE GREAT LAKE | 66 |
CHAPTER V | |
THE KINGDOM OF UGANDA | 86 viii |
CHAPTER VI | |
KAMPALA | 104 |
CHAPTER VII | |
'ON SAFARI' | 127 |
CHAPTER VIII | |
MURCHISON FALLS | 148 |
CHAPTER IX | |
HIPPO CAMP | 168 |
CHAPTER X | |
DOWN THE WHITE NILE | 188 |
CHAPTER XI | |
THE VICTORIA AND ALBERT RAILWAY | 209 |
ILLUSTRATIONS
Go to page | |
MR. CHURCHILL AND THE RHINOCEROS AT SIMBA | Frontispiece |
ON THE COW-CATCHER | 7 |
THE RHINOCEROS AT SIMBA | 12 |
GUARD OF HONOUR, KING'S AFRICAN RIFLES | 20 |
BREAKDOWN ON THE WAY TO THIKA CAMP | 22 |
SHOOTING PARTY AT THIKA CAMP | 24 |
THE BANDA AT THIKA CAMP | 28 |
COLONEL WILSON'S LION | 28 |
"DURBAR" AT KIAMBU | 30 |
THE RIFT VALLEY FROM THE KIKUYU ESCARPMENT | 66 |
GOVERNMENT STOCK FARM AT NAIVASHA | 68 |
THE LAIBON'S WIVES | 71 x |
RAILHEAD AT KISUMU | 71 |
KAVIRONDO WARRIORS AT KISUMU | 80 |
NANDI AND KAVIRONDO WARRIORS AT KISUMU | 84 |
KISUMU | 86 |
GOVERNMENT HOUSE, ENTEBBE | 90 |
THE GOVERNOR WITH BAGANDA GROUP | 102 |
BAGANDA WARRIORS AT KAMPALA | 106 |
KING DAUDI'S DRUMMERS AT KAMPALA | 108 |
WATCHING THE WAR-DANCE AT KAMPALA | 109 |
ON THE WAY TO KAMPALA | 110 |
ROAD BETWEEN JINJA AND LAKE CHIOGA | 110 |
WAR DANCE AT KAMPALA—"THE BRAVEST MAN IN THE ARMY" | 112 |
WAR DANCE AT KAMPALA | 112 |
THE WHITE FATHERS' MISSION AT KAMPALA | 114 |
CHILDREN AT THE ENGLISH CATHOLIC MISSION, KAMPALA | 114 |
INTERIOR OF NAMIREMBE CATHEDRAL | 116 xi |
THE RIPON FALLS (SOURCE OF THE NILE) | 120 |
BETWEEN NIMULE AND GONDOKORO | 128 |
FOREST SCENE NEAR RIPON FALLS | 133 |
PALM TREE NEAR THE ASUA | 134 |
BANDA WITH ESCORT OF KING'S AFRICAN RIFLES | 134 |
AN ENCAMPMENT | 136 |
LANDING AT MRULI | 146 |
MURCHISON FALLS | 159 |
FAJAO, WITH NATIVES ASSEMBLED TO WELCOME US | 160 |
FLOTILLA AT FAJAO | 162 |
THE TOP OF THE MURCHISON FALLS | 164 |
UGANDA SCENERY | 164 |
THE LANDING-PLACE AT FAJAO | 169 |
EARLY MORNING ON THE NILE AT FAJAO | 170 |
FAJAO | 170 |
APPROACH TO LAKE ALBERT, WITH THE CONGO HILLS IN THE DISTANCE | 174 |
WADELAI | 174 xii |
THE "KENIA," "JAMES MARTIN," AND "GOOD HOPE" NEARING NIMULE | 178 |
HIPPO CAMP | 178 |
MR. CHURCHILL ON THE OBSERVATION LADDER AT HIPPO CAMP | 182 |
BANK OF THE VICTORIA NILE | 182 |
MR. CHURCHILL AND BURCHELL'S WHITE RHINOCEROS | 186 |
COLONEL WILSON'S ELEPHANT | 187 |
THE "KENIA," "JAMES MARTIN," AND "GOOD HOPE" ON THE WHITE NILE | 187 |
FORDING THE ASUA | 192 |
THE BELGIAN OFFICIALS AT LADO | 196 |
GONDOKORO | 196 |
REVIEW AT KHARTOUM | 198 |
SOUDAN GOVERNMENT STEAMER "DAL" | 198 |
A SHELUK AT KODOK (FASHODA) | 202 |
THE PALACE, KHARTOUM | 204 xiii |
GEORGE SCRIVINGS | 207 |
PHILAE | 208 |
MAPS
EASTERN AFRICA | 2 |
BRITISH EAST AFRICA | 16 |
UGANDA | 92 |
CHAPTER I
THE UGANDA RAILWAY
The aspect of Mombasa as she rises from the sea and clothes herself with form and colour at the swift approach of the ship is alluring and even delicious. But to appreciate all these charms the traveller should come from the North. He should see the hot stones of Malta, baking and glistening on a steel-blue Mediterranean. He should visit the Island of Cyprus before the autumn rains have revived the soil, when the Messaoria Plain is one broad wilderness of dust, when every tree—be it only a thorn-bush—is an heirloom, and every drop of water is a jewel. He should walk for two hours at midday in the streets of Port Said. He should thread the long red furrow of the Suez Canal, and swelter through the trough of the Red Sea. He should pass a day among the cinders of Aden, and a week among the scorched rocks and stones of Northern Somaliland; and then, 2 after five days of open sea, his eye and mind will be prepared to salute with feelings of grateful delight these shores of vivid and exuberant green. On every side is vegetation, moist, tumultuous, and varied. Great trees, clad in dense foliage, shrouded in creepers, springing from beds of verdure, thrust themselves through the undergrowth; palms laced together by flowering trailers; every kind of tropical plant that lives by rain and sunshine; high waving grass, brilliant patches of purple bougainvillea, and in the midst, dotted about, scarcely keeping their heads above the fertile flood of Nature, the red-roofed houses of the town and port of Mombasa.
The way Mombasa rises from the sea, wrapping herself in shape and color as the ship approaches, is captivating and even delightful. But to truly appreciate all these charms, the traveler should start from the North. They should see the hot stones of Malta, baking and shining on a steel-blue Mediterranean. They should visit the Island of Cyprus before the autumn rains have brought the soil back to life when the Messaoria Plain is just a vast desert of dust, where every tree—even a thorn-bush—is a treasured relic, and every drop of water is precious. They should walk for two hours at midday in the streets of Port Said. They should navigate the long red canal of the Suez Canal, and endure the heat of the Red Sea. They should spend a day among the ashes of Aden and a week among the scorched rocks of Northern Somaliland; and then, 2 after five days at sea, their eyes and minds will be ready to greet with grateful delight these shores of vibrant and lush green. All around is lush, chaotic, and diverse vegetation. Huge trees, covered in thick leaves and draped in vines, rise up from beds of greenery, pushing through the undergrowth; palms intertwined with flowering vines; every type of tropical plant that thrives on rain and sun; tall waving grass, bright patches of purple bougainvillea, and scattered throughout, just peeking above the fertile bounty of nature, the red-roofed houses of the town and port of Mombasa.

SKETCH MAP OF
"MY AFRICAN JOURNEY"
View larger map.
SKETCH MAP OF
"MY AFRICAN JOURNEY"
View larger map.
The vessel follows a channel twisting away between high bluffs, and finds a secure anchorage, land-locked, in forty feet of water at a stone's throw from the shore. Here we are arrived at the gate of British East Africa; and more, at the outlet and debouchment of all the trade of all the countries that lap the Victoria and Albert Lakes and the head-waters of the Nile. Along the pier now being built at Kilindini, the harbour of Mombasa Island, must flow, at any rate for many years, the main stream of East and Central African commerce. 3 Whatever may be the produce which civilized government and enterprise will draw from the enormous territories between Southern Abyssinia and Lake Tanganyika, between Lake Rudolf and Ruenzori, as far west as the head-streams of the Congo, as far north as the Lado enclave; whatever may be the needs and demands of the numerous populations comprised within those limits, it is along the unpretentious jetty of Kilindini that the whole traffic must pass.
The ship navigates through a channel that winds between high cliffs and finds a safe spot to anchor in forty feet of water, just a stone's throw from the shore. We've now arrived at the gateway to British East Africa; more specifically, at the outlet for all the trade coming from the countries bordering the Victoria and Albert Lakes and the headwaters of the Nile. The pier under construction at Kilindini, the harbor of Mombasa Island, will for many years be the main route for East and Central African trade. 3 No matter what resources a civilized government and enterprise might extract from the vast lands between Southern Abyssinia and Lake Tanganyika, between Lake Rudolf and Ruenzori, extending west to the headwaters of the Congo and north to the Lado enclave; whatever the needs and demands of the many people living in those areas, all the traffic will have to go through the simple jetty at Kilindini.
For Kilindini (or Mombasa, as I may be permitted to call it) is the starting-point of one of the most romantic and most wonderful railways in the world. The two iron streaks of rail that wind away among the hills and foliage of Mombasa Island do not break their smooth monotony until, after piercing Equatorial forests, stretching across immense prairies, and climbing almost to the level of the European snow-line, they pause—and that only for a time—upon the edges of the Great Lake. And thus is made a sure, swift road along which the white man and all that he brings with him, for good or ill, may penetrate into the heart of Africa as easily and safely as he may travel from London to Vienna. 4
For Kilindini (or Mombasa, as I might as well call it) is the starting point of one of the most romantic and amazing railways in the world. The two metal tracks that wind through the hills and greenery of Mombasa Island maintain their smoothness until, after cutting through equatorial forests, crossing vast prairies, and climbing nearly to the level of the European snow line, they eventually stop—and only temporarily—at the shores of the Great Lake. This creates a reliable, fast route along which Westerners and everything they bring with them, for better or worse, can easily and safely access the heart of Africa just as they would travel from London to Vienna. 4
Short has been the life, many the vicissitudes, of the Uganda Railway. The adventurous enterprise of a Liberal Government, it was soon exposed, disowned, to the merciless criticism of its parents. Adopted as a cherished foundling by the Conservative party, it almost perished from mismanagement in their hands. Nearly ten thousand pounds a mile were expended upon its construction; and so eager were all parties to be done with it and its expense that, instead of pursuing its proper and natural route across the plateau to the deep waters of Port Victoria, it fell by the way into the shallow gulf of Kavirondo, lucky to get so far. It is easy to censure, it is impossible not to criticize, the administrative mistakes and miscalculations which tarnished and nearly marred a brilliant conception. But it is still more easy, as one traverses in forty-eight hours countries which ten years ago would have baffled the toilsome marches of many weeks, to underrate the difficulties in which unavoidable ignorance and astonishing conditions plunged the pioneers. The British art of "muddling through" is here seen in one of its finest expositions. Through everything—through the forests, through the ravines, 5 through troops of marauding lions, through famine, through war, through five years of excoriating Parliamentary debate, muddled and marched the railway; and here at last, in some more or less effective fashion, is it arrived at its goal. Other nations project Central African railways as lightly and as easily as they lay down naval programmes; but here is a railway, like the British Fleet, "in being"—not a paper plan or an airy dream, but an iron fact grinding along through the jungle and the plain, waking with its whistles the silences of the Nyanza, and startling the tribes out of their primordial nakedness with "Americani" piece goods made in Lancashire.
The Uganda Railway has had a short and tumultuous life. Initially launched by a Liberal Government, it quickly faced harsh criticism from its creators. The Conservative party adopted it like a beloved orphan, but they nearly let it fail due to poor management. Almost ten thousand pounds per mile were spent on its construction; all parties were so eager to be rid of it and its costs that, rather than following its intended route across the plateau to the deep waters of Port Victoria, it ended up in the shallow gulf of Kavirondo, fortunate to have made it that far. It's easy to criticize the administrative errors and miscalculations that tarnished what could have been a brilliant project. However, as one now travels in 48 hours through areas that would have taken weeks to navigate just a decade ago, it's essential to recognize the challenges driven by unavoidable ignorance and astonishing circumstances faced by those early pioneers. The British knack for "muddling through" is showcased here at its best. The railway has pushed through everything—forests, ravines, packs of marauding lions, famine, war, and five years of intense parliamentary debates—and finally, in some effective way, it has reached its destination. While other countries plan Central African railways effortlessly, this railway exists, much like the British Fleet, as a tangible reality—not just a blueprint or a lofty dream, but a solid iron fact making its way through the jungle and plains, waking the silences of the Nyanza with its whistles and surprising tribes with “Americani” goods made in Lancashire.
Let us, then, without waiting in Mombasa longer than is necessary to wish it well and to admire the fertility and promise of the coastal region, ascend this railway from the sea to the lake. And first, what a road it is! Everything is in apple-pie order. The track is smoothed and weeded and ballasted as if it were the London and North-Western. Every telegraph-post has its number; every mile, every hundred yards, every change of gradient has its mark; not in soft wood, to feed the white ant, but in hard, well-painted iron. 6 Constant labour has steadily improved the grades and curves of the permanent-way, and the train—one of those comfortable, practical Indian trains—rolls along as evenly as upon a European line.
Let’s not linger in Mombasa any longer than we need to wish it well and admire the rich and promising coastal region. Instead, let’s take this railway from the sea to the lake. First of all, what a road it is! Everything is perfectly organized. The track is smooth, free of weeds, and well-maintained, almost like the London and North-Western. Each telegraph pole is numbered; every mile, every hundred yards, and every change in gradient has its marker—not made of soft wood that termites would eat, but from sturdy, well-painted iron. 6 Constant work has steadily improved the grades and curves of the railway, and the train—one of those comfortable, practical Indian trains—rolls along as smoothly as on a European line.
Nor should it be supposed that this high standard of maintenance is not warranted by the present financial position of the line. The Uganda Railway is already doing what it was never expected within any reasonable period to do. It is paying its way. It is beginning to yield a profit—albeit a small profit—upon its capital charge. Projected solely as a political railway to reach Uganda, and to secure British predominance upon the Upper Nile, it has already achieved a commercial value. Instead of the annual deficits upon working expenses which were regularly anticipated by those most competent to judge, there is already a substantial profit of nearly eighty thousand pounds a year. And this is but the beginning, and an imperfect beginning; for at present the line is only a trunk, without its necessary limbs and feeders, without its deep-water head at Kilindini, without its full tale of steamers on the lake; above all, without its natural and necessary extension to the Albert Nyanza. 7
It shouldn't be thought that this high level of maintenance isn't justified by the current financial situation of the railway. The Uganda Railway is already doing what it was never expected to accomplish in any reasonable timeframe. It's covering its costs and starting to turn a profit—though it's a small one—on its capital expenses. Initially designed as a political railway to connect to Uganda and secure British dominance in the Upper Nile, it has already gained commercial value. Instead of the annual losses on operating expenses that experts expected, there is now a substantial profit of nearly eighty thousand pounds a year. And this is just the beginning, an imperfect one at that; the line is currently just a main route, lacking the necessary branches and connections, without its deep-water port at Kilindini, and without a complete fleet of steamers on the lake; most importantly, it lacks the essential extension to the Albert Nyanza. 7

On the Cow-catcher.
(Mr. Currie, Mr. Marsh, Col. Wilson, Sir J. Hayes-Sadler, Mr. Churchill.)
On the Cow Catcher.
(Mr. Currie, Mr. Marsh, Col. Wilson, Sir J. Hayes-Sadler, Mr. Churchill.)
We may divide the journey into four main stages—the jungles, the plains, the mountains, and the lake, for the lake is an essential part of the railway, and a natural and inexpensive extension to its length. In the early morning, then, we start from Mombasa Station, taking our places upon an ordinary garden seat fastened on to the cow-catcher of the engine, from which position the whole country can be seen. For a quarter of an hour we are still upon Mombasa Island, and then the train, crossing the intervening channel by a long iron bridge, addresses itself in earnest to the continent of Africa. Into these vast regions the line winds perseveringly upon a stiff up-grade, and the land unfolds itself ridge after ridge and valley after valley, till soon, with one farewell glance at the sea and at the fighting-tops of His Majesty's ship Venus rising queerly amid the palms, we are embraced and engulfed completely. All day long the train runs upward and westward, through broken and undulating ground clad and encumbered with super-abundant vegetation. Beautiful birds and butterflies fly from tree to tree and flower to flower. Deep, ragged gorges, filled by streams in flood, open out far below us through glades 8 of palms and creeper-covered trees. Here and there, at intervals, which will become shorter every year, are plantations of rubber, fibre, and cotton, the beginnings of those inexhaustible supplies which will one day meet the yet unmeasured demand of Europe for those indispensable commodities. Every few miles are little trim stations, with their water-tanks, signals, ticket-offices, and flower-beds complete and all of a pattern, backed by impenetrable bush. In brief one slender thread of scientific civilization, of order, authority, and arrangement, drawn across the primeval chaos of the world.
We can break the journey down into four main stages—the jungles, the plains, the mountains, and the lake, since the lake is a vital part of the railway and a natural, cost-effective extension of its route. Early in the morning, we leave from Mombasa Station, taking our seats on a basic garden bench attached to the front of the engine, which gives us a clear view of the entire landscape. For about fifteen minutes, we remain on Mombasa Island, and then the train crosses the gap via a long iron bridge and truly heads toward the continent of Africa. The railway line winds persistently uphill through these vast regions, revealing ridge after ridge and valley after valley until, with one last look at the sea and at the masts of His Majesty's ship Venus awkwardly rising among the palms, we are completely surrounded. All day long, the train continues to climb and head west, through rough and rolling terrain covered with lush, dense vegetation. Gorgeous birds and butterflies flit from tree to tree and flower to flower. Deep, jagged gorges, filled with rushing streams, stretch far below us through clearings of palms and vine-covered trees. Here and there, at intervals that will shorten with each passing year, are plantations of rubber, fiber, and cotton, the beginnings of endless supplies that will one day satisfy the growing demand in Europe for these essential goods. Every few miles, there are neat little stations with their water tanks, signals, ticket offices, and flower beds all designed in a similar style, surrounded by impenetrable bush. In short, it’s a slim thread of modern civilization—order, authority, and organization—stretched across the ancient chaos of the world.
In the evening a cooler, crisper air is blowing. The humid coast lands, with their glories and their fevers, have been left behind. At an altitude of four thousand feet we begin to laugh at the Equator. The jungle becomes forest, not less luxuriant, but distinctly different in character. The olive replaces the palm. The whole aspect of the land is more friendly, more familiar, and no less fertile. After Makindu Station the forest ceases. The traveller enters upon a region of grass. Immense fields of green pasture, withered and whitened at this season by waiting for the 9 rains, intersected by streams and watercourses densely wooded with dark, fir-looking trees and gorse-looking scrub, and relieved by bold upstanding bluffs and ridges, comprise the new panorama. And here is presented the wonderful and unique spectacle which the Uganda Railway offers to the European. The plains are crowded with wild animals. From the windows of the carriage the whole zoological gardens can be seen disporting itself. Herds of antelope and gazelle, troops of zebras—sometimes four or five hundred together—watch the train pass with placid assurance, or scamper a hundred yards farther away, and turn again. Many are quite close to the line. With field-glasses one can see that it is the same everywhere, and can distinguish long files of black wildebeeste and herds of red kongoni—the hartebeeste of South Africa—and wild ostriches walking sedately in twos and threes, and every kind of small deer and gazelle. The zebras come close enough for their stripes to be admired with the naked eye.
In the evening, a cooler, fresher breeze is blowing. The humid coastal areas, with all their beauty and their heat, are left behind. At an elevation of four thousand feet, we start to see the Equator in a different light. The jungle transforms into a forest—equally lush but distinctly different in character. Olive trees replace palms. The entire landscape is more welcoming, more familiar, and just as fertile. After Makindu Station, the forest fades away. The traveler enters a grassy region. Vast fields of green pasture, wilted and bleached at this time of year from waiting for the 9 rains, are interspersed with streams and watercourses lined with dark, fir-like trees and gorse-like bushes, punctuated by bold, rising bluffs and ridges, creating a new view. And here is the amazing and unique sight that the Uganda Railway offers to Europeans. The plains are teeming with wild animals. From the train windows, you can see the entire array of wildlife having a good time. Herds of antelope and gazelle, groups of zebras—sometimes four or five hundred together—watch the train pass with calm confidence, or dash a hundred yards away before turning back. Many animals are quite close to the tracks. With binoculars, one can see the same scene everywhere, spotting long lines of black wildebeest and herds of red kongoni—the hartebeest of South Africa—and wild ostriches strolling in pairs or threes, along with various species of small deer and gazelles. The zebras come close enough for their stripes to be appreciated with the naked eye.
We have arrived at Simba, "The Place of Lions," and there is no reason why the passengers should not see one, or even half-a-dozen, stalking across the plain, respectfully 10 observed by lesser beasts. Indeed, in the early days it was the custom to stop and sally out upon the royal vermin whenever met with, and many the lion that has been carried back to the tender in triumph before the guard, or driver, or any one else could think of timetables or the block system, or the other inconvenient restrictions of a regular service. Farther up the line, in the twilight of the evening, we saw, not a hundred yards away, a dozen giraffes lollopping off among scattered trees, and at Nakuru six yellow lions walked in leisurely mood across the rails in broad daylight. Only the rhinoceros is absent, or rarely seen, and after one of his species had measured his strength, unsuccessfully, against an engine, he has confined himself morosely to the river-beds and to the undisturbed solitudes which, at a distance of two or three miles, everywhere engulf the Uganda Railway.
We’ve reached Simba, "The Place of Lions," and there’s no reason for the passengers not to see a lion or even a few of them roaming across the plain, respectfully 10 observed by smaller animals. Back in the day, it was common to stop and venture out to deal with any royal pests encountered, and many lions were triumphantly brought back to the tender before the guard, driver, or anyone else could think about schedules, the block system, or other annoying rules of regular service. Further up the line, in the evening twilight, we spotted a dozen giraffes lolloping among scattered trees just a hundred yards away, and in Nakuru, six yellow lions casually crossed the tracks in broad daylight. The rhinoceros is the only one missing or rarely seen, and after one of them had an unsuccessful run-in with a train, he has sulked along the riverbeds and in the untouched solitude that stretches for two or three miles around the Uganda Railway.
Our carriage stopped upon a siding at Simba Station for three days, in order that we might more closely examine the local fauna. One of the best ways of shooting game in this part of the world, and certainly the easiest, is to get a trolly and run up and down the line. The 11 animals are so used to the passage of trains and natives along the one great highway that they do not, as a rule, take much notice, unless the train or trolly stops, when their suspicions are at once aroused. The sportsmen should, therefore, slip off without allowing the vehicle or the rest of the party to stop, even for a moment; and in this way he will frequently find himself within two hundred and fifty or three hundred yards of his quarry, when the result will be governed solely by his skill, or want of skill, with the rifle.
Our carriage stopped on a siding at Simba Station for three days so we could take a closer look at the local wildlife. One of the best and definitely the easiest ways to hunt in this part of the world is to use a trolley and run up and down the tracks. The 11 animals are so accustomed to the trains and locals using the main route that they don’t usually pay much attention, unless the train or trolley stops, which instantly makes them suspicious. Therefore, hunters should quietly sneak off without letting the vehicle or the rest of the group stop, even for a moment; this way, they often find themselves within two hundred and fifty or three hundred yards of their target, with the outcome depending entirely on their marksmanship.
There is another method, which we tried on the second day in the hopes of finding a waterbuck, and that is, to prowl about among the trees and undergrowth of the river-bed. In a few minutes one may bury oneself in the wildest and savagest kind of forest. The air becomes still and hot. The sun seems in an instant to assert his just prerogative. The heat glitters over the open spaces of dry sand and pools of water. High grass, huge boulders, tangled vegetation, multitudes of thorn-bushes, obstruct the march, and the ground itself is scarped and guttered by the rains into the strangest formations. Around you, breast-high, shoulder-high, overhead, rises the African 12 jungle. There is a brooding silence, broken only by the cry of a bird, or the scolding bark of baboons, and the crunching of one's own feet on the crumbling soil. We enter the haunt of the wild beasts; their tracks, their traces, the remnants of their repasts, are easily and frequently discovered. Here a lion has passed since the morning. There a rhinoceros has certainly been within the hour—perhaps within ten minutes. We creep and scramble through the game paths, anxiously, rifles at full cock, not knowing what each turn or step may reveal. The wind, when it blows at all, blows fitfully, now from this quarter, now from that; so that one can never be certain that it will not betray the intruder in these grim domains to the beast he seeks, or to some other, less welcome, before he sees him. At length, after two hours' scramble and scrape, we emerge breathless, as from another world, half astonished to find ourselves within a quarter of a mile of the railway line, with its trolly, luncheon, soda-water, ice, etc.
There’s another method we tried on the second day, hoping to find a waterbuck. This involves moving quietly through the trees and underbrush in the riverbed. Within minutes, you can find yourself deep in a wild and untamed forest. The air grows still and hot. The sun quickly asserts its dominance. Heat shimmers over the dry sand and water pools. Tall grass, large rocks, tangled plants, and countless thorn bushes make progress difficult, and the ground itself is shaped by rain into the strangest formations. Surrounding you, the African jungle rises, reaching your chest, shoulders, and above. A heavy silence hangs in the air, broken only by the calls of birds, the angry barks of baboons, and the sound of your own footsteps crunching on the dry ground. We’ve entered the territory of wild animals; their tracks, signs, and remnants of meals are easy to find. A lion passed through here this morning. A rhinoceros was surely here within the last hour—or maybe just the last ten minutes. We creep and scramble along the game trails, nervously holding our rifles, unsure of what might be around each corner. The wind, when it blows, is unpredictable, coming from different directions, so you can never be certain it won’t give away your presence to the creature you’re tracking, or to some other, less desirable one, before you see it. After two hours of scrambling and pushing through, we finally emerge, breathless as if from another world, half amazed to find ourselves just a quarter of a mile from the railway line, with its trolley, lunch, soda, ice, and so on.
But if one would seek the rhinoceros in his open pastures, it is necessary to go farther afield; and accordingly we started the next morning, while the stars were still shining, to 13 tramp over the ridges and hills which shut in the railway, and overlook remoter plains and valleys beyond. The grass grows high from ground honeycombed with holes and heaped with lava boulders, and it was daylight before we had stumbled our way to a spur commanding a wide view. Here we halted to search the country with field-glasses, and to brush off the ticks—detestable insects which infest all the resorts of the game in innumerable swarms, ready to spread any poison among the farmers' cattle. The glass disclosed nothing of consequence. Zebra, wildebeeste, and kongoni were to be seen in troops and herds, scattered near and far over the plains, but never a rhinoceros! So we trudged on, meaning to make a wide circle. For an hour we found nothing, and then, just as we were thinking of turning homewards before the sun should get his full power, three beautiful oryx, great, dark-coloured antelope with very long, corrugated horns, walked over the next brow on their way to water. Forthwith we set off in pursuit, crouching and creeping along the valley, and hoping to intercept them at the stream. Two passed safely over before we could reach our point. The third, seeing us, turned back and 14 disappeared over the hill, where, a quarter of an hour later, he was stalked and wounded.
But if you want to find the rhinoceros in its open pastures, you need to go a bit further away; so we set out the next morning while the stars were still shining, to 13 trek over the ridges and hills that border the railway, looking out at the more distant plains and valleys. The grass was tall on ground full of holes and piled with lava boulders, and it wasn’t until daylight that we found our way to a ridge with a wide view. Here we paused to scan the area with binoculars and to brush off the ticks— disgusting insects that swarm around game areas, ready to spread poison to the farmers' cattle. The binoculars revealed nothing significant. Zebras, wildebeest, and kongoni could be seen in groups and herds, scattered nearby and far across the plains, but not a single rhinoceros! So, we continued on, planning to take a wide loop. For an hour we found nothing, and then, just as we were considering heading back before the sun became too intense, we spotted three stunning oryx, large, dark antelope with very long, twisted horns, walking over the next rise on their way to water. We immediately set off to chase them, crouching and creeping along the valley, hoping to intercept them at the stream. Two made it across safely before we could reach our spot. The third saw us, turned back, and 14 vanished over the hill, where, a quarter of an hour later, it was stalked and wounded.
It is always the wounded beast that leads the hunter into adventures. Till the quarry is hit every one walks delicately, avoids going the windward side of unexplored coverts, skirts a reed-bed cautiously, notices a convenient tree, looks often this way and that. But once the prize is almost within reach, you scramble along after it as fast as your legs will carry you, and never trouble about remoter contingencies, be they what they may. Our oryx led us a mile or more over rocky slopes, always promising and never giving a good chance for a shot, until at last he drew us round the shoulder of a hill—and there, abruptly, was the rhinoceros. The impression was extraordinary. A wide plain of white, withered grass stretched away to low hills broken with rocks. The rhinoceros stood in the middle of this plain, about five hundred yards away, in jet-black silhouette; not a twentieth-century animal at all, but an odd, grim straggler from the Stone Age. He was grazing placidly, and above him the vast snow dome of Kilimanjaro towered up in the clear air of morning to complete 15 a scene unaltered since the dawn of the world.
It’s always the wounded animal that leads the hunter into adventures. Until the target is hit, everyone walks carefully, avoids going to the windward side of unexplored areas, moves cautiously around a patch of reeds, looks for a convenient tree, and often glances this way and that. But once the prize is almost within reach, you scramble after it as fast as you can and don't worry about distant possibilities, no matter what they might be. Our oryx led us a mile or more over rocky slopes, always promising a good chance for a shot but never delivering, until finally he brought us around the shoulder of a hill—and there, suddenly, was the rhinoceros. The sight was extraordinary. A wide plain of white, dried grass stretched out to low hills dotted with rocks. The rhinoceros stood in the middle of this plain, about five hundred yards away, in a jet-black silhouette; not a creature of the twenty-first century at all, but a strange, grim relic from the Stone Age. He was grazing peacefully, and towering above him was the vast snowy dome of Kilimanjaro rising into the clear morning air, creating a scene untouched since the beginning of time. 15
The manner of killing a rhinoceros in the open is crudely simple. It is thought well usually to select the neighbourhood of a good tree, where one can be found, as the centre of the encounter. If no tree is available, you walk up as near as possible to him from any side except the windward, and then shoot him in the head or the heart. If you hit a vital spot, as sometimes happens, he falls. If you hit him anywhere else, he charges blindly and furiously in your direction, and you shoot him again, or not, as the case may be.
The way to kill a rhinoceros in the wild is pretty straightforward. It's usually best to pick a spot near a good tree, if there is one, as the center of the situation. If there’s no tree available, you get as close to the rhino as possible from any side except the direction the wind is blowing from, and then shoot it in the head or heart. If you hit a vital area, which can happen sometimes, it will fall. If you miss, it charges at you blindly and furiously, and you shoot again or not, depending on the situation.
Bearing all this carefully in mind, we started out to do battle with Behemoth. We had advanced perhaps two hundred yards towards him, when a cry from one of the natives arrested us. We looked sharply to the right. There, not a hundred and fifty paces distant, under the shade of a few small trees, stood two other monsters. In a few more steps we should have tainted their wind and brought them up with a rush; and suppose this had happened, when perhaps we were already compromised with our first friend, and had him wounded and furious on our hands! Luckily 16 warned in time, to creep back to the shoulder of the hill, to skirt its crest, and to emerge a hundred and twenty yards from this new objective was the work of a few minutes. We hurriedly agree to kill one first before touching the other. At such a range it is easy to hit so great a target; but the bull's-eye is small. I fired. The thud of a bullet which strikes with an impact of a ton and a quarter, tearing through hide and muscle and bone with the hideous energy of cordite, came back distinctly. The large rhinoceros started, stumbled, turned directly towards the sound and the blow, and then bore straight down upon us in a peculiar trot, nearly as fast as a horse's gallop, with an activity surprising in so huge a beast, and instinct with unmistakable purpose.
Bearing all this in mind, we set out to confront Behemoth. We had moved maybe two hundred yards toward him when a shout from one of the locals stopped us. We quickly turned our attention to the right. There, not more than a hundred and fifty paces away, under the shade of a few small trees, stood two other beasts. A few more steps would have brought us into their sight, and what if that had happened when we were already engaged with our first target, with him injured and furious? Luckily, 16 warned us in time, allowing us to sneak back to the shoulder of the hill, go around its crest, and reappear a hundred and twenty yards from this new target—all in just a few minutes. We quickly agreed to take one down first before touching the other. At this distance, hitting such a large target is easy; but the bull's-eye is small. I fired. The sound of a bullet striking with the force of a ton and a quarter, ripping through hide, muscle, and bone with the brutal energy of cordite, echoed back distinctly. The large rhinoceros jumped, stumbled, and turned directly toward the sound and impact, then charged at us in a strange trot, almost as fast as a horse's gallop, surprisingly agile for such a massive creature, and clearly intent on its purpose.

BRITISH EAST AFRICA
Stanford's Geogr. Estabt. London.
View larger map.
BRITISH EAST AFRICA
Stanford's Geography Established London.
View larger map.
Great is the moral effect of a foe who advances. Everybody fired. Still the ponderous brute came on, as if he were invulnerable; as if he were an engine, or some great steam barge impervious to bullets, insensible to pain or fear. Thirty seconds more, and he will close. An impalpable curtain seems to roll itself up in the mind, revealing a mental picture, strangely lighted, yet very still, where objects have new values, and where a patch of white grass in the 17 foreground, four or five yards away, seems to possess astonishing significance. It is there that the last two shots that yet remain before the resources of civilization are exhausted must be fired. There is time to reflect with some detachment that, after all, we were the aggressors; we it is who have forced the conflict by an unprovoked assault with murderous intent upon a peaceful herbivore; that if there is such a thing as right and wrong between man and beast—and who shall say there is not?—right is plainly on his side; there is time for this before I perceive that, stunned and dazed by the frightful concussions of modern firearms, he has swerved sharp to the right, and is now moving across our front, broadside on, at the same swift trot. More firing, and as I reload some one says he is down, and I fire instead at his smaller companion, already some distance off upon the plain. But one rhinoceros hunt is like another, except in its details, and I will not occupy the reader with the account of this new pursuit and death. Suffice it to say that, in all the elements of neurotic experience, such an encounter seems to me fully equal to half an hour's brisk skirmish at six or seven hundred yards—and with an important addition. 18 In war there is a cause, there is duty, there is the hope of glory, for who can tell what may not be won before night? But here at the end is only a hide, a horn, and a carcase, over which the vultures have already begun to wheel. 19
The impact of an advancing enemy is significant. Everyone opened fire. Still, the massive creature kept coming, as if it were bulletproof; as if it were a machine, or a massive steamship that couldn’t be harmed, completely oblivious to pain or fear. In just thirty more seconds, it would be upon us. An invisible curtain seems to lift in my mind, showing a mental image, oddly lit yet completely still, where things hold new meanings, and a patch of white grass in the 17 foreground, just a few yards away, feels incredibly important. That’s where the last two shots, before our resources run out, must be fired. There's time to think calmly that, after all, we were the aggressors; we are the ones who forced this conflict by attacking a peaceful herbivore for no reason; that if there is such a thing as right and wrong between humans and animals—and who could argue that there isn’t?—the right is clearly on his side. I have a moment to realize this before I see that, stunned and disoriented by the terrifying blasts of modern firearms, he has suddenly veered sharply to the right and is now moving across our front, side-on, at the same quick pace. More shots are fired, and as I reload, someone shouts that he is down, and I instead take aim at his smaller companion, who is already some distance away in the open field. But one rhinoceros hunt is just like another, except for the details, and I won’t bore the reader with the story of this new chase and kill. It’s enough to say that, in all aspects of a stressful experience, such an encounter feels just as intense as a thirty-minute fierce skirmish at six or seven hundred yards—and with one crucial difference. 18 In war, there is a cause, there is duty, and there’s the hope of glory, because who can say what might not be won before the day ends? But here, at the end, there’s only a hide, a horn, and a carcass, over which the vultures have already begun to circle. 19
CHAPTER II
AROUND MOUNT KENYA
The town of Nairobi, the capital of the East Africa Protectorate, stands on the base of wooded hills at the three hundred and twenty-seventh mile of the railroad. Originally chosen as a convenient place for assembling the extensive depots and shops necessary to the construction and maintenance of the railway, it enjoys no advantages as a residential site. The ground on which the town is built is low and swampy. The supply of water is indifferent, and the situation generally unhealthy. A mile farther on, however, upon the rising ground a finer position could have been found, and this quarter is already being occupied sparsely by Government buildings, hospitals, and barracks. It is now too late to change, and thus lack of foresight and of a comprehensive view leaves its permanent imprint upon the countenance of a new country. 20
The town of Nairobi, the capital of the East Africa Protectorate, is located at the base of wooded hills at the 327-mile mark of the railroad. It was originally chosen as a convenient spot for assembling the large depots and shops needed for the construction and maintenance of the railway, but it doesn’t offer any advantages for living. The land on which the town is built is low and swampy. The water supply is poor, and overall, the location is quite unhealthy. A mile further along, however, a better site could have been found on the higher ground, and that area is already being gradually developed with government buildings, hospitals, and barracks. It’s now too late to make a change, and this lack of foresight and a broader perspective leaves a lasting mark on the character of this new country. 20
Our train traverses the Athi plains, more crowded perhaps with game than any other part of the line, and approaches swiftly the long rows of one-storeyed tin houses which constitute the town. Nairobi is a typical South African township. It might be Pietermaritzburg or Ladysmith of twenty years ago, before blue gum-trees and stone buildings had waxed and multiplied. In its present stage perhaps it resembles Buluwayo most. The population is also South African in its character and proportions. There are five hundred and eighty whites, three thousand one hundred Indians, and ten thousand five hundred and fifty African natives. The shops and stores are, however, much more considerable than these figures would appear to warrant, and are fully capable of supplying the varied needs of settlers and planters over a wide area. Nairobi is also the headquarters of a brigade of the King's African Rifles, the central office and depot of the Uganda Railway, and the seat of the Administration, with its numerous official personnel. The dinner of the Colonists' Association, to which I was invited, afforded the familiar, yet in Central Africa not unimpressive, spectacle of long rows of gentlemen 21 in evening dress; while the ball given by the Governor to celebrate the King's birthday revealed a company gay with uniforms, and ladies in pretty dresses, assembled upon a spot where scarcely ten years before lions hunted undisturbed.
Our train crosses the Athi plains, possibly more filled with wildlife than any other part of the route, and quickly approaches the long rows of single-story tin houses that make up the town. Nairobi is a typical South African township. It could be Pietermaritzburg or Ladysmith from twenty years ago, before the blue gum trees and stone buildings had grown and multiplied. At its current stage, it perhaps resembles Bulawayo the most. The population also reflects South African demographics. There are five hundred eighty whites, three thousand one hundred Indians, and ten thousand five hundred fifty African natives. However, the shops and stores are much more substantial than these numbers would suggest and are fully equipped to meet the varied needs of settlers and farmers across a wide area. Nairobi is also the headquarters of a brigade of the King’s African Rifles, the central office and depot of the Uganda Railway, and the center of the Administration, with its many official personnel. The dinner of the Colonists’ Association, which I was invited to, provided the familiar, yet not unimpressive sight in Central Africa of long rows of men in evening wear; while the ball hosted by the Governor to celebrate the King's birthday showcased a crowd dressed in uniforms and ladies in beautiful dresses, gathered in a place where barely ten years before, lions roamed freely.
Every white man in Nairobi is a politician; and most of them are leaders of parties. One would scarcely believe it possible, that a centre so new should be able to develop so many divergent and conflicting interests, or that a community so small should be able to give to each such vigorous and even vehement expression. There are already in miniature all the elements of keen political and racial discord, all the materials for hot and acrimonious debate. The white man versus the black; the Indian versus both; the settler as against the planter; the town contrasted with the country; the official class against the unofficial; the coast and the highlands; the railway administration and the Protectorate generally; the King's African Rifles and the East Africa Protectorate Police; all these different points of view, naturally arising, honestly adopted, tenaciously held, and not yet reconciled into any harmonious general conception, confront 22 the visitor in perplexing disarray. Nor will he be wise to choose his part with any hurry. It is better to see something of the country, of its quality and extent, of its promises and forfeits, of its realities and illusions, before endeavouring to form even a provisional opinion.
Every white man in Nairobi is a politician, and most of them are party leaders. One would hardly believe it's possible for such a new center to develop so many different and conflicting interests, or that such a small community can give each of these interests such vigorous and even passionate expression. There are already, in miniature, all the elements of sharp political and racial discord, all the components for heated and bitter debate. The white man versus the black; the Indian versus both; the settler against the planter; the city compared to the countryside; the official class against the unofficial; the coast and the highlands; the railway administration and the Protectorate as a whole; the King's African Rifles and the East Africa Protectorate Police; all these different perspectives, naturally arising, genuinely embraced, firmly held, and not yet blended into any cohesive overall understanding, confront the visitor in a confusing mix. And it would be unwise for him to rush into choosing a side. It's better to observe some of the country, its quality and size, its promises and disappointments, its realities and illusions, before trying to form even a tentative opinion.
The snow-clad peak of Mount Kenya, a hundred miles away, can on a clear morning be easily seen from the slopes above Nairobi—a sharp, serrated summit veined with gleaming white. A road—passable, albeit unmetalled, for wagons and even a motor-car—runs thitherward by Fort Hall and across the Tana River. On the way there is much to see. A wild, ragged-looking, but fertile region, swelling into successive undulations and intersected by numerous gorges whose streams are shaded by fine trees, unfolds itself to the eye. Scattered about upon spacious estates of many thousand acres are a score or two of colonists, each gradually making himself a home and a living in his own way. One raises stock; another plants coffee, which grows so exuberantly in this generous soil as to threaten the speedy exhaustion of the plant. Here are ostriches, sheep, and cattle standing placidly 23 together in one drove under the guardianship of a native child of eleven. There is a complete dairy farm, admirably equipped. One of the streams has been dammed effectively, and turbines are already in position to light Nairobi with electricity. Upon the banks of another there is talk of building an hotel.
The snow-covered peak of Mount Kenya, a hundred miles away, can be easily seen from the slopes above Nairobi on a clear morning—a sharp, jagged summit marked with bright white. A road—rough but usable for wagons and even a car—leads there via Fort Hall and crosses the Tana River. There’s plenty to see along the way. A wild, rugged yet fertile area rises into rolling hills, crossed by several gorges with streams shaded by beautiful trees, unfolding before you. Scattered across large estates of thousands of acres are a dozen or so settlers, each gradually creating a home and a livelihood in their own way. One person raises livestock; another grows coffee, which thrives so well in this rich soil that it risks exhausting the plants quickly. Here, ostriches, sheep, and cattle stand calmly together under the watch of an eleven-year-old local child. There’s a fully equipped dairy farm. One of the streams has been successfully dammed, and turbines are already set up to provide electricity to Nairobi. On the banks of another stream, there are plans for building a hotel.
At one place I found a family of good people from Hightown, Manchester, grappling courageously with an enormous tract of ten thousand acres. Hard by, an old Boer, who has trekked the length of Africa to avoid the British flag, sits smoking stolidly by his grass house, reconciled to British rule at last by a few months' experience of paternal government in a neighbouring Protectorate. He has few cattle and less cash, but he holds decided views as to the whereabouts of lions; there, moreover, stands the heavy tilted wagon of the Great Trek—an ark of refuge when all else fails; and for the rest there is plenty of game, few people, and the family grows from year to year. In short, one sees a sparse, heterogeneous population engaged in varied labours; but everywhere hard work, straitened resources, hopes persisting through many disappointments, 24 stout hospitable hearts, and the beginnings, at any rate, of progress.
In one place, I met a good family from Hightown, Manchester, bravely working their way through a massive ten thousand acres. Nearby, an older Boer, who has traveled the length of Africa to escape the British flag, sits quietly smoking by his grass house, finally at peace with British rule after a few months' experience of their governance in a neighboring Protectorate. He has few cattle and even less money, but he’s got strong opinions on where to find lions. Also nearby is the heavily tilted wagon of the Great Trek—an ark of safety when everything else fails; and beyond that, there’s plenty of game, hardly any people, and the family keeps growing year after year. In short, you see a sparse, diverse population engaged in different types of work; but everywhere, there’s hard work, limited resources, enduring hopes despite many setbacks, 24 generous and welcoming hearts, and at least the beginnings of progress.
A camp has been prepared for me in a very beautiful spot at the juncture of the Chania and Thika rivers. Tents are pitched and grass shelters are erected in a smooth meadow. Southwards, a hundred yards away, a fine waterfall plunges downwards over enormous boulders amid tall, interlacing trees. The muffled roar of another rises from a deep ravine an equal distance to the north; and the Philistine computes, with a frown, four thousand horse-power expending itself upon the picturesque.
A camp has been set up for me in a stunning location where the Chania and Thika rivers meet. Tents are set up and grass shelters are built in a flat meadow. To the south, a hundred yards away, a beautiful waterfall cascades down massive boulders surrounded by tall, intertwined trees. The soft roar of another waterfall comes from a deep ravine an equal distance to the north; and the Philistine calculates, with a frown, four thousand horsepower being used on the scenery.
Nothing causes the East African colonist more genuine concern than that his guest should not have been provided with a lion. The knowledge preys upon his mind until it becomes a veritable obsession. He feels some deep reproach is laid upon his own hospitality and the reputation of his adopted country. How to find, and, having found, to kill, a lion is the unvarying theme of conversation; and every place and every journey is judged by a simple standard—"lions or no lions." At the Thika camp, then, several gentlemen, accomplished in this important sport, have 25 come together with ponies, rifles, Somalis, and all the other accessories. Some zebras and kongoni have been killed and left lying in likely-looking places to attract the lions; and at 4 a.m., rain or shine, we are to go and look for them.
Nothing worries the East African colonist more than the thought that his guest hasn't been provided with a lion. This thought gnaws at him until it becomes a real obsession. He feels a deep sense of guilt about his hospitality and the reputation of his adopted country. How to find a lion and, once found, kill it is the constant topic of conversation; every location and journey is judged by one simple standard—"lions or no lions." At the Thika camp, several gentlemen skilled in this vital sport have 25 gathered with ponies, rifles, Somalis, and all the necessary gear. Some zebras and kongoni have been killed and left in promising spots to attract the lions; and at 4 a.m., rain or shine, we will go out searching for them.

Shooting Party at Thika Camp.
From left to right—Capt. Sadler, Major Riddell, Mr. Marsh, Marquis Gandolfi-Hornyold, Hon. K. Dundas,
Mr. Percival, Mr. Churchill, Mr. D. J. Wilson.
Shooting Party at Thika Camp.
From left to right—Captain Sadler, Major Riddell, Mr. Marsh, Marquis Gandolfi-Hornyold, Honorable K. Dundas, Mr. Percival, Mr. Churchill, Mr. D. J. Wilson.
The young Englishman, be he officer or settler in the East African Highlands, cuts a hardy figure. His clothes are few and far between: a sun hat, a brown flannel shirt with sleeves cut above the elbow and open to the chest, a pair of thin khaki knickerbockers cut short five inches—at least—above the knee, boots, and a pair of putties comprise the whole attire. Nothing else is worn. The skin, exposed to sun, thorns, and insects, becomes almost as dark as that of the natives, and so hardened that it is nothing to ride all day with bare knees on the saddle; a truly Spartan discipline from which at least the visitor may be excused.
The young Englishman, whether an officer or a settler in the East African Highlands, presents a tough appearance. His clothing is minimal: a sun hat, a brown flannel shirt with sleeves cut above the elbow and buttons undone at the chest, a pair of thin khaki shorts cut at least five inches above the knee, boots, and a pair of puttees make up his entire outfit. Nothing more is worn. His skin, exposed to the sun, thorns, and insects, darkens to nearly the same shade as the locals', and becomes so tough that riding all day with bare knees on the saddle feels normal; a truly Spartan discipline from which at least the visitor can be excused.
This is the way in which they hunt lions. First find the lion, lured to a kill, driven from a reed-bed, or kicked up incontinently by the way. Once viewed he must never be lost sight of for a moment. Mounted on ponies of more or less approved fidelity, three or 26 four daring Britons or Somalis gallop after him, as in India they ride the pig—that is to say, neck or nothing—across rocks, holes, tussocks, nullahs, through high grass, thorn scrub, undergrowth, turning him, shepherding him, heading him this way and that until he is brought to bay. For his part the lion is no seeker of quarrels; he is often described in accents of contempt. His object throughout is to save his skin. If, being unarmed, you meet six or seven lions unexpectedly, all you need do—according to my information—is to speak to them sternly and they will slink away, while you throw a few stones at them to hurry them up. All the highest authorities recommend this.
This is how they hunt lions. First, locate the lion, attracted to a kill, forced out of a reed bed, or startled up unexpectedly along the way. Once spotted, the lion must never be out of sight. Mounted on ponies of varying trustworthiness, three or four brave Britons or Somalis gallop after it, just like they ride wild boars in India—that is to say, recklessly—across rocks, holes, tussocks, dry riverbeds, through tall grass, thorny brush, and thick undergrowth, directing it, guiding it, leading it this way and that until it is cornered. The lion, on the other hand, isn't looking for a fight; it's often talked about with disdain. Its main goal is to save itself. If, while unarmed, you unexpectedly encounter six or seven lions, all you have to do—according to what I've heard—is speak to them firmly, and they will retreat, while you throw a few stones to encourage them to move along. All the top experts recommend this.
But when pursued from place to place, chased hither and thither by the wheeling horsemen, the naturally mild disposition of the lion becomes embittered. First he begins to growl and roar at his enemies, in order to terrify them, and make them leave him in peace. Then he darts little short charges at them. Finally, when every attempt at peaceful persuasion has failed, he pulls up abruptly and offers battle. Once he has done this, he will run no more. He means to fight, 27 and to fight to the death. He means to charge home; and when a lion, maddened with the agony of a bullet-wound, distressed by long and hard pursuit, or, most of all, a lioness in defence of her cubs, is definitely committed to the charge, death is the only possible conclusion. Broken limbs, broken jaws, a body raked from end to end, lungs pierced through and through, entrails torn and protruding—none of these count. It must be death—instant and utter—for the lion, or down goes the man, mauled by septic claws and fetid teeth, crushed and crunched, and poisoned afterwards to make doubly sure. Such are the habits of this cowardly and wicked animal.
But when chased from place to place, pursued by the circling horsemen, the naturally gentle nature of the lion turns bitter. First, he starts to growl and roar at his enemies to scare them away and let him be. Then he makes short charges at them. Finally, when every effort at peaceful negotiation has failed, he stops abruptly and gets ready to fight. Once he does this, he won’t run anymore. He intends to fight, 27 and he’ll fight to the death. He plans to charge head-on; and when a lion, driven mad by a bullet wound, distressed from a long and hard chase, or especially a lioness protecting her cubs, is set on charging, death is the only outcome. Broken limbs, shattered jaws, a body torn apart, lungs punctured, entrails hanging out—none of these matter. It must be death—immediate and total—for the lion, or down goes the man, clawed and bitten by infected claws and foul teeth, crushed and ground, and poisoned afterward to make sure. Such are the ways of this cowardly and wicked creature.
It is at the stage when the lion has been determinedly "bayed" that the sportsman from London is usually introduced upon the scene. He has, we may imagine, followed the riders as fast as the inequalities of the ground, his own want of training, and the burden of a heavy rifle will allow him. He arrives at the spot where the lion is cornered in much the same manner as the matador enters the arena, the others standing aside deferentially, ready to aid him or divert the 28 lion. If his bullet kills, he is, no doubt, justly proud. If it only wounds, the lion charges the nearest horseman. For forty yards the charge of a lion is swifter than the gallop of a racehorse. The riders, therefore, usually avoid waiting within that distance. But sometimes they do not; or sometimes the lion sees the man who has shot him; or sometimes all sorts of things happen which make good stories—afterwards.
It’s usually when the lion has been firmly “bayed” that the sportsman from London makes his entrance. He has likely followed the riders as quickly as the uneven terrain, his lack of training, and the weight of a heavy rifle permit. He arrives at the spot where the lion is cornered much like a matador entering the arena, with the others stepping aside respectfully, ready to help or distract the 28 lion. If his shot is fatal, he undoubtedly feels proud. If it only wounds the lion, it charges at the closest horseman. For forty yards, a lion’s charge is faster than a racehorse’s gallop. Therefore, the riders usually try to stay beyond that range. But sometimes they don’t; or sometimes the lion spots the man who shot him; or sometimes all kinds of things happen that make great stories—later on.
After this general description no particular example is required, and the reader need not be disappointed to learn that our lion escaped what, no doubt, would have been his certain destruction by the breaking of a single link in the regular chain of circumstances. He was not found upon the kill. His place was taken by a filthy hyena, and it was not until we had beaten thoroughly for two hours more than three miles of reed-bed that we saw him—a splendid great yellow cat, looking as big as a bullock—bounding away up the opposite hill. Off started our riders like falcons; but alas!—if "alas!" is the proper word—a deep and impassable nullah intervened, necessitating large circuits and long delays; so that the lion got clean away out of sight of all men, and we were reduced to the slow and tedious 29 process of tracking him footprint by footprint through waving grass, breast-high, hour after hour, always expecting to tread on his tail, and always—disappointed!
After this general description, there's no need for a specific example, and the reader shouldn't feel let down to find out that our lion narrowly escaped what would have certainly meant his doom, thanks to just one link breaking in the usual chain of events. He wasn’t found at the kill. A filthy hyena took his place, and it wasn’t until we had thoroughly searched more than three miles of reed-bed for two more hours that we finally spotted him—a magnificent, large yellow cat, looking as big as a bull—leaping away up the opposite hill. Our riders took off like falcons; but unfortunately—if “unfortunately” is the right word—a deep and impassable ravine got in the way, forcing us to take long detours and causing significant delays. As a result, the lion disappeared from sight, and we were left with the slow and tedious 29 process of tracking him footprint by footprint through the tall, waving grass for hours, always expecting to step on his tail but always—disappointed!
In the afternoon I had to ride to Fort Hall, where there was to be a great gathering of Kikuyu chiefs and thousands of their warriors and women. The country is much the same as that traversed on the previous day, but greener, smoother, and more pleasant-looking. Fort Hall is not a fort in any military sense, but the Commissioner's house with a ditch round it, a jail, a few houses, and an Indian bazaar. The station is hardly well selected, being perched up on a hill out of the reach of any railway—and unhealthy nevertheless. The whole place was crowded with natives in their most highly ornamented and elaborate nudity, waiting for the war-dance.
In the afternoon, I had to ride to Fort Hall, where a large gathering of Kikuyu chiefs, along with thousands of their warriors and women, was set to take place. The landscape was similar to what I had crossed the day before, but it was greener, smoother, and more pleasant to look at. Fort Hall isn’t a fort in any military way; it’s the Commissioner’s house surrounded by a ditch, a jail, a few houses, and an Indian market. The location isn’t ideal, sitting on a hill that’s out of reach of any railway—and it’s still unhealthy. The whole area was packed with locals dressed in their most ornate and elaborate nudity, waiting for the war dance.
This ceremony was performed the next morning. Long before daylight the beating of drums, the blowing of horns, and the rhythm of loud, yet not altogether unmelodious chanting awakened the weariest sleeper; and when, at eight o'clock the indaba began, the whole space in front of the fort was densely packed with naked, painted, plumed, 30 and gyrating humanity, which seethed continually to and fro, and divided from time to time as particular chiefs advanced with their followers, or as gifts of struggling sheep and bulls were brought forward. In his war dress the Kikuyu, and, still more, the Masai warrior, is a striking, if not impressive, figure. His hair and body are smeared with the red earth of his native land, compounded into a pigment by mixture with the slimy juice of the castor-oil plant, which abounds. Fantastic headdresses, some of ostrich feathers, others of metal or leather; armlets and leglets of twisted wire; stripes of white clay rubbed across the red pigment; here and there an old pot-hat or some European garment, incongruously contrasted with leopard-skins and bulls' horns; broad, painted cow-hide shields, and spears with soft iron blades nearly four feet long, complete a grotesque and indecorous picture. Still, there is a sleek grace about these active forms—bronze statues but for their frippery—which defeats all their own efforts to make themselves hideous. The chiefs, however, succeed in reducing themselves to regular guys. Any old, cast-off khaki jacket or tattered pair of trousers; any fragment of 31 weather-stained uniform, a battered sun-helmet with a feather stuck lamely into the top of it, a ragged umbrella, is sufficient to induce them to abandon the ostrich plume and the leopard-skin kaross. Among their warriors in ancient gear they look ridiculous and insignificant—more like the commonest kind of native sweeper than the hereditary rulers of some powerful and numerous tribe.
This ceremony took place the next morning. Long before dawn, the sounds of drums, horns, and the rhythm of loud but somewhat melodic chanting woke even the heaviest sleepers; and when, at eight o'clock, the indaba started, the area in front of the fort was packed with naked, painted, feathered, 30 and dancing people, who constantly swayed back and forth, parting occasionally as specific chiefs moved forward with their followers or as gifts of struggling sheep and bulls were presented. In their war attire, the Kikuyu, and especially the Masai warrior, present a striking, if not impressive, figure. Their hair and bodies are coated with the red earth from their homeland, mixed with the slimy juice from the castor-oil plant, which is abundant. They wear fantastic headdresses, some made of ostrich feathers, others from metal or leather; armlets and leglets made of twisted wire; stripes of white clay smeared across the red pigment; occasionally, an old pot hat or some European clothing is awkwardly juxtaposed with leopard skins and bull horns; broad, painted cowhide shields, and spears with soft iron blades nearly four feet long complete a bizarre and inappropriate picture. Still, there’s a sleek grace about these agile forms—like bronze statues except for their embellishments—that defies their attempts to appear unattractive. However, the chiefs manage to make themselves look like regular guys. Any old, worn-out khaki jacket or tattered pair of trousers; any piece of 31 weathered uniform, a dented sun helmet with a feather awkwardly stuck in it, or a shabby umbrella is enough to make them ditch the ostrich plume and the leopard-skin kaross. Among their warriors in ancient attire, they seem ridiculous and unremarkable—more like the most ordinary native worker than the hereditary leaders of a powerful and numerous tribe.
It is unquestionably an advantage that the East African negro should develop a taste for civilized attire. In no more useful and innocent direction could his wants be multiplied and his desires excited, and it is by this process of assimilation that his life will gradually be made more complicated, more varied, less crudely animal, and himself raised to a higher level of economic utility. But it would surely be worth while to organize and guide this new motive force within graceful and appropriate limits. A Government runs risks when it intrudes upon the domain of fashion; but when a veritable abyss of knowledge and science separates the rulers from the ruled, when authority is dealing with a native race still plunged in its primary squalour, without religion, without clothes, without morals, 32 but willing to emerge and capable of emerging, such risks may fairly be accepted; and the Government might well prescribe or present suitable robes for ceremonial occasions to the chiefs, and gradually encourage, and more gradually still enforce, their adoption throughout the population.
It is definitely a plus that East African people are starting to appreciate civilized clothing. There’s no more useful and harmless way to expand their needs and spark their desires, and this process of adapting will eventually make their lives more complex, more diverse, and less primitive, while also raising their economic potential. However, it would be wise to organize and guide this new development within sensible and suitable boundaries. A government takes risks when it gets involved in matters of fashion; but when there's a significant gap in knowledge and understanding between those in power and the local population, which is still struggling with basic living conditions, lacking religion, clothing, and morals, yet is eager and capable of progressing, such risks can be justified. The government could certainly recommend or provide appropriate clothing for formal events to the leaders and gradually encourage, and later enforce, the adoption of these practices throughout the community.
After the dance it had been arranged that I should go as far as the bank of the Tana River to see the view of Mount Kenya, and then return to the Thika camp before night. But when the whole splendid panorama of the trans-Tana country opened upon us, I could not bring myself to stop short of the promised land; and, casting away material cares of luncheon and baggage, I decided to ride through to Embo, twenty-eight miles from Fort Hall, and our most advanced post in this direction. We crossed the Tana by a ferry which travels along a rope under the impulsion of the current. The ponies swam the deep, strong, sixty-yard stream of turbulent red water. On the farther bank the country is really magnificent in quality and aspect. The centre of the picture is always Mount Kenya; but there never was a mountain which made so little of its height. It rises 33 by long gentle slopes, more like a swelling of ground than a peak, from an immense upland plain, and so gradual is the acclivity that, but for the sudden outcrop of snow-clad rock which crowns the summit, no one would believe it over eighteen thousand feet high. It is its gradual rise that imparts so great a value to this noble mountain; for about its enormous base and upon its slopes, traversed by hundreds of streams of clear perennial water, there grows, or may grow, in successive, concentric belts, every kind of crop and forest known in the world, from the Equator to the Arctic Circle. The landscape is superb. In beauty, in fertility, in verdure, in the coolness of the air, in the abundance of running water, in its rich red soil, in the variety of its vegetation, the scenery about Kenya far surpasses anything I have ever seen in India or South Africa, and challenges comparison with the fairest countries of Europe. Indeed, looking at it with an eye fresh from Italy, I was most powerfully reminded of the upper valleys of the Po.
After the dance, it was planned for me to go as far as the bank of the Tana River to take in the view of Mount Kenya, then return to the Thika camp before nightfall. However, when the entire stunning panorama of the trans-Tana country opened up before us, I couldn’t bring myself to stop short of the promised land. Tossing aside concerns about lunch and our baggage, I decided to ride all the way to Embo, which is twenty-eight miles from Fort Hall and our most advanced post in this direction. We crossed the Tana using a ferry that moves along a rope with the current. The ponies swam across the deep, strong, sixty-yard-wide stream of turbulent red water. On the far bank, the country is truly magnificent in both quality and appearance. Mount Kenya is always the focal point, but it’s a mountain that downplays its height. It rises gradually with long slopes, more like a smooth rise in the ground than a peak, from an immense upland plain. The incline is so gentle that, if not for the sudden appearance of snow-covered rock at the summit, no one would believe it stands over eighteen thousand feet tall. It’s this gradual ascent that gives this majestic mountain so much value; around its massive base and on its slopes, crisscrossed by hundreds of streams of clear, constant water, every type of crop and forest found in the world, from the Equator to the Arctic Circle, can grow in successive, concentric belts. The landscape is breathtaking. In terms of beauty, fertility, lushness, the coolness of the air, the abundance of flowing water, the rich red soil, and the variety of vegetation, the scenery around Kenya far exceeds anything I’ve ever seen in India or South Africa and competes with the most beautiful countries in Europe. Indeed, gazing at it with a perspective fresh from Italy, I was strongly reminded of the upper valleys of the Po.
We rode on all day through this delicious country, along a well-kept native road, smooth enough for a bicycle, except where it crossed 34 stream after stream on primitive bridges. On every side the soil was cultivated and covered with the crops of a large and industrious population. It is only a year since regular control was established beyond the Tana, not without some bloodshed, by a small military expedition. Yet so peaceful are the tribes—now that their intertribal fighting has been stopped—that white officers ride freely about among their villages without even carrying a pistol. All the natives met with on the road were armed with sword and spear, and all offered us their customary salutations, while many came up smiling and holding out long, moist, delicate-looking hands for me to shake, till I had quite enough of it. Indeed, the only dangers of the road appear to be from the buffaloes which infest the country, and after nightfall place the traveller in real peril. We were very glad for this reason, and also because we had eaten nothing but a banana each since early morning, to see at last on the top of the next hill the buildings of Embo just as the sun sank beneath the horizon.
We rode all day through this beautiful landscape, along a well-maintained local road, smooth enough for a bike, except where it crossed 34 stream after stream on simple bridges. All around, the land was cultivated and filled with crops from a large and hardworking population. Just a year ago, regular control was established beyond the Tana, not without some bloodshed, by a small military mission. Yet, the tribes are so peaceful—now that their internal conflicts have stopped—that white officers can ride freely among their villages without even carrying a sidearm. All the locals we encountered on the road were armed with swords and spears, and they all greeted us in their usual way, many approaching me with big smiles and extending their long, moist, delicate hands for a handshake, until I had more than enough. In fact, the only real dangers on the road seem to come from the buffaloes that roam the area, which pose a real threat to travelers after dark. We were very relieved for that reason, and also because we had eaten only a banana each since early morning, to finally see the buildings of Embo on the next hill as the sun dipped below the horizon.
Embo is a model station, only five months old—one small, three-roomed house for the District Commissioner, one for the military 35 officer, an office, and a tiny jail, all in good dressed stone; two Indian shops in corrugated iron; and seven or eight long rows of beehive grass huts for a hundred and fifty soldiers and police. Two young white officers—a civilian and a soldier—preside from this centre of authority, far from the telegraph, over the peace and order of an area as large as an English county, and regulate the conduct and fortunes of some seventy-five thousand natives, who have never previously known or acknowledged any law but violence or terror. They were uncommonly surprised to see four horsemen come riding up the zigzag path to their dwelling; but their astonishment was no bar to their hospitality, and we were soon rewarded for our journey and our fasting in most excellent fashion.
Embo is a model station, just five months old—one small, three-room house for the District Commissioner, one for the military officer, an office, and a tiny jail, all built from nice stone; two Indian shops made of corrugated iron; and seven or eight long rows of beehive grass huts for about one hundred and fifty soldiers and police. Two young white officers—a civilian and a soldier—oversee this center of authority, far from the telegraph, maintaining peace and order in an area as large as an English county, and managing the lives and fortunes of around seventy-five thousand natives, who have never known or accepted any law other than violence or fear. They were quite surprised to see four horsemen riding up the winding path to their home; however, their astonishment didn't stop their hospitality, and we were soon rewarded for our journey and fasting in a most excellent way.
I had just time before the darkness flooded the land and blotted out the mighty mountain and its wreaths of fire-tipped cloud to walk round this station. The jail consisted of a single room, barred and bolted. Inside not a prisoner was to be seen. I inquired where they were, and was shown two little groups seated round fires in the open. They were chained together by a light running chain, and 36 after a hard day's miscellaneous work about the station they chatted peacefully as they cooked and ate their evening meal. The prison was only their shelter for the night—primitive arrangements, no doubt, but are they more barbarous than the hideous, long-drawn precision of an English convict establishment?
I had just enough time before darkness covered the land and hid the great mountain and its rings of fiery clouds to walk around this station. The jail was just one room, barred and locked. Inside, there was no prisoner in sight. I asked where they were and was shown two small groups sitting around fires outside. They were chained together by a light chain, and after a long day of various work around the station, they chatted peacefully as they cooked and ate their dinner. The prison was just their shelter for the night—basic arrangements, for sure, but are they more barbaric than the horrific, drawn-out precision of an English prison?
The African protectorates now administered by the Colonial Office afford rare scope for the abilities of earnest and intelligent youth. A man of twenty-five may easily find himself ruling a large tract of country and a numerous population. The Government is too newly established to have developed the highly centralized and closely knit—perhaps too closely knit—hierarchy and control of the Indian system. It is far too poor to afford a complete Administration. The District Commissioner must judge for himself, and be judged upon his actions. Very often—for tropical diseases make many gaps in the ranks, and men must often return to England to recruit their health—the officer is not a District Commissioner at all, but a junior acting in his stead or in some one's stead, sometimes for a year or more. To him there come day by day the natives of 37 the district with all their troubles, disputes, and intrigues. Their growing appreciation of the impartial justice of the tribunal leads them increasingly to carry all sorts of cases to the District Commissioner's Court. When they are ill they come and ask for medicine. When they are wounded in their quarrels it is to the white man they go to have the injuries dressed. Disease and accident have to be combated without professional skill. Courts of justice and forms of legality must be maintained without lawyers. Taxes have to be collected by personal influence. Peace has to be kept with only a shadow of force.
The African protectorates currently managed by the Colonial Office offer unique opportunities for dedicated and bright young people. A twenty-five-year-old can easily find themselves in charge of a large area and a significant population. The Government is too new to have developed the highly centralized and tightly integrated—maybe too tightly integrated—structure and control like that of the Indian system. It lacks the resources to maintain a full Administration. The District Commissioner must make decisions independently and will be evaluated based on their actions. Often—due to tropical diseases creating gaps in staffing and officers needing to return to England to recover their health—the person in charge isn’t even a District Commissioner but a junior person stepping in, sometimes for a year or more. Daily, the locals of 37 the district come to him with their issues, conflicts, and schemes. Their growing trust in the fair justice of the tribunal encourages them to bring all kinds of cases to the District Commissioner's Court. When they're sick, they come looking for medicine. When they get hurt in fights, they turn to the white man to have their injuries treated. They have to deal with illness and accidents without professional help. Legal proceedings and forms of justice must be upheld without lawyers. Taxes need to be collected through personal connections. Peace must be maintained with just a hint of force.
All these great opportunities of high service, and many others, are often and daily placed within the reach of men in their twenties—on the whole with admirable results. It was most pleasant to hear with what comprehension and sympathy the officers of the East Africa Protectorate speak about their work; and how they regard themselves as the guardians of native interests and native rights against those who only care about exploiting the country and its people. No one can travel even for a little while among the Kikuyu tribes without acquiring a liking for these light-hearted, tractable, if brutish 38 children, or without feeling that they are capable of being instructed and raised from their present degradation. There are more than four million aboriginals in East Africa alone. Their care imposes a grave, and I think an inalienable, responsibility upon the British Government. It will be an ill day for these native races when their fortunes are removed from the impartial and august administration of the Crown and abandoned to the fierce self-interest of a small white population. Such an event is no doubt very remote. Yet the speculator, the planter, and the settler are knocking at the door. There are many things which ought to be done—good, wise, scientific, and justly profitable. If the Government cannot find the money to develop the natural economic strength of the country, to make its communications, to start its industries, can it with any reason bar the field to private enterprise? Can it prevent the ingress of a white population? Ought it to do so, and for how long? What is to happen when there are thirty thousand white people in East Africa, instead of the three thousand or so who make so much stir at the present time? Perhaps the course of these chapters will lead us back 39 again to these questions. I am very doubtful whether it will supply their answers.
All these amazing opportunities for meaningful service, along with many others, are frequently made available to people in their twenties—generally with great outcomes. It was truly nice to hear how well the officers of the East Africa Protectorate understand and empathize with their work; they see themselves as protectors of the interests and rights of the local population against those who only want to exploit the land and its people. No one can spend even a little time among the Kikuyu tribes without developing an appreciation for these cheerful, adaptable, albeit rough around the edges, 38 individuals or without sensing that they can be taught and uplifted from their current state. There are over four million indigenous people in East Africa alone. Caring for them creates a serious, and I believe an unavoidable, responsibility for the British Government. It would be a terrible day for these native groups if their futures were taken away from the fair and esteemed management of the Crown and left to the harsh self-interest of a small white population. Such a scenario is likely very far off. Yet, the speculator, the planter, and the settler are already knocking at the door. There are many important things that should be done—good, wise, scientific, and justly beneficial. If the Government can't find the funds to develop the country’s natural economic potential, to improve its infrastructure, and to kickstart its industries, can it reasonably block the opportunity for private enterprise? Can it stop a white population from coming in? Should it, and for how long? What will happen when there are thirty thousand white people in East Africa, rather than the current three thousand or so who are making such a fuss? Perhaps the progression of these chapters will circle back to these questions. I’m quite skeptical whether they will provide any answers.
We have a discussion in the evening on a much more manageable subject. The District Commissioner at Embo has been ordered by the High Court of the Protectorate to retry a criminal case which he had settled some months before, on account of an informality in the report of the proceedings, which had excited the attention of the revising authority. It is pointed out that neither the accused nor his fellow-natives understand, or can ever be made to understand, the meaning of this repetition of a trial; that they are bewildered; that their confidence in their personal ruler may be weakened; that endless practical difficulties—for instance, the collection of witnesses scattered about in distant villages, and the disquietude caused to them by a second summons from the strange, mysterious power called "Government"—arise out of an error which only a lawyer could detect, and which only appears upon a piece of paper. "Some one," quaintly says a young civil officer, who has ridden over with us, "forgot to say 'Bo!' in the right place." I ask the nature of the "Bo!" It is certainly substantial. No 40 mention was made in the report of the trial that the accused was given the opportunity of cross-examining the hostile witnesses. Therefore, although this was in fact done, the trial is held to be no trial, and ordered anew.
We have a discussion in the evening about a much simpler topic. The District Commissioner at Embo has been instructed by the High Court of the Protectorate to retry a criminal case he settled a few months ago, due to an informality in the report of the proceedings that caught the attention of the reviewing authority. It’s noted that neither the accused nor his fellow villagers understand, or will ever understand, why this trial is happening again; that they are confused; that their trust in their local leader may be shaken; and that countless practical issues—like gathering witnesses scattered across remote villages and the anxiety caused by a second notice from the strange, mysterious entity known as "Government"—stem from a mistake that only a lawyer would notice and which is only visible on paper. "Someone," amusingly remarks a young civil officer who rode over with us, "forgot to say 'Bo!' in the right place." I ask what the "Bo!" signifies. It is definitely significant. No 40 mention was made in the trial report that the accused had the chance to cross-examine the opposing witnesses. Therefore, even though this was actually done, the trial is considered invalid, and a new one is ordered.
Now, here is again a balancing of disadvantages; but without here examining whether a simple release would not have been better than a retrial, I find myself plainly on the side of the "Bo!" There is scarcely anything more important in the government of men than the exact—I will even say the pedantic—observance of the regular forms by which the guilt or innocence of accused persons is determined. Those forms are designed to protect the prisoner, not merely from the consequences of honest forgetfulness in his judges, but from systematic carelessness and possible oppression. Once they are allowed to be loosely construed the whole system of civilized jurisprudence begins to crumble, and in its place there is gradually erected a rough-and-ready practice dependent entirely for its efficiency and fairness upon the character and intelligence of the individual responsible. Necessary as it is to trust to personal authority in the control of native races of the lowest standard, it is not 41 less necessary to assign well-marked limits to that authority, and, above all, to place the simple primary rights of accused persons to what we at home are accustomed to call a "fair trial" outside its scope. Nor does the administrator really suffer in native eyes from the apparition into his domain of superior authority. The tribesmen see that their ruler—to them all-powerful, the man of soldiers and police, of punishment and reward—is himself obedient to some remote external force, and they wonder what that mysterious force can be and marvel dimly at its greatness. Authority is enhanced and not impaired by the suggestion of immense reserves behind and above the immediate ruler—strong though he be. But upon this, as upon other matters, it is not necessary for every one to be of the same opinion; and even lawyers are not always wise.
Now, here’s another weighing of drawbacks; but without considering if a straightforward dismissal would have been better than a retrial, I clearly find myself siding with the "Bo!" There’s almost nothing more crucial in governing people than the strict—I would even say meticulous—adherence to the formal procedures that determine whether accused individuals are guilty or innocent. These procedures aim to protect the accused, not just from honest mistakes made by their judges but from ongoing negligence and potential abuse. Once these procedures start to be interpreted loosely, the entire system of civilized justice begins to fall apart, and in its place, a rough-and-ready approach takes shape, relying entirely on the character and intelligence of the individual in charge for its effectiveness and fairness. While it's essential to trust personal authority when managing native groups of the lowest standards, it’s equally important to set clear boundaries on that authority, and above all, to ensure that the basic rights of the accused to what we consider a "fair trial" remain outside its reach. Moreover, the administrator does not actually lose standing in the eyes of the natives when a superior authority enters his realm. The tribesmen recognize that their ruler—who appears all-powerful to them, commanding soldiers and police, able to punish and reward—is himself subject to some distant external force, and they ponder what that mysterious force could be, marveling at its magnitude. Authority is bolstered, not diminished, by the implication of immense reserves behind and above the immediate ruler—no matter how strong he may be. However, regarding this and other topics, it's not necessary for everyone to agree; even lawyers aren’t always insightful.
On our homeward ride in the early morning we passed a Swahili village. These Mohammedans have penetrated deeply and established themselves widely in the Eastern parts of Africa. Armed with a superior religion and strengthened with Arab blood, they maintain themselves without difficulty at a far higher level than the pagan aboriginals among whom 42 they live. Their language has become a sort of lingua franca over all this part of the world. As traders they are welcomed, as fighting men they are respected, and as sorcerers they are feared by all the tribes. Their Khan had supplied us with bananas on the previous day with many expressions of apology that, as we were unexpected, he had no "European food." To-day all this was repaired. The men of the village, to the number of perhaps fifty, walked sedately out to meet us, their long white smocks in striking contrast to the naked, painted barbarians who surrounded them. The Khan led up a white Arab stallion, of vicious temper and tripling gait, to replace my wearied pony; and then produced tea and a familiar tin of mixed biscuits, which he had over-night sent runners to procure, that his hospitality might incur no reproach.
On our way home in the early morning, we passed a Swahili village. These Muslims have made their way deep into and established themselves widely in Eastern Africa. Armed with a strong religion and bolstered by Arab heritage, they live at a much higher standard than the native tribes around them. Their language has become a sort of lingua franca throughout this region. As traders, they are welcomed; as fighters, they are respected; and as sorcerers, they are feared by all the tribes. The Khan had given us bananas the day before, apologizing that, since we were unexpected, he had no "European food." Today, everything was set right. About fifty men from the village walked out to greet us, their long white robes contrasting sharply with the naked, painted tribespeople around them. The Khan brought forward a white Arab stallion, known for its bad temper and stumbling gait, to replace my tired pony; then he offered tea and a familiar tin of mixed biscuits, which he had sent runners to get overnight so that his hospitality wouldn't be criticized.
While we were eating and parleying with the Khan there arrived on the scene a mounted Kikuyu chief, with chair, umbrella, khaki helmet, and other insignia, and attended by about a hundred warriors in full feather. In order to show their respect they began at once their war-dance, and we left them a quarter of an hour later still circling and hopping to and 43 fro with quivering spears and nodding plumes to their monotonous chorus, while the white-robed Swahilis stood gravely by and bade us farewell in the dignified manners of the East. I reflected upon the interval that separates these two races from each other, and on the centuries of struggle that the advance had cost, and I wondered whether that interval was wider and deeper than that which divides the modern European from them both; but without arriving at any sure conclusion.
While we were eating and chatting with the Khan, a mounted Kikuyu chief arrived, complete with a chair, umbrella, khaki helmet, and other symbols of leadership, accompanied by about a hundred warriors adorned in feathers. To show their respect, they immediately began their war dance, and we left them a quarter of an hour later still circling and hopping back and forth with their quivering spears and nodding plumes to their repetitive chorus, while the white-robed Swahilis stood solemnly by, bidding us farewell in the dignified manner of the East. I thought about the gap that separates these two races from each other and the centuries of struggle that progress had demanded, and I wondered if that gap was wider and deeper than the one that divides the modern European from both of them; however, I didn't come to any definite conclusion.
Our journey to Embo had been so delightful that I was not inclined to hanker after rejected alternatives. But when we drove in to the Thika camp as the sun was setting, tired out by fifty miles of road, the first spectacle which saluted my eyes was a lion's skin spread out upon the ground and Colonel Wilson engaged in sprinkling it with arsenical powder. Then we were told the tale, which in brief was that they were driving a long reed-bed, when the lion sprang out and ran obliquely across the line of beaters. Wilson fired and the lion bounded back into the reeds, whence stones, fires, shoutings, shots, and all other disturbances failed to move him. Whereupon, after two hours, being impatient and venturesome, they had marched in 44 upon him shoulder to shoulder, to find him, fortunately, quite dead.
Our trip to Embo had been so enjoyable that I wasn't interested in the options we had passed up. But when we arrived at the Thika camp as the sun was setting, exhausted from fifty miles on the road, the first sight that greeted me was a lion's skin laid out on the ground with Colonel Wilson busy sprinkling it with arsenic powder. Then we heard the story, which in short was that they were driving through a long reed bed when the lion jumped out and ran diagonally across the line of beaters. Wilson shot at it, and the lion sprang back into the reeds, where shouts, fires, stones, and all sorts of noises failed to move him. So, after two hours, getting impatient and feeling bold, they had marched in 44 shoulder to shoulder, only to find him, luckily, completely dead.
My friends endeavoured to console me by the news that lions had now been heard of in two other places, and that we should be sure to find one in the morning; and next day, after we had driven three miles of reeds, it seemed that their hopes were well founded, for a large animal of some kind could be seen moving swiftly to and fro under cover, and every one declared this must be the lion. At last only one more patch of reeds remained to beat, and we took up our positions, finger on trigger, about sixty yards from the farther edge of it, while the beaters, raising an astonishing tumult with yells and the beating of tin cans, plunged boldly in. Parturiunt montes—out rushed two enormous wart-hogs. Let no one reproach the courage of the pig. These great fierce boars, driven from their last shelter, charged out in gallant style—tusks gleaming, tails perpendicular—and met a fate prepared for a king. With these and another which we galloped down and pistolled on the way home I had to be content, and can now, so far as I am concerned, sadly write, in the expressive words of Reuter, "No lions were 'bagged.'" 45
My friends tried to cheer me up by saying that lions had been spotted in two other locations, and that we would definitely find one in the morning. The next day, after covering three miles through the reeds, it seemed their hopes were justified, as we saw a large animal moving quickly under the cover. Everyone insisted this had to be the lion. Finally, only one more patch of reeds was left to search, so we took our positions, fingers on triggers, about sixty yards from the far edge. The beaters, making a huge racket with shouts and banging on tin cans, boldly went in. Parturiunt montes—out came two massive warthogs. Don’t underestimate the bravery of the pig. These fierce boars, driven from their last refuge, charged out heroically—tusks shining, tails straight up—and met a fate fit for a king. With those and another one we chased down and shot on the way home, I had to be satisfied, and can now, as far as I’m concerned, sadly say, in the words of Reuter, "No lions were 'bagged.'" 45
CHAPTER III
THE HIGHLANDS OF EAST AFRICA
"Colour" is already the dominant question at Nairobi. "We mean to make East Africa a white man's country," cries, in strident tones, the Colonists' Association on every occasion. Truly a respectable and impressive policy; but one which seems, at first sight, rather difficult to achieve in a land where there are, so far, fewer than two thousand five hundred whites and more than four million black aboriginals. Can East Africa ever become a white man's country? Can even the Highlands, with their cool and buoyant breezes and temperate, unchanging climate, become a white man's country? Never, certainly, in the sense that Canada, or, indeed, the United Kingdom, are white men's countries—that is to say, countries inhabited wholly by white people and subsisting upon an economic basis of white unskilled labour. 46
"Color" is currently a major issue in Nairobi. "We're determined to turn East Africa into a white man's country," proclaims the Colonists' Association loudly at every opportunity. It's a bold and impressive goal, but it seems quite challenging at first glance in a region with fewer than two thousand five hundred white residents and over four million black natives. Can East Africa really become a white man's country? Can the Highlands, known for their cool breezes and stable, pleasant climate, become a white man's territory? Definitely not in the same way that Canada or the United Kingdom are considered white men's countries—meaning places solely populated by white people and relying on an economic system based on white unskilled labor. 46
It is scarcely worth while even to imagine the Highlands of East Africa denuded of their native inhabitants and occupied solely by Europeans. Such an idea is utterly impossible. Whatever may be the increase in the white population in the future, it is safe to say that it will be far more than counter-balanced by the multiplication of the natives, as they are guarded against famine and prevented from civil war. But were such a solution possible, it would be almost the last thing in the world desired by those who clamour for "a white man's country." For observe it is not against the black aboriginal that the prejudices and interests of the white settler or trader are arrayed. The African, it is conceded, is welcome to stay in his own country. No economic competition has yet arisen or is likely to arise between him and the new-comers. Their spheres of activity lie wholly apart, for the white man absolutely refuses to do black man's work; not for that harsh toil does he exile himself from the land of his birth; while the native could not, in his present state of development, displace the white man in skilled employments and the superintendence and the organization of 47 industry—even if he would—and nothing is farther from his ambitions.
It’s hardly worth imagining the Highlands of East Africa stripped of their native inhabitants and occupied only by Europeans. That idea is completely unrealistic. No matter how much the white population might grow in the future, it will definitely be overshadowed by the growth of the native population, as they are protected from famine and civil war. But even if such a situation were possible, it would be one of the last things desired by those who demand "a white man's country." Notice that the prejudices and interests of the white settler or trader aren't directed against the black indigenous people. It’s acknowledged that Africans are welcome to remain in their own country. There’s been no economic competition so far between them and the newcomers, nor is there likely to be any. Their areas of work are entirely separate, because the white man outright refuses to do black man's work; he hasn't left his homeland to take on harsh labor. Meanwhile, the native, in his current development, couldn't replace the white man in skilled jobs and in overseeing and organizing industry—even if he wanted to—and his ambitions are far from that.
It is the brown man who is the rival. The European has neither the wish nor the power to constitute a white proletariat in countries like East Africa. In his view the blacks should be the private soldiers of the army, but the non-commissioned officers and the commanders must be white. This should not be dismissed as a mere assertion of racial arrogance. It is an obstinate fact. It is already a grave defect for a community to found itself upon the manual labour of an inferior race, and many are the complications and perils that spring therefrom. But what of the second storey? If there is to be any kind of white society dwelling together year after year within the standards of life and comfort to which Europeans have universally been accustomed to aspire, and largely to attain, this middle stage in the economic system must provide that white society with the means of earning—as professional men, as planters, merchants, traders, farmers, bankers, overseers, contractors, builders, engineers, accountants, clerks—a living for themselves and their families. And here strikes in the 48 Asiatic. In every single employment of this class, his power of subsisting upon a few shillings a month, his industry, his thrift, his sharp business aptitudes give him the economic superiority, and if economic superiority is to be the final rule—as it has never been and never will be in the history of the world—there is not a single employment of this middle class, from which he will not, to a very large extent, clear the white man, as surely and as remorselessly as the brown rat extirpated the black from British soil.
It’s the brown man who is the competitor. The European neither desires nor has the ability to build a white working class in places like East Africa. He believes that black people should be the foot soldiers of the army, but the non-commissioned officers and commanders must be white. This shouldn’t be dismissed as just a statement of racial arrogance. It’s a stubborn reality. It’s already a serious flaw for a community to rely on the manual labor of an inferior race, leading to numerous complications and dangers. But what about the next level? If there’s going to be any sort of white society living together year after year, enjoying the lifestyle and comforts Europeans have generally aspired to and mostly achieved, this intermediate stage in the economic system must ensure that white society can make a living—as professionals, as planters, merchants, traders, farmers, bankers, overseers, contractors, builders, engineers, accountants, clerks—for themselves and their families. And here comes the Asiatic. In every single job in this category, his ability to survive on just a few shillings a month, along with his hard work, thriftiness, and sharp business skills, gives him economic superiority. If economic superiority is to be the ultimate goal—as it has never been and never will be throughout history—there isn’t a single middle-class job from which he won’t largely push the white man out, just as the brown rat wiped out the black one from British soil.
Then what remains? What sort of social organizations shall we be building up with so much thought and labour in these new lands under the British Crown? There is already no white working class. There is to be no white middle class. Room is left only for the capitalist pure and simple—if one may so describe him. A vast army of African labourers, officered by educated Indians or Chinese, and directed by a few individuals of diverse nationalities employing cosmopolitan capital—that is the nightmare which haunts the white population of South Africa, and at which what there is of a white population in East Africa is already shrieking vigorously. 49
Then what’s left? What kind of social structures will we be creating with all this thought and effort in these new territories under the British Crown? There’s already no white working class. There won’t be a white middle class. The only space left is for the capitalist pure and simple—if that’s an appropriate description. A huge workforce of African laborers, managed by educated Indians or Chinese, and run by a few people from various nationalities using global capital—that’s the nightmare that frightens the white population of South Africa, and the small white population in East Africa is already reacting strongly against it. 49
Yet hear the other side. How stands the claim of the British Indian? His rights as a human being, his rights as a British subject, are equally engaged. It was the Sikh soldier who bore an honourable part in the conquest and pacification of these East African countries. It is the Indian trader who, penetrating and maintaining himself in all sorts of places to which no white man would go or in which no white man could earn a living, has more than any one else developed the early beginnings of trade and opened up the first slender means of communication. It was by Indian labour that the one vital railway on which everything else depends was constructed. It is the Indian banker who supplies perhaps the larger part of the capital yet available for business and enterprise, and to whom the white settlers have not hesitated to recur for financial aid. The Indian was here long before the first British official. He may point to as many generations of useful industry on the coast and inland as the white settlers—especially the most recently-arrived contingents from South Africa (the loudest against him of all)—can count years of residence. Is it possible for any Government with a scrap of respect for honest dealing 50 between man and man, to embark upon a policy of deliberately squeezing out the native of India from regions in which he has established himself under every security of public faith? Most of all must we ask, is such a policy possible to the Government which bears sway over three hundred millions of our Indian Empire?
Yet hear the other side. What about the claim of the British Indian? His rights as a human being and as a British subject are equally important. It was the Sikh soldier who played an honorable role in the conquest and stabilization of these East African countries. It is the Indian trader who, navigating and establishing himself in various places where no white man would go or could make a living, has significantly developed the early stages of trade and created the first fragile means of communication. The vital railway that everything else relies on was built by Indian labor. It is the Indian banker who likely provides a large portion of the capital available for business and enterprise, and whom the white settlers have not hesitated to turn to for financial support. The Indian was here long before the first British official arrived. He can point to as many generations of valuable work along the coast and inland as the white settlers—especially the most recently arrived groups from South Africa (the loudest critics against him)—can count years of residency. Is it possible for any government, with even a shred of respect for fair dealings between people, to implement a policy that deliberately pushes the Indian native out of areas where he has established himself under the security of public faith? Above all, we must ask, is such a policy feasible for the government that rules over three hundred million people in our Indian Empire?
We are in presence of one of those apparently hopeless antagonisms of interests which baffle and dispirit all who are concerned in their adjustment. And these questions are not confined to East Africa or to South Africa. A whole series of new problems has arisen, and will grow graver and larger as the immediate history of the British Empire unfolds. They erect themselves upon a field almost wholly unstudied, and familiar only by the prejudices which in every direction obstruct movement and view. The entry of the Asiatic as labourer, trader, and capitalist into competition in industry and enterprise not only with, but in, the Western world is a new fact of first importance. Cheap, swift, easy means of communication, the establishment of peace and order over land and sea, the ever-growing inter-dependence of all men and all 51 countries upon one another, have given wings to Asiatic commercial ambition and rendered Asiatic manual labour fluid, as it has never before been fluid since the beginning of things.
We are facing one of those seemingly hopeless conflicts of interests that confuse and discourage everyone involved in trying to find solutions. These issues aren't limited to East Africa or South Africa. A whole range of new challenges has come up, and they will become more serious and complex as the recent history of the British Empire unfolds. These problems arise in an area that has been largely unexplored, known mainly through the biases that block understanding and progress in every direction. The entry of Asians as laborers, traders, and investors into competition in industry and business—not just alongside, but within, the Western world—is a significant new development. Affordable, fast, and easy communication, the establishment of peace and order across land and sea, and the increasing interdependence of all people and nations have propelled Asian commercial ambition and allowed Asian labor to flow like never before since the dawn of time.
Unless these new elements in the economic life of mankind can be scientifically and harmoniously controlled and assimilated, great and novel dangers menace alike the Asiatic and the European he supplants. On the one hand we see the possible exploitation under various unhealthy conditions of immense masses of Asiatic labour, to the moral injury of the employer and to the degradation and suffering of the employed; on the other the overturn of the standards of living laboriously achieved or long obstinately battled for among Europeans. Superadded to these we must foresee the confusion of blood, of manners, of morals, amounting, where operative upon any extensive scale, almost to the disintegration of the existing order of society. And behind—very close behind—lie the appeals to force, by mobs or Empires, to decide in a brutal fashion the brutal question which of two sets of irreconcilable interests shall prevail. It is not easy to measure the degree of political instability that will be introduced into international 52 relations, when the subjects of a powerful military and naval State are continually exposed to penal legislation and open violence, and into private life when the white artisan is invited to acquiesce in his own extinction, in virtue of laws which he himself controls, by a competitor whom, he believes, he could strike down with his hands.
Unless these new elements in the economic life of humanity can be scientifically and harmoniously managed and integrated, serious and unprecedented dangers threaten both the Asian and European populations involved. On one hand, we face the potential exploitation of vast numbers of Asian workers under unhealthy conditions, harming the employers morally and leading to the degradation and suffering of the workers. On the other hand, there’s the risk of undermining the standards of living that have been achieved with great effort or fought for passionately among Europeans. Added to these issues is the looming confusion of cultures, behaviors, and morals, which, on a large scale, could nearly disintegrate the current social order. And just behind all this lie calls for violence, from mobs or empires, to resolve in a brutal way the harsh question of which of two conflicting interests will dominate. It’s difficult to gauge the level of political instability that will be introduced into international relations when the subjects of a powerful military and naval state are constantly subjected to harsh laws and open violence, and when the white worker is urged to accept his own downfall due to laws he helps to create, by a competitor he believes he could defeat physically.
Yet the Asiatic, and here I also include the African native, has immense services to render and energies to contribute to the happiness and material progress of the world. There are spacious lands whose promise can never be realized, there are unnumbered harvests which can never be garnered, without his active co-operation. There are roads and railways and reservoirs which only he can make. There are mines and forests which will slumber for ever without his aid. The mighty continent of tropical Africa lies open to the colonizing and organizing capacities of the East. All those new products which modern industry insistently demands are offered in measureless abundance to the West—if only we could solve the Sphinx's riddle in its newest form.
Yet the people of Asia, and here I also include those from Africa, have so much to offer and so much energy to contribute to the happiness and material progress of the world. There are vast lands whose potential will never be fully realized, and countless harvests that will never be collected without their active participation. There are roads, railways, and reservoirs that only they can build. There are mines and forests that will remain untapped forever without their help. The vast continent of tropical Africa is open to the colonizing and organizing talents of the East. All those new products that modern industry constantly demands are available in endless abundance for the West—if only we could solve the Sphinx's riddle in its latest form.
And is it after all beyond our reach to 53 provide, if not a perfect, at any rate a practical answer? There ought to be no insuperable difficulty, in the present state of political knowledge and social organization, in assigning different spheres to the external activity of different races. The Great Powers have partitioned Africa territorially; is it beyond the wit of man to divide it economically? The co-operation of many different kinds of men is needed for the cultivation of such a noble estate. Is it impossible to regulate in full and intricate detail the conditions under which that co-operation shall take place? Here white men can live and thrive; there they cannot. Here is a task for one, there the opportunity of another. The world is big enough. [I write as the stream of the Nile bears me between the immense spaces of beautiful, fertile, unpopulated country that lie north of the Albert Lake.] There is plenty of room for all. Why cannot we settle it fairly?
And is it really beyond our reach to 53 provide a practical answer, if not a perfect one? There shouldn't be any insurmountable difficulties, given our current understanding of politics and social organization, in assigning different roles to the external activities of various races. The Great Powers have divided Africa territorially; is it impossible for us to divide it economically? We need cooperation from many different kinds of people to develop such a valuable estate. Is it unfeasible to regulate in detail the conditions under which that cooperation happens? Here white people can live and prosper; there they cannot. Here is a job for one group, and there is an opportunity for another. The world is large enough. [I write as the flow of the Nile carries me through the vast stretches of beautiful, fertile, uninhabited land that lie north of Lake Albert.] There is ample space for everyone. Why can't we settle this fairly?
It must be noted that the question of Asiatic immigration presents itself to the Imperial point of view in several quite distinct forms. There are, first of all, colonies which stand on the basis of a white proletariat, and whose inhabitants, rich and poor, employers and 54 employed, are all Europeans. The right of such colonies to forbid the entry of large numbers of Asiatics, and to preserve themselves from the racial chaos and economic disturbance inseparable from such immigration, cannot be denied, although its exercise ought no doubt to be governed by various prudential and other considerations. But these colonies differ markedly from those where the mass of the population is not white, but black. Again, there are colonies which possess responsible government, and where the number of the white middle-class inhabitants very largely exceeds the Asiatic community. It is evident that these stand in a wholly different position from that of places like the tropical Protectorates of East and West Africa.
It’s important to recognize that the issue of Asian immigration looks different from the perspective of the Empire in several ways. First, there are colonies primarily made up of a white working class, where all the residents, regardless of wealth or status—employers and employees alike—are Europeans. These colonies have the right to limit the entry of large numbers of Asians, in order to avoid the racial chaos and economic upheaval that such immigration can bring. However, implementing this right should be influenced by various practical and other considerations. These colonies are quite different from those where the majority of the population is not white, but black. Additionally, there are colonies that have responsible government, where the white middle class significantly outnumbers the Asian community. It’s clear that these colonies are in a completely different situation compared to places like the tropical Protectorates of East and West Africa.
Indeed, it may be contended that the very fact that the native of British India will undoubtedly, wisely or unwisely, rightly or wrongly, be refused access in any large numbers to several South African and all Australian Colonies by their respective Governments, makes it all the more desirable that the Imperial Government should afford in the tropical Protectorates outlet and scope to the enterprise and colonizing capacity of Hindustan. 55 And, as I have written, these countries are big enough for all. There is no reason why those Highland areas which promise the white man a home and a career, and where alone he can live in comfort, should not, as a matter of practical administration, be in the main reserved for him. Nor, on the other hand, why the Asiatic, if only he does not teach the African natives evil ways—a contingency which must not be forgotten—should not be encouraged to trade and settle as he will in the enormous regions of tropical fertility to which he is naturally adapted. Somewhere in this direction—I do not wish to dogmatize—the immediate course of sound policy would seem to lie, and, guided by the lights of science and tolerance, we may easily find it.
Indeed, it can be argued that the fact that people from British India will certainly, whether wisely or not, rightly or wrongly, be denied entry in large numbers to several South African and all Australian Colonies by their governments, makes it even more essential for the Imperial Government to provide opportunities in the tropical Protectorates for the initiative and colonizing abilities of Hindustan. 55 And, as I have mentioned, these regions are vast enough for everyone. There's no reason why those Highland areas, which offer a home and a career for white settlers—where they can live comfortably—should not, from a practical administration perspective, primarily be reserved for them. Likewise, there’s no reason why Asians, provided they don’t teach the African natives harmful practices—a possibility that shouldn't be overlooked—shouldn't be encouraged to trade and settle in the vast fertile areas where they are naturally suited. It seems that a reasonable path forward might lie in this direction—I don’t want to be dogmatic—and, with guidance from science and understanding, we should be able to find it easily.
But the course of these reflections has carried me a good deal farther than the politics of Nairobi would seem to justify; and I hasten to return to the question with which I started: "Can the Highlands of East Africa be made 'a white man's country'?" Let us examine this by a fresh process. As one rides or marches through the valleys and across the wide plateaux of these uplands, braced by their delicious air, listening to the music of their streams, and 56 feasting the eye upon their natural wealth and beauty, a sense of bewilderment overcomes the mind. How is it they have never become the home of some superior race, prosperous, healthy, and free? Why is it that, now a railway has opened the door and so much has been published about them, there has not been one furious river of immigration from the cramped and insanitary jungle-slums of Europe? Why, most of all, are those who have come—the pioneers, the men of energy and adventure, of large ambitions and strong hands—why are they in so many cases only just keeping their heads above water? Why should complaint and discontent and positive discouragement be so general among this limited class?
But these reflections have taken me much further than the politics of Nairobi would seem to allow, so I’ll get back to the question I started with: "Can the Highlands of East Africa become 'a white man's country'?" Let’s look at this in a new way. As you ride or walk through the valleys and across the wide plateaus of these uplands, invigorated by their fresh air, listening to the sound of their streams, and taking in their natural beauty and abundance, a sense of confusion takes over. Why haven’t these places become the home of a thriving, healthy, and free superior race? Why is it that now that a railway has opened up access and so much has been said about them, there hasn’t been a massive wave of immigration from the cramped, unhealthy slums of Europe? And most importantly, why are those who have come—the pioneers, the energetic and adventurous men with big dreams and strong hands—why are they often just barely getting by? Why is there so much complaining, dissatisfaction, and real discouragement among this small group?
I have always experienced a feeling of devout thankfulness never to have possessed a square yard of that perverse commodity called "land." But I will confess that, travelling in the East African Highlands for the first time in my life, I have learned what the sensation of land-hunger is like. We may repress, but we cannot escape, the desire to peg out one of these fair and wide estates, with all the rewards they offer to industry and inventiveness in the open air. Yet all around are men possessing thousands 57 of fertile acres, with mountains and rivers and shady trees, acquired for little or nothing, all struggling, all fretful, nervous, high-strung, many disappointed, some despairing, some smashed.
I have always felt deeply thankful that I’ve never owned a piece of that tricky thing called "land." But I have to admit that, traveling in the East African Highlands for the first time in my life, I've discovered what it feels like to crave land. We can try to push it down, but we can't ignore the urge to claim one of these beautiful, expansive estates, with all the benefits they bring to hard work and creativity in the great outdoors. Yet all around me are people who own thousands of fertile acres, complete with mountains, rivers, and shady trees, often acquired for next to nothing, all struggling, all anxious, restless, many feeling let down, some in despair, and some completely broken.
What are the true lineaments concealed behind the veil of boundless promise in which this land is shrouded? Are they not stamped with mockery? Is not the eye that regards you fierce as well as bright? "When I first saw this country," said a colonist to me, "I fell in love with it. I had seen all the best of Australia. I had prospered in New Zealand. I knew South Africa. I thought at last I had struck 'God's own country.' I wrote letters to all my friends urging them to come. I wrote a series of articles in the newspapers praising the splendours of its scenery and the excellence of its climate. Before the last of the articles appeared my capital was nearly expended, my fences had been trampled down by troops of zebra, my imported stock had perished, my title-deeds were still blocked in the Land Office, and I myself had nearly died of a malignant fever. Since then I have left others to extol the glories of East Africa." 58
What are the real features hidden behind the endless promise that this land offers? Aren't they marked by irony? Isn't the gaze that looks at you both fierce and bright? "When I first saw this country," a colonist told me, "I fell in love with it. I had experienced the best of Australia. I had thrived in New Zealand. I knew South Africa. I thought I had finally found 'God's own country.' I wrote letters to all my friends telling them to come. I penned a series of articles for newspapers praising the beauty of its landscapes and the quality of its climate. By the time the last article was published, my funds were nearly gone, my fences had been trampled by herds of zebra, my imported livestock had died, my title deeds were still stuck in the Land Office, and I was on the brink of death from a severe fever. Since then, I've let others sing the praises of East Africa." 58
These second thoughts err, no doubt, as much on the side of extravagant depression as the first impression was over-sanguine. But that there is a rude reverse to the East African medal is a fact which cannot be disputed, and which ought not, in the interests either of the immigrant or of the country to be concealed. It is still quite unproved that a European can make even the Highlands of East Africa his permanent home—that is to say, that he can live there without sensible degeneration for fifteen or twenty years at a stretch without ever returning to the temperate zones; still less that he can breed and rear families through several generations. The exhilaration of the air must not lead people to forget that an altitude of from five to eight thousand feet above the sea-level is an unusual condition, producing results, not yet ascertained, upon the nervous system, the brain, and the heart. Its coolness can never remove the fact that we are upon the Equator. Although the skies look so familiar and kindly with their white fleecy clouds and passing showers, the direct ray of the sun—almost vertical at all seasons of the year—strikes down on man and beast alike, and woe to the white man whom he finds 59 uncovered! Although sheep and oxen multiply so rapidly, although crossing them with imported stock produces in each generation astonishing improvements in quality, they are subject to many perils little understood and often fatal. And if the landscape recalls to the pensive traveller the peaceful beauties of gentler climes at home, let him remember that it nurses with blithe fecundity poisonous reptiles, and pest-spreading insects, and terrible beasts of prey.
These second thoughts definitely lean toward an exaggerated negativity just as much as the first impression was overly optimistic. However, it’s an undeniable fact that there’s a harsh reality to the East African medal, which shouldn’t be hidden for the sake of either the immigrants or the country. It’s still unproven that a European can make even the Highlands of East Africa a permanent home—meaning that they can live there for fifteen or twenty years without significant decline, without ever going back to temperate zones; even less certain is whether they can raise families through several generations. The refreshing air shouldn’t let people forget that an altitude of five to eight thousand feet above sea level is unusual, producing effects on the nervous system, brain, and heart that are not yet understood. Its coolness doesn’t change the fact that we’re on the Equator. Although the skies seem familiar and welcoming with their fluffy white clouds and passing showers, the direct sun—nearly vertical all year round—beats down on people and animals alike, and it’s unfortunate for the white person who gets caught uncovered! Even though sheep and cattle reproduce rapidly and breeding them with imported stock leads to impressive improvements in quality, they face many dangers that are often misunderstood and can be fatal. And if the scenery reminds the reflective traveler of the serene beauty of gentler climates back home, they should remember that it also harbors poisonous reptiles, disease-spreading insects, and fearsome predators.
There is no reason, however, for doubting that modern science possesses, or will discover, the means of eradicating or mitigating many of these evils. As the development of the country and the scientific investigation of tropical agriculture and tropical disease proceed, the difficulties which beset the early settler will gradually be removed. He will learn how to clothe and house himself; what to plant, what to breed, and what to avoid. The spread of East Coast fever, now carried by the ticks from one animal to another, and carried by the infected animals from one district to another, will be arrested, and controlled by a proper system of wire-fencing and quarantine. Remedies will be discovered 60 against the various diseases which attack sheep or horses. Zebra, rhinoceros, buffalo, and other picturesque and fascinating nuisances will be driven from or exterminated within the settled areas, and confined to the ample reserves of uninhabited land. The slow but steady growth of a white population will create a market for local agricultural produce. The powerfully equipped Scientific Departments, the Veterinary and Forestry Departments, and the Department of Agriculture newly established on a considerable scale, will be able to guide and assist the enterprise of the new-comer, and save him from repeating the ill-starred experiments of the pioneer. Roads will improve, and railways and mono-rail tramways will extend. Step by step life and the means of living will become easier and more secure. Still it will not be proved that the pure-bred European can rear his children under the Equatorial sun and at an elevation of more than six thousand feet; and till that is proved "the white man's country" will remain a white man's dream.
There’s no reason to doubt that modern science has, or will find, ways to eliminate or lessen many of these problems. As the country develops and scientific research on tropical agriculture and diseases advances, the challenges faced by early settlers will gradually diminish. They will learn how to provide clothing and shelter for themselves; what crops to plant, what animals to breed, and what to avoid. The transmission of East Coast fever, currently spread by ticks from one animal to another and carried by infected animals across different areas, will be halted and managed with proper fencing and quarantine measures. Solutions will be found for the various diseases that affect sheep and horses. Wild animals like zebras, rhinos, and buffalo, which can be both charming and troublesome, will be pushed away or eliminated from settled regions and kept in large, uninhabited reserves. The gradual but steady increase in the white population will create a demand for local agricultural goods. The well-equipped Scientific Departments, along with the Veterinary and Forestry Departments and the newly established Agriculture Department, will support and guide newcomers, helping them avoid the unfortunate mistakes of earlier settlers. Roads will improve, and railways and monorail transit systems will be developed. Step by step, life and the means of living will become easier and more secure. Still, it hasn’t been proven that pure-bred Europeans can successfully raise their children under the Equatorial sun at elevations above six thousand feet; until that is established, "the white man's country" will remain just a dream.
I have written of Europeans and Asiatics. What of the African? About four millions 61 of these dark folk are comprised within the districts of the East Africa Protectorate which are actually or partially administered. Many more lie beyond those wide and advancing boundaries. What is to be their part in shaping the future of their country? It is, after all, their Africa. What are they going to do for it, and what is it going to do for them? "The natives," says the planter, "evince a great reluctance to work, especially to work regularly." "They must be made to work," say others. "Made to work for whom?" we innocently ask. "For us, of course," is the ready answer; "what did you think we meant?" And here we run into another herd of rhinoceros questions—awkward, thick-skinned, and horned, with a short sight, an evil temper, and a tendency to rush blindly up wind upon any alarm. Is the native idle? Does he not keep himself and pay his taxes? Or does he loll at his ease while his three or four wives till the soil, bear the burden, and earn his living? And if idle, has he a right to remain idle—a naked and unconscious philosopher, living "the simple life," without cares or wants,—a gentleman of leisure 62 in a panting world? Is that to be the last word? Is civilization to say definitely that when the African native has kept himself, or made his women keep him, she has no further claim upon him? The white man shall do the rest. He shall preserve the peace, that the tribes may prosper and multiply. His watchful and foreseeing eye, strained and weary with the effort, shall still make provision against famine; his science, though he himself goes down in the struggle, shall grapple with pestilence and cure disease. Far from his home or from his family he shall hew the trees and dig the wells, shall dam the streams and build the roads, with anxious heart and "in the sweat of his brow," according to the curse laid upon the child of many wants, while the child of few wants watches him from the shade and thinks him mad.
I have written about Europeans and Asians. What about Africans? About four million of these dark-skinned people live within the areas of the East Africa Protectorate that are fully or partially governed. Many more are beyond those vast and ever-expanding borders. What role will they play in shaping the future of their country? After all, it is their Africa. What will they do for it, and what will it do for them? "The locals," says the planter, "are very reluctant to work, especially to work consistently." "They need to be made to work," others say. "Made to work for whom?" we innocently ask. "For us, of course," comes the quick reply; "what did you think we meant?" And here we encounter another set of tough questions—awkward, stubborn, and blunt, with short-sightedness, a bad attitude, and a tendency to charge headlong at any disturbance. Is the local lazy? Does he not take care of himself and pay his taxes? Or does he lounge around while his three or four wives farm, carry the load, and earn a living? And if he is lazy, does he have the right to remain lazy—a bare and unaware philosopher, living "the simple life," without worries or needs—a leisurely gentleman in a striving world? Is that to be the final verdict? Is civilization really going to say that when an African has taken care of himself or has his women do it, he has no further obligation? The white man will take care of the rest. He will maintain peace so the tribes can thrive and grow. His watchful and vigilant eye, strained and tired from the effort, will still plan against hunger; his knowledge, even if he himself falls in the struggle, will combat disease and heal sickness. Far from his home or family, he will chop down trees and dig wells, he will dam rivers and build roads, with a worried heart and "in the sweat of his brow," just as the curse laid upon the child of many needs states, while the child of few needs watches him from the shade and thinks he’s crazy.
And to compare the life and lot of the African aboriginal—secure in his abyss of contented degradation, rich in that he lacks everything and wants nothing—with the long nightmare of worry and privation, of dirt and gloom and squalour, lit only by gleams of torturing knowledge and tantalizing hope, which constitutes 63 the lives of so many poor people in England and Scotland, is to feel the ground tremble under foot. "It would never do to have a lot of 'mean whites' in this country," I heard one day a gentleman say. "It would destroy the respect of the native for the white man, if he saw what miserable people we have got at home." So here, at any rate, the boot is on the other leg, and Civilization is ashamed of her arrangements in the presence of a savage, embarrassed lest he should see what lies behind the gold and purple robe of State, and begin to suspect that the all-powerful white man is a fraud. But this is an irrelevancy!
And comparing the life and situation of the African indigenous person—secure in his deep sense of contentment, rich in that he lacks everything and wants nothing—with the long nightmare of anxiety and struggle, of filth and darkness, and poverty, lit only by fleeting moments of painful awareness and elusive hope, which make up the lives of so many poor people in England and Scotland, is to feel the ground shake beneath you. "It would never be acceptable to have a bunch of 'lower-class whites' in this country," I heard a gentleman say one day. "It would destroy the respect that the native people have for white people if they saw what miserable lives we have back home." So here, at least, the tables have turned, and Civilization is embarrassed about its own situation in front of a so-called savage, anxious that he might see what lies behind the gold and purple robes of authority, and start to suspect that the all-powerful white man is a fraud. But this is beside the point!
I am clearly of opinion that no man has a right to be idle, whoever he be or wherever he lives. He is bound to go forward and take an honest share in the general work of the world. And I do not except the African native. To a very much larger extent than is often recognized by some who discuss these questions, the natives are industrious, willing to learn, and capable of being led forward. Live for a few weeks, as I have done, in close association with the disciplined soldiers of the King's African Rifles, or with the smart sailors of the Uganda Marine, and it seems 64 wonderful to contrast them with the population from which they have emerged. How strong, how good-natured, how clever they are! How proud their white officers are of them! What pains they take to please the travellers whom they escort; how frankly they are delighted by a word of praise or thanks! Just and honourable discipline, careful education, sympathetic comprehension, are all that is needed to bring a very large proportion of the native tribes of East Africa to a far higher social level than that at which they now stand. And why should men only be taught to be soldiers? Is war always to have the best of everything? Cannot peaceful industry be made as attractive, be as highly organized, as carefully studied as the combined use of deadly weapons? "Why," as Ruskin asks, "cannot men take pride in building villages instead of only carrying them?"
I firmly believe that no one has the right to be idle, no matter who they are or where they live. Everyone is expected to move forward and contribute honestly to the world's work. And this includes the African native. Far more than some people realize when discussing these issues, the natives are hardworking, eager to learn, and capable of being guided. If you live for a few weeks, as I have, alongside the disciplined soldiers of the King's African Rifles or the sharp sailors of the Uganda Marine, it's striking to see how they compare to the general population they come from. They are strong, good-natured, and intelligent! Their white officers take great pride in them. They go to great lengths to please the travelers they accompany and are genuinely thrilled by a simple word of praise or thanks! Just fair discipline, proper education, and empathetic understanding are all that's needed to elevate a significant number of the native tribes of East Africa to a much higher social status than where they are now. And why should men only be trained to be soldiers? Does war always have to get the best of everything? Can't peaceful work be made just as appealing, be as well-organized, and be as thoroughly studied as using deadly weapons? "Why," as Ruskin asks, "can't men take pride in building villages instead of only destroying them?"
I wonder why my pen slips off into these labyrinths, when all I set out to do was to give some general idea of politics at Nairobi? But in truth the problems of East Africa are the problems of the world. We see the social, racial, and economic stresses which 65 rack modern society already at work here, but in miniature; and if we choose to study the model when the whole engine is at hand, it is because on the smaller scale we can see more clearly, and because in East Africa and Uganda the future is still uncompromised. The British Government has it in its hands to shape the development and destiny of these new countries and their varied peoples with an authority and from an elevation far superior to that with which Cabinets can cope with the giant tangles at home. And the fact stirs the mind. But by this time the reader will have had as much of East African politics as I had when, after three days of deputations and disputations, the train steamed out of Nairobi to take us to the Great Lake and beyond. 66
I wonder why my pen keeps drifting into these twists and turns when all I wanted to do was share some general thoughts on politics in Nairobi. But really, the issues in East Africa reflect the issues of the world. We see the social, racial, and economic tensions that strain modern society beginning to emerge here, but in a smaller scale; and if we choose to examine this smaller model while the whole system is available, it’s because we can see things more clearly, and because in East Africa and Uganda, the future is still open. The British Government has the power to influence the development and future of these new countries and their diverse people with an authority and perspective far beyond what Cabinets can manage with the complex issues at home. And that thought is thought-provoking. By now, though, the reader will have experienced as much of East African politics as I did when, after three days of meetings and debates, the train pulled out of Nairobi to take us to the Great Lake and beyond. 66
CHAPTER IV
THE GREAT LAKE
We are off again on the Uganda Railway. Interesting and beautiful as is the country through which the line passes from Mombasa to Nairobi, it is surpassed by the magnificent scenery of the journey to the Lake. First in order and in rank is the Great Rift. This curious fault in the earth's surface, which geologists trace across the four thousand miles of land and sea which separate us from Palestine, and onward still to the southern end of Lake Tanganyika, is traversed by the Uganda Railway at one of its most remarkable stages. For sixty miles the Highland plateau has been rising steadily by a succession of wooded undulations to a level of over six thousand feet. Now it falls abruptly, almost precipitously, more than two thousand feet. This frowning wall of rock and forest, which extends straight as a ruler farther than eye 67 can see, is the Kikuyu Escarpment. As the train claws its way downwards by slant and zigzag along its face, a majestic panorama breaks upon the view. Far below, bathed in sunshine, stretching away to misty purple horizons, lie the broad expanses of the Rift Valley. Its level surface is broken by strangely moulded volcanic hills and shattered craters. The opposite mountain wall looms up in the far distance, brown and blue. We gaze down upon the plain as from a balloon, mistaking forests for patches of green grass, and mighty trees for thorn-scrub.
We’re off again on the Uganda Railway. As interesting and beautiful as the country is from Mombasa to Nairobi, it cannot compete with the stunning scenery on the journey to the Lake. First and foremost is the Great Rift. This fascinating fault in the Earth's surface stretches across four thousand miles of land and sea, reaching all the way to Palestine and continuing to the southern end of Lake Tanganyika. The Uganda Railway crosses this remarkable feature at one of its most impressive points. For sixty miles, the Highland plateau rises steadily through a series of wooded hills to over six thousand feet. Then, it drops sharply, almost straight down, by more than two thousand feet. This intimidating wall of rock and forest stretches endlessly, perfectly straight, as far as the eye can see. This is the Kikuyu Escarpment. As the train makes its way down, zigzagging along its edge, a breathtaking view unfolds. Far below, soaked in sunlight and stretching to soft purple horizons, lies the vast expanse of the Rift Valley. Its flat surface is interrupted by oddly shaped volcanic hills and shattered craters. In the distance, the opposite mountain wall rises, showcasing shades of brown and blue. We look down on the plain as if from a hot air balloon, mistaking forests for patches of green grass and towering trees for thorn bushes.
Another hour or so and Lake Naivasha comes into view. This sheet of water is about ten miles square, and the rim of a submerged crater makes an odd, crescent-shaped island in its midst. Its brackish waters repel the inhabitants, but afford shelter to numberless wild-fowl and many hippopotami. At Naivasha there is the Government stock farm. One may see in their various flocks the native sheep, the half-bred English, the three-quarter-bred, etc. The improvement is amazing. The native sheep is a hairy animal, looking to the unpractised eye more like a goat than a sheep. Crossed with Sussex or Australian blood, his 68 descendant is transformed into a woolled beast of familiar aspect. At the next cross the progeny is almost indistinguishable from the pure-bred English in appearance, but better adapted to the African sun and climate. It is the same with cattle. In the first generation the hump of the African ox vanishes. In the second he emerges a respectable British Shorthorn. The object of this farm is twofold: first, to find the type best adapted to local conditions; secondly, to supply the settlers and the natives with a steadily broadening fountain of good blood by which their flocks and herds may be trebled and quadrupled in value. The enthusiasm and zeal of those in charge of this work were refreshing. At present, however, their operations are restricted by insufficient funds and by the precautions which must be taken against East Coast fever. The first of these impediments may be removed; the second is less tractable.
Another hour or so and Lake Naivasha comes into view. This sheet of water is about ten miles wide, with the rim of a submerged crater creating a strange, crescent-shaped island in the middle. Its brackish waters keep the residents away, but provide a refuge for countless wildfowl and many hippopotamuses. At Naivasha, there's a government stock farm. You can see various flocks of native sheep, half-bred English sheep, and three-quarter-bred, etc. The improvement is astonishing. The native sheep is a hairy animal that, to an untrained eye, looks more like a goat than a sheep. Crossed with Sussex or Australian blood, its descendant turns into a woolly creature that looks familiar. After another cross, the offspring is nearly indistinguishable from pure-bred English sheep in appearance, but it's better suited for the African sun and climate. The same goes for cattle. In the first generation, the hump of the African ox disappears. In the second generation, it becomes a respectable British Shorthorn. The goal of this farm is twofold: first, to find the type best suited to local conditions; second, to provide settlers and locals with a continuously growing source of quality livestock to significantly enhance the value of their herds. The enthusiasm and commitment of those in charge of this work are inspiring. However, their efforts are currently limited by a lack of funds and the necessary precautions against East Coast fever. The first issue could be resolved; the second is much more difficult to manage.
East Coast fever came across the German border a year and a half ago, and since then, in spite of such preventive measures as our scanty means allow, it has been gradually and slowly spreading through the Protectorate. A diseased cow may take thirty days to die. 69 In the meantime wherever it goes the swarming ticks are infected. They hold their poison for a year. If, during that time, other cattle pass over the ground the ticks fasten upon them and inoculate them with the sickness. And each new victim wanders off to spread the curse to new ticks, who cast it back to new cattle, and so on till the end of the story. At each point fresh areas of ground become distempered, and fresh cows begin to drop off one by one, leaving their evil inheritance to the ravening insects.
East Coast fever crossed the German border a year and a half ago, and since then, despite the limited preventive measures we can take, it has been gradually spreading through the Protectorate. An infected cow may take thirty days to die. 69 In the meantime, wherever it goes, the ticks are also infected. They can carry the disease for a year. If other cattle walk over the same ground during that time, the ticks latch onto them and transmit the disease. Each new victim spreads the infection to more ticks, which then pass it on to additional cattle, and so on until the cycle continues. At each stage, new areas become contaminated, and more cows start to die one by one, leaving their harmful legacy to the hungry insects.
So here we see the two principles of Nature at work simultaneously—the blood-stock rams and bulls spreading their healthy, fruitful life in ever-widening circles through the land; the infected cattle carrying their message of death in all directions. Every point that either attains, becomes at once a new centre of vitality or dissolution. Both processes march deliberately forward to limitless multiplications. The native is helpless in the face of advancing ruin. Left to itself the evil would assuredly devour the good, till the cattle were exterminated and the sickness starved to death for lack of prey. But at this moment the white biped with faculties of ratiocination 70 intervenes from the tin-roofed Department of Agriculture; discovers, for instance, that ground may be purified by putting upon it sheep, into whom the ticks discharge their poison harmlessly and are thereafter purged; erects hundreds of miles of wire fencing to cut the country up into compartments, as a warship is divided by bulkheads; encloses infected areas; destroys suspected animals; searches methodically and ever more hopefully for prophylactics and remedies; with one hand arrests the curse, with the other speeds the blessing, and in so doing is surely discharging rather an important function from a good many points of view.
So here we see the two principles of Nature at work at the same time—the healthy breeding rams and bulls spreading their vigorous, fruitful life in ever-widening circles across the land; the infected cattle carrying their message of death in every direction. Every point that either reaches becomes a new center of vitality or decay. Both processes continue forward towards limitless multiplication. The native is helpless in the face of advancing destruction. Left to its own devices, the evil would definitely consume the good, until the cattle were wiped out and the sickness faded away due to lack of hosts. But at this moment, the white person with reasoning abilities intervenes from the tin-roofed Department of Agriculture; discovers, for example, that the land may be cleaned by putting sheep on it, into which the ticks release their poison harmlessly and are then expelled; constructs hundreds of miles of wire fencing to divide the land into sections, like a warship is divided by bulkheads; encloses infected areas; removes suspected animals; searches systematically and more and more hopefully for preventive measures and treatments; with one hand stops the curse, while the other promotes the blessing, and in doing so is definitely fulfilling a pretty important role from many perspectives.
My friends and I took four days in travelling to the Victoria Nyanza, although the distance can be covered in twenty-four hours; for we turned aside every day for sport or business, while our train waited obligingly in a siding. Of the latter, indeed, there was no lack, for the Governor and the heads of several departments were in the train, and we laboured faithfully together at many prickly things. Then at the stations came farmers, surveyors, and others, with words of welcome or complaint, and a deputation of Boer settlers with 71 many expressions of loyalty to the Crown, and the chiefs of the Lumbwa and Nandi tribes, with a crowd of warriors, and their Laibon with his four wives, all in a row, till I was as tired of making "brief and appropriate" speeches as my companions must have been of hearing them.
My friends and I took four days to travel to Lake Victoria, even though we could have made the journey in twenty-four hours. We stopped each day for fun or business while our train waited patiently on a side track. There was definitely no shortage of business because the Governor and heads of several departments were on the train, and we worked hard together on many challenging issues. Then, at the stations, farmers, surveyors, and others would come with words of welcome or complaints, along with a group of Boer settlers offering many expressions of loyalty to the Crown, and the chiefs of the Lumbwa and Nandi tribes, accompanied by a crowd of warriors and their Laibon with his four wives, all lined up. By the end, I was as tired of giving "brief and appropriate" speeches as my companions must have been of listening to them.
But Elmenteita was all holiday. Lord Delamere met us at the station with Cape carts, ponies, and hog-spears, and we drove off in search of pig over an enormous plain thickly peopled with antelope and gazelle. I cannot pretend to the experience of both countries necessary to compare the merits of pig-sticking in India and in East Africa in respect of the fighting qualities of the animal, nor the ground over which he is pursued. But I should think the most accomplished member of the Meerut Tent Club would admit that the courage and ferocity of the African wart-hog, and the extreme roughness of the country, heaped as it is with boulders and pitted with deep ant-bear holes concealed by high grass, make pig-sticking in East Africa a sport which would well deserve his serious and appreciative attention. At present it is in its infancy, and very few even of the officers of the King's African 72 Rifles can boast the proficiency of the Indian expert. But everything in East Africa is at its first page; and besides, the wart-hog is, at present at any rate, regarded as dangerous vermin who does incredible damage to native plantations, and whose destruction—by any method, even the most difficult—is useful as well as exciting.
But Elmenteita was all about celebration. Lord Delamere picked us up at the station with Cape carts, ponies, and hunting spears, and we set off in search of pigs across a vast plain filled with antelope and gazelle. I can’t claim to have the experience of both countries needed to compare the merits of pig-sticking in India and in East Africa regarding the fighting qualities of the animals or the terrain they are chased across. However, I believe the most skilled member of the Meerut Tent Club would agree that the bravery and ferocity of the African wart-hog, along with the tough landscape—littered with boulders and riddled with deep ant-bear holes hidden by tall grass—make pig-sticking in East Africa a sport worth serious attention and respect. Right now, it’s still in its early stages, and very few even among the officers of the King’s African 72 Rifles can claim the skills of the Indian expert. But everything in East Africa is just getting started; plus, the wart-hog is currently seen as a dangerous pest that causes immense damage to local farms, and getting rid of them—by any means, even the toughest—ends up being beneficial as well as thrilling.
Our first pig was a fine fellow, who galloped off with his tail straight up in the air and his tusks gleaming mischievously, and afforded a run of nearly three miles before he was killed. The risk of the sport consists in this—that the pig cannot be overtaken and effectively speared except by a horse absolutely at full gallop. The ground is so trappy that one hardly cares to take one's eyes off it for a moment. Yet during at least a hundred yards at a time the whole attention of the rider must be riveted on the pig, within a few yards of whom he is riding, and who may be expected to charge at any second. A fall at such a climax is necessarily very dangerous, as the wart-hog would certainly attack the unhorsed cavalier; yet no one can avoid the chance. I do not know whether Anglo-India will shudder, but I should certainly recommend the intending hunter in 73 East Africa to strap a revolver on his thigh in case of accidents. "You do not want it often," as the American observed; "but when you do, you want it badly."
Our first pig was a great guy who took off with his tail held high and his tusks gleaming playfully, managing to run nearly three miles before he was finally taken down. The thrill of the sport lies in the fact that you can only catch and effectively spear the pig if your horse is going full speed. The terrain is so tricky that you hardly want to take your eyes off it for a moment. Yet, for at least a hundred yards at a time, the rider has to keep their focus entirely on the pig, who is just a few yards away and could charge at any moment. Falling at this point is extremely risky, as the wart-hog would definitely go after the fallen rider; however, it’s a chance no one can avoid. I’m not sure if anyone in Anglo-India will feel uneasy about this, but I would definitely advise any aspiring hunter in 73 East Africa to strap a revolver on their thigh just in case of emergencies. "You don't need it often," as the American said; "but when you do, you really need it."
We passed a jolly morning riding after these brutes and shooting a few Gazella Granti and Gazella Thomsoni, or "Grants" and "Tommies" as they are familiarly called, and in looking for eland in the intervals. At the end of Lake Elmenteita, a beautiful sheet of water, unhappily brackish, a feast had been prepared, to which a number of gentlemen from Lord Delamere's estates and the surrounding farms had been bidden. A long array of flocks and herds was marshalled on both sides of the track in due order, native-bred, half-bred, three-quarter-bred, pure. Through these insignia of patriarchal wealth, which would have excited the keenest interest in any traveller less hungry and more instructed in such matters than I, we made our way to an excellent luncheon, which, be sure, was not unaccompanied by the usual discussion on East African politics.
We spent a fun morning chasing these animals and shooting a few Gazella Granti and Gazella Thomsoni, or "Grants" and "Tommies" as they're commonly known, while also looking for eland in between. At the end of Lake Elmenteita, a beautiful but sadly brackish body of water, a feast had been set up for a number of gentlemen from Lord Delamere's estates and the surrounding farms. A long line of flocks and herds was organized on both sides of the path, including native-bred, half-bred, three-quarter-bred, and pure animals. We made our way through these signs of traditional wealth, which would have fascinated any traveler who was less hungry and better informed about such things than I was, to an excellent lunch, which, of course, was accompanied by the usual talk about East African politics.
It was late in the afternoon when we started back to the train, which lay eight miles off in a siding. On the way we fell in with a most 74 fierce and monstrous pig, who led us a nice dance through bush and grass and boulder. As he emerged into a patch of comparatively smooth, open ground I made up my mind to spear him, urged my pony to her top speed, and was just considering how best to do the deed when, without the slightest provocation, or, at any rate, before he had been even pricked, the pig turned sharp round and sprang at me, as if he were a leopard. Luckily, my spear got in the way, and with a solid jar, which made my arm stiff for a week, drove deep into his head and neck before it broke, so that he was glad to sheer off with eighteen inches of it sticking in him, and after a dash at my companion he took refuge in a deep hole, from which no inducements or insults could draw him.
It was late in the afternoon when we started heading back to the train, which was eight miles away on a siding. On the way, we ran into a really fierce and monstrous pig, who led us on quite a chase through the bushes, grass, and rocks. As he came out into a relatively smooth, open area, I decided to spear him, pushed my pony to her top speed, and was just thinking about the best way to do it when, without any warning, or at least before I had even touched him, the pig suddenly turned around and leaped at me like a leopard. Fortunately, my spear got in the way, and with a solid impact that made my arm stiff for a week, it drove deep into his head and neck before it broke. He made a quick retreat with eighteen inches of it stuck in him, and after taking a quick charge at my companion, he hid in a deep hole, from which no amount of coaxing or insults could get him out.
Later we rode and killed another pig and chased a fourth unsuccessfully, and it was nearly dark before the railway was reached. As I was getting into my carriage they calmly told me that six lions had walked across the line a quarter of a mile away and a quarter of an hour before. A settler who had been to lunch at Elmenteita was loading a hastily-borrowed revolver before starting on his homeward 75 ride to Nakuru, and as I gave him some cartridges, I reflected that, whatever may be the shortcomings of East Africa, the absence of an interesting and varied fauna is certainly not among them.
Later, we rode out and took down another pig and tried unsuccessfully to chase a fourth, and it was almost dark by the time we got to the railway. As I was getting into my carriage, they casually told me that six lions had crossed the tracks a quarter of a mile away just a little while ago. A settler who had gone to lunch at Elmenteita was loading up a borrowed revolver before heading back home to Nakuru, and as I handed him some cartridges, I realized that, despite any downsides to East Africa, a lack of interesting and diverse wildlife is definitely not one of them. 75
Next day our train is climbing through dense and beautiful forests to the summit of the Mau Escarpment. Admiration of the wealth and splendour of the leafy kingdom is mingled with something very like awe at its aggressive fertility. The great trees overhang the line. The creepers trail down the cuttings, robing the red soil with cloaks of flowers and foliage. The embankments are already covered. Every clearing is densely overgrown with sinuous plants. But for the ceaseless care with which the whole line is scraped and weeded it would soon become impassable. As it is, the long fingers of the encroaching forest are everywhere stretching out enviously towards the bright metals. Neglect the Uganda Railway for a year, and it would take an expedition to discover where it had run.
The next day, our train is climbing through dense and beautiful forests up to the top of the Mau Escarpment. The awe of the lush, vibrant trees is mixed with respect for its overwhelming fertility. The tall trees hang over the tracks. Vines drape down the cuts, dressing the red soil in layers of flowers and leaves. The embankments are already covered. Every clearing is thickly overgrown with twisting plants. Without the constant maintenance to keep the tracks clear and free of weeds, it would soon be impossible to navigate. As it is, the long tendrils of the encroaching forest are everywhere reaching out possessively toward the shiny rails. If you ignored the Uganda Railway for a year, it would take a whole expedition to find where it used to run.
At Nyoro station nearly nine hundred natives were at work cutting timber for the railway, which is entirely dependent on wood fuel. The contractor in charge, a young 76 English gentleman, who was described to me as being a model employer of native labour in Government contracts, had taken the trouble to cut a path through the forest across a loop of the line in order that I might see what it was like inside. Through this leafy tunnel, about a mile and a half long, we all accordingly dived. There was nothing sinister in the aspect of this forest, for all its density and confusion. The great giants towered up magnificently to a hundred and fifty feet. Then came the ordinary forest trees, much more thickly clustered. Below this again was a layer of scrub and bushes; and under, around, and among the whole flowed a vast sea of convolvulus-looking creeper. Through all this four-fold veil the sunlight struggled down every twenty yards or so in gleaming chequers of green and gold.
At Nyoro station, nearly nine hundred local workers were busy cutting timber for the railway, which relies completely on wood fuel. The contractor in charge, a young English gentleman, who was described to me as a model employer of local labor in government contracts, went out of his way to clear a path through the forest across a bend of the line so I could see what it was like inside. So, we all ventured through this leafy tunnel, about a mile and a half long. There was nothing ominous about the appearance of this forest, despite its density and chaos. The towering giants reached an impressive height of one hundred and fifty feet. Following these were the ordinary forest trees, much more densely packed. Below that was a layer of scrub and bushes; and underneath, around, and among everything flowed a vast sea of creeping plants that looked like convolvulus. Through this four-fold veil, the sunlight fought its way down every twenty yards or so, creating shimmering patches of green and gold.
On the way the method of fuel-cutting is explained. So far as the labourer is concerned, it is an elaborate system of piece-work, very accurately and fairly adjusted, and, as is so often the case where the white employer takes personal care of his men, there appeared to be no difficulty in finding any number of natives. But they are a plaguey company. Few will 77 stay for more than a month or two, however satisfied they may be with their work and its rewards; and just as they begin to get skilful, off they go to their villages to cultivate their gardens and their families, promising to come back another year, or after the harvest, or at some other remote and indefinite date. And meanwhile the railway must have its fuel every day and day after day, with the remorseless monotony of the industrial machine.
On the way, the fuel-cutting method is explained. For the workers, it’s a detailed system of piecework, very accurately and fairly set up, and, as often happens when a white employer personally looks after their workers, there seems to be no problem finding enough locals. But they are a bothersome bunch. Few will stay for more than a month or two, no matter how happy they are with their work and pay; just when they start to get skilled, they leave to return to their villages to tend to their gardens and families, promising to come back another year, or after the harvest, or at some other vague and uncertain time. Meanwhile, the railway needs its fuel every day, day after day, with the relentless monotony of the industrial machine.
But what a way to cut fuel! A floating population of clumsy barbarians pecking at the trees with native choppers more like a toy hoe than an axe, and carrying their loads when completed a quarter of a mile on their heads to the wood-stack, while the forest laughs at the feebleness of man. I made a calculation. Each of the nine hundred natives employed costs on the whole six pounds a year. The price of a steam tree-felling plant, with a mile of mono-rail tram complete, is about five hundred pounds. The interest and sinking fund on this capital outlay represent the wages of four natives, to which must be added the salary of a competent white engineer, equal to the wage of forty natives, 78 and the working expenses and depreciation roughly estimated at the wage of twenty natives more; in all the wage of sixty-five natives. Such a plant, able to cut trees six feet in diameter through in four or five minutes, to cut timber as well as fuel, to saw it into the proper lengths for every purpose with the utmost rapidity, and to transport it by whole truck-loads when sawn to the railway siding, would accomplish a week's work of the sixty-five natives it replaced in a single day, and effect a sevenfold multiplication of power. It is no good trying to lay hold of Tropical Africa with naked fingers. Civilization must be armed with machinery if she is to subdue these wild regions to her authority. Iron roads, not jogging porters; tireless engines, not weary men; cheap power, not cheap labour; steam and skill, not sweat and fumbling: there lies the only way to tame the jungle—more jungles than one.
But what a way to save on fuel! A floating group of clumsy people hacking at the trees with makeshift tools that resemble a toy hoe more than an axe, and carrying their loads a quarter of a mile on their heads to the woodpile, while the forest mocks the weakness of humanity. I did some calculations. Each of the nine hundred locals hired costs about six pounds a year in total. The price of a steam tree-felling machine, along with a mile of monorail tram, is around five hundred pounds. The interest and depreciation on this investment equals the wages of four locals, plus the salary of a skilled white engineer, which is equal to the wages of forty locals, and the operational costs and wear and tear are roughly equivalent to twenty locals’ wages more; all together, that’s the wage of sixty-five locals. Such a machine, which can cut trees six feet in diameter in four or five minutes, can also process timber as well as fuel, saw it into the right lengths for any use at lightning speed, and transport whole truckloads to the railway siding after cutting, would accomplish a week’s work of the sixty-five locals it replaced in just one day, resulting in a sevenfold increase in productivity. There’s no point in trying to take on Tropical Africa with just bare hands. Civilization must be equipped with machinery if it intends to bring these wild areas under control. Iron railroads, not slow porters; tireless machines, not exhausted humans; inexpensive power, not cheap labor; steam and expertise, not sweat and clumsiness: that is the only way to tame the jungle—more than one jungle.
On this we talked—or at least I talked—while we scrambled across the stumps of fallen trees or waded in an emerald twilight from one sunbeam to another across the creeper flood. It is of vital importance that these forests should not be laid waste by reckless 79 and improvident hands. It is not less important that the Uganda Railway should have cheap fuel. For a long time fuel alone was the object, but now that an elaborate Forestry Department has been established on the most scientific lines, there is a danger that forestry will be the only object, and the cost of fuel so raised by regulations, admirable in themselves, that the economy of the Uganda Railway may be impaired. And let us never forget that the Uganda Railway is the driving-wheel of the whole concern. What is needed here, as elsewhere, is a harmonious compromise between opposite and conflicting interests. That is all.
On this, we talked—or at least I talked—while we navigated through the stumps of fallen trees or stepped through an emerald twilight, moving from one sunbeam to another across the creeping flood. It’s crucial that these forests aren’t destroyed by careless and thoughtless actions. It’s just as important that the Uganda Railway gets affordable fuel. For a long time, fuel was the only focus, but now that a detailed Forestry Department has been set up on solid scientific principles, there’s a risk that forestry will become the sole priority, raising the cost of fuel due to regulations that, while commendable, might undermine the Uganda Railway’s efficiency. We must always remember that the Uganda Railway is the engine of the entire operation. What we need here, as in other places, is a balanced compromise between conflicting interests. That’s all.
Presently our guide began to tell us of the strange creatures who live in the forest, and are sometimes seen quite close by the fuel-cutters—very rare antelope, enormous buffaloes, and astonishing birds and butterflies beyond imagination. He had managed to make friends with the Wandorobo—a tribe of forest-dwelling natives who live plunged in these impenetrable shades, who are so shy that, if once a stranger does but set eye upon their village, forthwith they abandon it; yet who are at the same time so teased by curiosity that they 80 cannot resist peeping, peeping ever nearer and nearer to the fuel-cutters, until one day commercial relations are established on the basis of sugar for skins. I was just becoming interested in these wood-squirrels when we broke into the hot blaze of the noonday sun beating down on the polished railway track, and had to climb up on to our cowcatcher in order to hurry on to a real steam saw-mill ten miles farther up the line.
Right now, our guide started telling us about the strange creatures that live in the forest and are sometimes spotted quite close to the fuel-cutters—very rare antelopes, huge buffaloes, and unbelievable birds and butterflies beyond imagination. He had become friends with the Wandorobo—a tribe of natives who live deep in these thick woods. They're so shy that if a stranger even catches sight of their village, they immediately abandon it; yet they're so curious that they can’t help but peek closer and closer to the fuel-cutters, until one day trade begins based on sugar for skins. I was just starting to get interested in these wood-squirrels when we emerged into the blazing midday sun beating down on the shiny railway track, and we had to climb up onto our cowcatcher to speed on to a real steam sawmill ten miles farther up the line.
As the journey advances, the train mounts steadily higher and the aspect of the country changes. The forest, which has hitherto lapped the line closely on every side, now makes fair division with rolling hills of grass. And there is this extraordinary feature about it: where the forest areas end, they end abruptly. There is no ragged belt of trees less thickly grown; no transition. Smooth slopes of grass run up to the very edge of virgin forest, just as in England the meadow runs to the edge of the covert. The effect is to make the landscape surprisingly homelike. It is like travelling through a series of gigantic parks, where the hand of man has for hundreds of years decided exactly where trees shall grow and where they shall not. 81
As the journey continues, the train climbs steadily higher and the landscape changes. The forest, which has been closely hugging the tracks on all sides, now shares the space with rolling grassy hills. What’s unusual is that where the forest ends, it does so abruptly. There’s no messy border of less dense trees; no gradual transition. Smooth grassy slopes meet the very edge of untouched forest, much like how meadows in England meet the edge of a thicket. The result is a surprisingly familiar landscape. It feels like traveling through a series of massive parks, where for hundreds of years, humans have determined exactly where trees should and shouldn’t grow. 81
Towards the west great plains are visible, in misty apparition, through rifts in the plateau. At length we arrive at the summit of the escarpment, and stop for luncheon by an indicator, which registers eight thousand two hundred and ninety feet above the sea-level. Southward rises a hill perhaps five hundred feet above us, from the top of which the waters of the Great Lake can be seen, like the waters of a distant ocean.
Towards the west, vast plains stretch out, appearing through gaps in the plateau like a misty vision. Eventually, we reach the top of the escarpment and take a break for lunch by a sign that marks our elevation at eight thousand two hundred and ninety feet above sea level. To the south, a hill rises about five hundred feet above us, from the peak of which the waters of the Great Lake can be seen, resembling those of a distant ocean.
Geographically we have now reached the culminating point in this long journey. Henceforward, to find our way home, we have only to descend, guided by the force of gravity, first swiftly along the railroad to the Victoria Lake, then sedately with the stream of the Nile to the Mediterranean. The lofty table-lands of East Africa, with their crisp, chill air and English aspect, must now be left behind—not without many regrets—and the traveller will alight upon a middle world spread at a level of about four thousand feet, in which an entirely different order of conditions prevails. Downward then at thirty miles an hour, along the side of spacious valleys, around the shoulders of the hills, across thin-spun iron bridges, through whose girders one glances 82 down at torrents flashing far below, onward to the Lake. Within an hour the temperature has sensibly altered. An overcoat is no longer necessary, even if you ride in front of the engine. In two hours the climate is warm and damp with the steamy heat of the Tropics. The freshness has gone out of the air, and in its place is that sense of sultry oppression which precedes the thunderstorms so common at this season of the year.
Geographically, we've now reached the peak of this long journey. From now on, to find our way home, we just need to head downward, guided by gravity—first quickly along the railroad to Lake Victoria, then more leisurely down the Nile to the Mediterranean. We must leave behind the high plateaus of East Africa, with their crisp, cool air and English feel—not without some regrets—and the traveler will arrive in a mid-level world at about four thousand feet, where a completely different set of conditions exists. Descending at thirty miles an hour, alongside wide valleys, around the sides of hills, across slender iron bridges, through which you can see down at rushing torrents far below, we continue toward the Lake. In less than an hour, the temperature noticeably changes. An overcoat is no longer needed, even if you're sitting at the front of the engine. After two hours, the climate becomes warm and humid with the steamy heat of the tropics. The freshness has vanished from the air, replaced by that sense of sultry heaviness that often comes before the thunderstorms typical of this time of year.
In order to avoid a hot night on the Lake shore we stopped at Fort Ternan, a placeless name, some forty miles from Kisumu, and rather more than a thousand feet above it. And here the storm which had been brooding all the afternoon over the western face of the Mau Escarpment burst upon us. Even after ten months on the South African veldt I was astonished by its fury. For nearly two hours the thunder crashed and roared in tremendous peals—
In order to avoid a hot night by the lake, we stopped at Fort Ternan, an unremarkable place about forty miles from Kisumu and over a thousand feet higher up. It was here that the storm, which had been brewing all afternoon over the western side of the Mau Escarpment, hit us hard. Even after ten months on the South African veldt, I was surprised by its intensity. For nearly two hours, the thunder crashed and roared in huge bursts—
"Like water flung from some high crag,
"Like water thrown from a high cliff,
The lightning fell with never a jag,
The lightning struck without a break,
A river steep and wide,"
A wide, steep river,
while the rain dashed down in sheets of water, one single gust of which would drench you to the skin. But our train is an effective shelter. 83 We dine comfortably in the midst of the tempest, and afterwards in a cooler atmosphere look up towards repentant stars and a tear-stained sky.
while the rain poured down in sheets, one strong gust could soak you to the skin. But our train provides a great shelter. 83 We eat comfortably in the middle of the storm, and later in a cooler breeze, we gaze up at the remorseful stars and a tear-streaked sky.
At dawn we are at Kisumu. There is a stir of men, a crowded platform, soldiers in order, groups of Indian traders, hundreds of Kavirondo natives in their fullest undress, bunting, and introductions. Large white steamers lie alongside the jetty, and beyond these the waters of the Lake gleam their broad welcome to the sunrise. Kisumu, or Port Florence as it is sometimes called, is the western terminus of the Uganda Railway and the chief port on Lake Victoria. It possesses what I am told is the highest dockyard in the world, and is the place at which all the steamers now plying on the Lake have been put together. One eight-hundred-ton cargo boat is actually in process of construction, and will be launched in a few months' time to meet the growing traffic of the Nyanza. The station itself is pretty; its trim houses and shady trees, backed against the hills, overlook the wide expanse of Kavirondo Bay and its encircling promontories. Unluckily, it is unhealthy, for the climate is depressing and the sewage accumulates in the tideless and shallow inlet. Some day one of two things 84 will happen: either the waters of the Victoria Nyanza will be raised by a dam across the Ripon Falls and Kavirondo Bay will be proportionately deepened and cleansed, or the railway will be deflected and prolonged to its natural terminus on the deep waters of the lake at Port Victoria.
At dawn, we arrive in Kisumu. There's a buzz of activity: a crowded platform, soldiers lined up, groups of Indian traders, and hundreds of Kavirondo locals in their traditional attire, making introductions. Large white steamers rest at the jetty, and beyond them, the Lake's waters shine, welcoming the sunrise. Kisumu, also known as Port Florence, is the western end of the Uganda Railway and the main port on Lake Victoria. It has what I've heard is the highest dockyard in the world and is where all the steamers currently operating on the Lake were built. An eight-hundred-ton cargo boat is currently being constructed and will launch in a few months to accommodate the increasing traffic in the Nyanza. The station itself is charming, with its neat houses and shady trees set against the hills, overlooking the vast expanse of Kavirondo Bay and its surrounding points of land. Unfortunately, it's unhealthy due to the oppressive climate and sewage buildup in the calm and shallow inlet. Eventually, one of two things will happen: either the waters of Lake Victoria will be raised by a dam at the Ripon Falls, which will deepening and clean up Kavirondo Bay, or the railway will be rerouted and extended to its natural end at the deeper waters of the lake at Port Victoria. 84
The Kavirondo tribe, the greatest in this part of the country, had organized an imposing demonstration. In dense array they lined the road from the station to the Commissioner's house, and our party walked through their midst in a perfect hubbub of horns and drums and shrill salutations. All the warriors carried their spears, shields, and war-paint, and most of them wore splendid plumes of ostrich feathers. The Kavirondo are naked and unashamed. Both sexes are accustomed to walk about in the primitive simplicity of Nature. Their nudity is based not upon mere ignorance but reasoned policy. They have a very strong prejudice against the wearing of clothes, which they declare lead to immorality; and no Kavirondo woman can attire herself even in the most exiguous raiment without sullying her reputation. They are said to be the most moral of all the tribes dwelling on the Lake shore. It is a pity that Herr Diogenes 85 Teufelsdröckh, of the University of Weissnichtwo, did not meet them in his rugged wanderings, for they would surely have enabled him to add another page to his monumental work on the functions of the tailor.
The Kavirondo tribe, the largest in this part of the country, organized an impressive demonstration. They lined the road from the station to the Commissioner's house, and our group walked through their crowd amidst a cacophony of horns, drums, and lively greetings. All the warriors carried their spears, shields, and wore war paint, with most of them sporting beautiful ostrich feather plumes. The Kavirondo are unapologetically naked. Both men and women are used to walking around in the basic simplicity of nature. Their nudity is not just due to ignorance but is a deliberate choice. They hold a strong belief that wearing clothes leads to immorality, and no Kavirondo woman can wear even the smallest amount of clothing without damaging her reputation. They are said to be the most morally upright of all the tribes living along the lake shore. It's unfortunate that Herr Diogenes Teufelsdröckh, from the University of Weissnichtwo, didn't encounter them during his rugged travels, as they would have certainly helped him add another chapter to his monumental work on the role of the tailor.
I wake up the next morning to find myself afloat on a magnificent ship. Its long and spacious decks are as snowy as those of a pleasure yacht. It is equipped with baths, electric light, and all modern necessities. There is an excellent table, also a well-selected library. Smart bluejackets—with ebon faces—are polishing the brasswork; dapper, white-clad British naval officers pace the bridge. We are steaming ten miles an hour across an immense sea of fresh water as big as Scotland, and uplifted higher than the summit of Ben Nevis. At times we are in a complete circle of lake and sky, without a sign of land. At others we skirt lofty coasts covered with forest and crowned with distant blue-brown mountains, or thread our course between a multitude of beautiful islands. The air is cool and fresh, the scenery splendid. We might be yachting off the coast of Cornwall in July. We are upon the Equator, in the heart of Africa, and crossing the Victoria Nyanza, four thousand feet above the sea! 86
I wake up the next morning to find myself on a beautiful ship. Its long and spacious decks are as bright as those of a pleasure yacht. It's equipped with baths, electric lights, and all the modern conveniences. There's an excellent dining experience and a well-chosen library. Sharp-looking crew members with dark skin are polishing the brasswork; dapper British naval officers in white uniforms are pacing the bridge. We're cruising at ten miles an hour across a vast freshwater lake as big as Scotland, and it's situated higher than the summit of Ben Nevis. Sometimes, we find ourselves completely surrounded by lake and sky, with no land in sight. Other times, we run along high coasts covered in forests and crowned with distant blue-brown mountains, or navigate between a multitude of beautiful islands. The air is cool and fresh, and the scenery is stunning. We could be yachting off the coast of Cornwall in July. Yet, we are on the Equator, in the heart of Africa, crossing the Victoria Nyanza, four thousand feet above sea level! 86
CHAPTER V
THE KINGDOM OF UGANDA
The East Africa Protectorate is a country of the highest interest to the colonist, the traveller, or the sportsman. But the Kingdom of Uganda is a fairy tale. You climb up a railway instead of a beanstalk, and at the end there is a wonderful new world. The scenery is different, the vegetation is different, the climate is different, and, most of all, the people are different from anything elsewhere to be seen in the whole range of Africa. Instead of the breezy uplands we enter a tropical garden. In the place of naked, painted savages, clashing their spears and gibbering in chorus to their tribal chiefs, a complete and elaborate polity is presented. Under a dynastic King, with a Parliament, and a powerful feudal system, an amiable, clothed, polite, and intelligent race dwell together in an organized monarchy upon the rich domain between the Victoria and Albert 87 Lakes. More than two hundred thousand natives are able to read and write. More than one hundred thousand have embraced the Christian faith. There is a Court, there are Regents and Ministers and nobles, there is a regular system of native law and tribunals; there is discipline, there is industry, there is culture, there is peace. In fact, I ask myself whether there is any other spot in the whole earth where the dreams and hopes of the negrophile, so often mocked by results and stubborn facts, have ever attained such a happy realization.
The East Africa Protectorate is a place of great interest for colonists, travelers, and sports enthusiasts. But the Kingdom of Uganda feels like a fairy tale. You ascend a railway instead of climbing a beanstalk, and at the top, there’s a spectacular new world. The scenery is unique, the vegetation is different, the climate is distinct, and most importantly, the people are unlike anyone else you will find anywhere in Africa. Instead of breezy hills, you enter a tropical paradise. Instead of bare, painted tribespeople fighting and chanting to their tribal leaders, you encounter a fully developed society. Under a hereditary king with a parliament and a robust feudal system, a friendly, dressed, courteous, and educated population lives together in an organized monarchy on the fertile land between Lake Victoria and Lake Albert. Over two hundred thousand locals can read and write, and more than one hundred thousand have adopted Christianity. There is a court, regents, ministers, and nobles; there’s a structured system of local laws and courts; there’s discipline, industry, culture, and peace. Honestly, I wonder if there’s any other place on Earth where the aspirations and dreams of those who admire African cultures, often ridiculed by reality and hard facts, have found such a joyful fulfillment.
Three separate influences, each of them powerful and benevolent, exercise control over the mass of the Baganda nation. First, the Imperial authority, secular, scientific, disinterested, irresistible; secondly, a native Government and feudal aristocracy, corrected of their abuses, yet preserving their vitality; and thirdly, missionary enterprise on an almost unequalled scale. Under the shelter of the British Flag, safe from external menace or internal broil, the child-King grows to a temperate and instructed maturity. Surrounded by his officers of State, he presides at the meetings of his council and Parliament, 88 or worships in the huge thatched cathedral which has been reared on Namirembe Hill. Fortified in their rights, but restrained from tyrannical excess, and guided by an outside power, his feudatories exercise their proper functions. The people, relieved from the severities and confusions of times not long ago, are apt to learn and willing to obey. And among them with patient energy toils a large body of devoted Christian men of different nations, of different Churches, but of a common charity, tending their spiritual needs, enlarging their social and moral conceptions, and advancing their education year by year.
Three strong and positive influences shape the Baganda nation. First is the Imperial authority, which is secular, scientific, unbiased, and undeniably powerful; second is a local government and feudal aristocracy that has been corrected of its abuses but still retains its vitality; and third is a missionary effort on a nearly unmatched scale. Under the protection of the British flag, shielded from external threats and internal conflicts, the young King matures with moderation and education. Surrounded by his state officials, he leads the meetings of his council and Parliament, 88 or attends services in the large thatched cathedral built on Namirembe Hill. Empowered in their rights but kept from oppressive excesses and guided by an external force, his feudal lords carry out their responsibilities. The people, freed from the harshness and chaos of recent times, are eager to learn and willing to follow. Among them, a dedicated group of Christian men from various nations and denominations, united by their common compassion, works tirelessly to meet their spiritual needs, broadening their social and moral understanding, and advancing their education each year.
An elegance of manners springing from a naïve simplicity of character pervades all classes. An elaborate ritual of friendly salutations relieves the monotony of the wayfarer's journey. Submission without servility or loss of self-respect is accorded to constituted authority. The natives evince an eagerness to acquire knowledge and a very high observant and imitative faculty. And then Uganda is from end to end one beautiful garden, where the staple food of the people grows almost without labour, and where almost everything else can be grown better 89 and easier than anywhere else. The planter from the best islands in the West Indies is astonished at the richness of the soil. Cotton grows everywhere. Rubber, fibre, hemp, cinnamon, cocoa, coffee, tea, coca, vanilla, oranges, lemons, pineapples are natural or thrive on introduction. As for our English garden products, brought in contact with the surface of Uganda they simply give one wild bound of efflorescence or fruition and break their hearts for joy. Does it not sound a paradise on earth? Approach and consider it more closely.
An elegance of manners rooted in a natural simplicity of character exists across all social classes. A detailed ritual of friendly greetings breaks the monotony of the traveler’s journey. Respect without submissiveness or loss of dignity is shown towards established authority. The locals show a strong eagerness to learn and possess excellent observational and imitative skills. Plus, Uganda is, from one end to the other, a stunning garden where the main food of the people grows nearly effortlessly, and where almost everything else can be cultivated even better and more easily than anywhere else. The planter from the finest islands in the West Indies is amazed by how rich the soil is. Cotton grows everywhere. Rubber, fiber, hemp, cinnamon, cocoa, coffee, tea, coca, vanilla, oranges, lemons, and pineapples either grow naturally or flourish when introduced. As for our English garden products, when they come into contact with the soil of Uganda, they burst into bloom or bear fruit joyfully. Doesn't it sound like paradise on earth? Come and take a closer look. 89
The good ship Clement Hill, named after a well-known African explorer, has carried us smoothly and prosperously across the northern corner of the Victoria Nyanza, and reaches the pier of Entebbe as the afternoon draws towards its close. The first impression that strikes the eye of the visitor fresh from Kavirondo is the spectacle of hundreds of natives all dressed in long clean white garments which they wear with dignity and ease. At the landing-place a sort of pavilion has been erected, and here come deputations from the Chamber of Commerce—a limited body of Europeans—from the Goanese community, and from the numerous Indian colony of merchants. A tonga drawn by two 90 mules takes me to Government House, and from a wide mosquito-proof veranda I am able to survey a truly delightful prospect. The most beautiful plants and trees grow in profusion on all sides. Beyond a blaze of violet, purple, yellow, and crimson blossoms, and an expanse of level green lawns, the great blue lake lies in all its beauty. The hills and islands on the horizon are just beginning to flush to the sunset. The air is soft and cool. Except that the picture actually looks more English in its character, one would imagine it was the Riviera. It must be too good to be true.
The good ship Clement Hill, named after a famous African explorer, has transported us smoothly and successfully across the northern part of Victoria Nyanza, arriving at the pier in Entebbe as the afternoon begins to wind down. The first thing that catches the eye of a visitor coming from Kavirondo is the sight of hundreds of locals dressed in long, clean white garments that they wear with dignity and ease. At the landing area, a sort of pavilion has been set up, and here come groups from the Chamber of Commerce—a small number of Europeans—along with members of the Goanese community and the many Indian merchants. A tonga pulled by two 90 mules takes me to Government House, and from a spacious, mosquito-proof veranda, I'm able to take in a truly delightful view. The most beautiful plants and trees flourish all around. Beyond a vibrant display of violet, purple, yellow, and crimson flowers, and an expanse of well-kept green lawns, the great blue lake spreads out in all its glory. The hills and islands on the horizon are just starting to catch the colors of the sunset. The air is soft and cool. If it weren't for the fact that the scene looks more English in character, one might think it's the Riviera. It seems too good to be true.
It is too good to be true. One can hardly believe that such an attractive spot can be cursed with malignant attributes. Yet what is true of the East Africa Protectorate is even more true of Uganda. The contrast between appearance and reality is more striking and more harsh. Behind its glittering mask Entebbe wears a sinister aspect. These smiling islands which adorn and diversify the scenery of the lake supported a few years ago a large population. To-day they are desolate. Every white man seems to feel a sense of undefinable oppression. A cut will not heal; a scratch 91 festers. In the third year of residence even a small wound becomes a running sore. One day a man feels perfectly well; the next, for no apparent cause, he is prostrate with malaria, and with malaria of a peculiarly persistent kind, turning often in the third or fourth attack to blackwater fever. In the small European community at Entebbe there have been quite recently two suicides. Whether, as I have suggested in East Africa, it be the altitude, or the downward ray of the Equatorial sun, or the insects, or some more subtle cause, there seems to be a solemn veto placed upon the white man's permanent residence in these beautiful abodes.
It is too good to be true. It's hard to believe that such a beautiful place can be cursed with harmful qualities. Yet the situation in the East Africa Protectorate is even more severe in Uganda. The difference between how things look and how they really are is more striking and harsher. Behind its shiny exterior, Entebbe has a dark side. These picturesque islands that enhance the beauty of the lake once supported a large population just a few years ago. Today, they are empty. Every white person seems to experience an indescribable sense of unease. A cut won’t heal; a scratch 91 gets worse. By the third year of living here, even a small wound can become a chronic issue. One day a person feels perfectly fine; the next day, for no clear reason, they’re knocked down by malaria, often developing a particularly stubborn strain that can lead to blackwater fever by the third or fourth occurrence. Recently, there have been two suicides in the small European community in Entebbe. Whether it's the altitude, the intense Equatorial sun, the insects, or something else entirely, there seems to be a serious barrier against a white person's long-term stay in these beautiful surroundings.
There are many who advocate the abandonment of Entebbe as the administrative capital and the restoration of the seat of Government to Kampala. But the expense of transferring public offices and buildings lately erected to another site is altogether beyond the slender resources and not among the most urgent needs of the Uganda Protectorate. Great improvements have been effected recently in the sanitation of Entebbe. The bush and trees, which added so greatly to its picturesque appearance, have been ruthlessly cut down; 92 and with them, mirabile dictu, have vanished the mosquito and the sleeping-sickness tsetse-fly. Half a mile away on either side of the settlement are groves which it might easily be death to enter; but the inhabited area is now quite clear.
There are many who support moving the administrative capital from Entebbe back to Kampala. However, the cost of relocating public offices and the newly built structures is way beyond the limited resources and isn't one of the highest priorities for the Uganda Protectorate. Recently, there have been significant improvements in the sanitation of Entebbe. The bushes and trees that contributed so much to its beautiful scenery have been harshly cut down; 92 and with them, mirabile dictu, the mosquitoes and the tsetse flies that cause sleeping sickness have disappeared. Half a mile away on either side of the settlement, there are groves where entering could easily be fatal, but the populated area is now completely clear.
Besides, the general unhealthiness of the country so far as the European is concerned is not local to Entebbe. It is widely spread in slightly different degrees throughout the whole of Uganda; and Kampala is certainly not exempt. Finally, there is a reason of a different character which ought to impose a final bar on any return of the Imperial Government to the native city. Uganda is a native state. Much of our success in dealing with its population arises from the fact that we work through and by the native Government. And that Government could not fail to lose much, if not all, of its separate and natural identity if it were overwhelmed by the immediate proximity of the supreme Administration.
Besides, the overall unhealthiness of the country for Europeans isn’t just limited to Entebbe. It varies in slightly different degrees throughout all of Uganda; and Kampala is definitely not exempt. Finally, there’s another reason that should definitely prevent any return of the Imperial Government to the native city. Uganda is a native state. A lot of our success in dealing with its population comes from the fact that we operate through the native Government. That Government would undoubtedly lose a lot, if not all, of its separate and natural identity if it were overshadowed by the nearby presence of the supreme Administration.

UGANDA
Founded by permission of the War Office on the Map of Africa No 1539.
Stanford's Geogr Estabt. London.
View larger map.
UGANDA
Approved by the War Office on Africa Map No. 1539.
Stanford's Geography Institute, London.
View larger map.
For a new station in an almost unknown land, Entebbe certainly presents many remarkable evidences of progress. The slopes of the lake shore are covered with pretty villas, each standing in its own luxuriant garden. There 93 is an excellent golf course, and a very bright and pleasant society. Guardian over all this stands the Sikh. There are two companies of these soldiers, one at Entebbe and the other at Kampala, who, being entirely immune to local influences of all kinds, constitute what Mr. Gladstone used to call the "motor muscle" of Imperial authority. I have always admired the Sikh in India, both in his cantonments and in the field. But somehow his graceful military figure and grave countenance under the turban as he stands erect beside his rifle on guard over British interests six thousand miles from the Punjab, impresses the eye and the imagination with an added force. He is a picked volunteer from all the Sikh regiments, who delights in Uganda, thrives under its, to him, milder sun, lives on nothing, saves his doubled pay, and returns to India enriched and proud of his service across the sea. If at any time considerations of expense, or the desire to obtain a complete homogeneity in the military forces of the Protectorate, should lead to the disbandment or withdrawal of these two companies, those who take the decision will have incurred a responsibility which few would care to share with them. 94
For a new station in a nearly unknown land, Entebbe definitely shows a lot of impressive progress. The slopes by the lake are dotted with charming villas, each set in its own lush garden. There 93 is a great golf course, and a lively and friendly community. Over all this stands the Sikh. There are two companies of these soldiers, one in Entebbe and the other in Kampala, who are completely unaffected by local influences and serve as what Mr. Gladstone used to call the "motor muscle" of Imperial authority. I've always admired the Sikh in India, both in their camps and in the field. But somehow, his elegant military presence and serious expression under the turban, as he stands straight next to his rifle guarding British interests six thousand miles from Punjab, leaves a stronger impression on the eye and the mind. He is a selected volunteer from all the Sikh regiments, who enjoys Uganda, thrives under its milder sun, lives frugally, saves his increased pay, and returns to India proud of his service overseas. If at any time financial concerns or a desire for a more uniform military presence in the Protectorate leads to the disbandment or withdrawal of these two companies, those making that decision will take on a responsibility that few would want to share. 94
So far as human force is concerned, the British power in these regions is at present beyond challenge. No man can withstand it. But a new opponent has appeared and will not be denied. Uganda is defended by its insects. It would even seem that the arrival of the white man and the increased movement and activity which his presence has engendered have awakened these formidable atoms to a realization of their powers of evil. The dreaded Spirillum tick has begun to infest the roads like a tiny footpad, and scarcely any precautions avail with certainty against him. This tick is a dirty, drab-coloured creature the size and shape of a small squashed pea. When he bites an infected person he does not contract the Spirillum fever himself, nor does he transmit it directly to other persons. By a peculiarly malevolent provision of Nature this power is exercised not by him but by his descendants, who are numbered in hundreds. So the poison spreads in an incalculable progression. Although this fever is not fatal, it is exceptionally painful in its course and distressing in its consequences. There are five or six separate and successive attacks of fever, in which the temperature of the victim 95 may rise even to 107 degrees; and afterwards the eyes and hearing are temporarily affected by a kind of facial paralysis. Road after road has been declared infected by this scourge, and officer after officer struck down as he moves on duty from place to place. The only sure preventive seems to be the destruction of all old grass-huts and camping-grounds, and the erection along the roads of a regular system of stone-built, properly maintained and disinfected rest-houses, in which the traveller may take refuge from the lurking peril. And this will have to be done.
As far as human strength goes, British power in these areas is currently unchallenged. No one can resist it. But a new enemy has emerged and won’t be ignored. Uganda is protected by its insects. It seems that the arrival of white people and the increased activity and movement their presence has caused have awakened these formidable creatures to their harmful potential. The dreaded Spirillum tick has started to infest the roads like a little highwayman, and hardly any precautions are guaranteed to work against it. This tick is a grimy, dull-colored creature about the size and shape of a small squashed pea. When it bites an infected person, it doesn’t contract Spirillum fever itself, nor does it directly transmit it to others. By a particularly malicious twist of nature, that power is not exerted by the tick, but by its numerous descendants. Thus, the poison spreads in an unmeasurable manner. Although this fever isn’t deadly, it is incredibly painful and distressing. There are five or six separate bouts of fever, during which the victim’s temperature can rise even to 107 degrees; afterward, their eyes and hearing may be temporarily affected by a kind of facial paralysis. Road after road has been deemed infected by this scourge, and officer after officer has been taken down as they move from place to place on duty. The only reliable prevention seems to be destroying all old grass huts and camping sites and building a proper system of stone-built, well-maintained, and disinfected rest houses along the roads, where travelers can take refuge from the lurking danger. And this must be done.
But a far more terrible shadow darkens the Uganda Protectorate. In July, 1901, a doctor of the Church Missionary Society Hospital at Kampala noticed eight cases of a mysterious disease. Six months later he reported that over two hundred natives had died of it in the Island of Buvuma, and that thousands appeared to be infected. The pestilence swiftly spread through all the districts of the lake shore, and the mortality was appalling. No one could tell where it had come from or what it was caused by. It resisted every kind of treatment and appeared to be universally fatal. Scientific inquiries of various kinds were 96 immediately set on foot, but for a long time no results were obtained, and meanwhile the disease ran along the coasts and islands of the great lake like fire in a high wind. By the middle of 1902 the reported deaths from Trypanosomiasis, or "sleeping sickness," as it has come to be called, numbered over thirty thousand. It was still spreading rapidly upon all sides, and no clue whatever to its treatment or prevention had been obtained. It seemed certain that the entire population of the districts affected was doomed.
But a much more terrible shadow loomed over the Uganda Protectorate. In July 1901, a doctor at the Church Missionary Society Hospital in Kampala noticed eight cases of a mysterious disease. Six months later, he reported that over two hundred locals had died from it on the Island of Buvuma, and thousands appeared to be infected. The disease quickly spread throughout all the districts along the lake shore, and the death toll was horrifying. No one could determine where it had come from or what caused it. It resisted all forms of treatment and seemed to be universally fatal. Various scientific investigations were immediately launched, but for a long time, they yielded no results, while the disease traveled along the coasts and islands of the great lake like wildfire in a strong wind. By mid-1902, reported deaths from Trypanosomiasis, or "sleeping sickness," as it has come to be known, exceeded thirty thousand. It was still spreading rapidly in all directions, and there was no clue whatsoever regarding its treatment or prevention. It seemed inevitable that the entire population of the affected districts was doomed.
On April 28th, 1903, Colonel Bruce, whose services had been obtained for the investigation of "sleeping sickness" through the instrumentality of the Royal Society, announced that he considered the disease to be due to a kind of trypanosome, conveyed from one person to another by the bite of a species of tsetse-fly called Glossina palpalis. His theory was strongly supported by the fact that the disease appeared to be confined to the localities infested by the fly. The fly-belt also could be defined with precision, and was rarely found to extend more than a mile or two from water. The news that Europeans could no longer consider themselves immune from the 97 infection caused, as might be imagined, much consternation in the white community. Nearly everybody had been bitten by tsetses at one time or another, but whether by this particular species when actually infected, remained in suspense. Moreover, tsetse-flies abounded in such numbers on all parts of the lake shore that their wholesale destruction seemed quite impossible. What then?
On April 28th, 1903, Colonel Bruce, who had been hired to investigate "sleeping sickness" through the Royal Society, announced that he believed the disease was caused by a type of trypanosome, transmitted from one person to another by the bite of a tsetse fly known as Glossina palpalis. His theory was strongly supported by the observation that the disease seemed to be limited to areas infested by the fly. The tsetse fly's range could also be clearly defined and was rarely found more than a mile or two away from water. The news that Europeans could no longer consider themselves immune from the 97 infection caused, as one might expect, great alarm in the white community. Nearly everyone had been bitten by tsetse flies at some point, but whether they had been bitten by this specific species while infected remained uncertain. Furthermore, tsetse flies were so numerous along all parts of the lake shore that their widespread extermination seemed quite impossible. So, what then?
For a time Colonel Bruce's discovery almost paralyzed all preventive and restrictive measures. The scourge fell unchecked. By the end of 1903 the reported deaths numbered over ninety thousand, and the lake shores were becoming fast depopulated. Whole villages were completely exterminated, and great tracts in Usoga, which had formerly been famed for their high state of cultivation, relapsed into forests. The weakness of the victims and the terror or apathy of the survivors permitted a sudden increase in the number of leopards, and these fierce animals preyed with daring and impunity upon the living, the dying, and the dead.
For a while, Colonel Bruce's discovery nearly halted all preventive and restrictive measures. The outbreak continued unchecked. By the end of 1903, the reported death toll exceeded ninety thousand, and the lake shores were rapidly becoming uninhabited. Entire villages were completely wiped out, and large areas in Usoga, which had once been known for their rich cultivation, turned back into forests. The weakness of the victims and the fear or indifference of the survivors allowed a sudden rise in the number of leopards, and these fierce animals boldly hunted the living, the dying, and the dead.
Further investigations, which were anxiously pushed on in many directions, revealed the existence of the tsetse-fly over widespread 98 areas. In the interior of Usoga, on the banks of many rivers, in swamps on the shores of the Albert Lake and Lake Albert Edward, these swarming emissaries of death were found to be awaiting their message. All that was needed to arm them with their fatal power was the arrival of some person infected with the microbe. The Albert shores and several parts of the Upper Nile soon became new centres of pestilence. Thousands of deaths occurred in Unyoro. By the end of 1905 considerably more than two hundred thousand persons had perished in the plague-stricken regions, out of a population in those regions which could not have exceeded three hundred thousand.
Further investigations, which were eagerly pushed in many directions, revealed the presence of the tsetse fly over large areas. In the heart of Usoga, along the banks of many rivers, in swamps on the shores of Lake Albert and Lake Albert Edward, these swarming agents of death were found to be ready and waiting. All that was needed to empower them with their deadly capabilities was the arrival of someone infected with the microbe. The shores of Albert and several parts of the Upper Nile quickly became new centers of disease. Thousands of deaths occurred in Unyoro. By the end of 1905, significantly more than two hundred thousand people had died in the plague-affected regions, out of a population in those regions which could not have exceeded three hundred thousand.
Any decrease in the mortality in any district up to the present time is due, not to any diminution in the virulence of the disease, but simply to the reduction of possible victims, owing to the extermination of the inhabitants. Buvuma, a few years ago one of the most prosperous of all the islands, contains fewer than fourteen thousand out of thirty thousand. Some of the islands in the Sesse group have lost every soul, while in others a few moribund natives, crawling about in the last stages of 99 the disease, are all that are left to represent a once teeming population.
Any decrease in mortality in any area so far is not because the disease has become less severe, but simply due to the decrease in potential victims, caused by the extermination of the inhabitants. Buvuma, once one of the most prosperous islands, now has fewer than fourteen thousand people out of thirty thousand. Some islands in the Sesse group have lost every single person, while in others, only a few sick natives, barely hanging on in the last stages of 99 the disease, are left to represent a once thriving population.
"It might have been expected," writes Sir H. Hesketh Bell, the Governor of Uganda, to whom I am indebted for much valuable information on this subject, "that, even though the negroes showed inability to grasp the theory of the transmission of disease by the agency of insects, the undeniable deadliness of the countries bordering on the lake shore would have induced them to flee from the stricken land and to have sought in the healthier districts inland a refuge from the pestilence that was slaying them by thousands. An extraordinary fatalism, however, seems to have paralyzed the natives, and, while deploring the sadness of their fate, they appear to have accepted death almost with apathy."
"It might have been expected," writes Sir H. Hesketh Bell, the Governor of Uganda, to whom I owe a lot of valuable information on this topic, "that, even though the locals struggled to understand the idea that diseases can be spread by insects, the undeniable danger of the areas around the lakeshore would have driven them to leave the infested land and seek refuge in the healthier regions inland to escape the plague that was killing them by the thousands. However, an unusual fatalism seems to have paralyzed the natives, and while they lament the tragedy of their situation, they seem to have accepted death almost with indifference."
The police of science, although arrived late on the scene of the tragedy, were now following many converging clues. Therapeutic investigation into the treatment and origin of the disease, entomological examination of the resorts, habits, dangers, and life-history of the fly, and thirdly administrative measures of drastic authority are now being driven sternly forward. Knowledge has accumulated. 100 Fighting the sleeping sickness is like laying a vampire. To make the spell work, five separate conditions must be present—water, bushes, trees, the tsetse-fly (Glossina palpalis), and one infected person. Remove any one of these and the curse is lifted. But let them all be conjoined, and the sure destruction of every human being in the district is only a matter of time.
The science police, even though they showed up late to the tragic event, were now following many leads that were coming together. They were conducting research into the treatment and origin of the disease, examining the environment, behaviors, risks, and life cycle of the fly, while also enforcing strict administrative measures with strong authority. Knowledge had built up. 100 Fighting sleeping sickness is like hunting a vampire. To make the curse effective, five specific conditions must be met—water, bushes, trees, the tsetse fly (Glossina palpalis), and one infected person. If any one of these is removed, the curse is broken. But if they all come together, the inevitable destruction of everyone in the area is just a matter of time.
The Government of Uganda is now pursuing a policy based on the appreciation of these facts. Wherever it is necessary to come to the lake shores, as at Entebbe, Munyonyo, Ripon Falls, Fajao, etc., the tsetse-fly is banished or eliminated by cutting down the trees, clearing away the bush, and planting in its place the vigorous, rapid-growing citronella grass, which, once firmly established, holds its own against invading vegetation. Wherever it is not possible to clear the shores of tsetse-flies, they must be cleared of inhabitants. And the extraordinary operation of moving entire populations from their old homes to new places—often against their will—has been actually accomplished within the last year by a combined dead-lift effort of these three tremendous forces of Government which 101 regulate from such different points of view the lives and liberties of the Baganda.
The Government of Uganda is now following a policy that takes these facts into account. Whenever it's necessary to access the lakeshore, like in Entebbe, Munyonyo, Ripon Falls, Fajao, etc., tsetse flies are removed or eradicated by cutting down trees, clearing away brush, and replacing it with fast-growing citronella grass, which, once established, can resist other invading plants. When it's not possible to clear the shores of tsetse flies, the area must be cleared of inhabitants. The extraordinary task of relocating entire populations from their old homes to new ones—often against their will—has actually been carried out in the past year through a combined effort of three powerful branches of Government that 101 regulate the lives and freedoms of the Baganda from very different perspectives.
It does not follow that the lake shores will have to be abandoned for ever. In a very short time—some say two days, some eleven hours—the infected tsetse is free from poison and can no longer communicate it; and once the disease has been eradicated from the population, healthy people might return and be bitten with impunity. Nor, on the other hand, can we hope, unless some cure capable of being applied on a large scale can be perfected, that the mortality in the immediate future will sensibly diminish. For there are many thousands of persons still affected, and for these segregation, nursing, and compassion comprise the present resources of civilization.
It doesn't mean that the lake shores will have to be abandoned forever. In a very short time—some say two days, some say eleven hours—the infected tsetse fly is free from poison and can no longer transmit it; and once the disease has been wiped out from the population, healthy people might return and be bitten without worry. On the other hand, we can't expect the mortality rate in the near future to significantly decrease unless a widely applicable cure can be developed. There are still many thousands of people affected, and for them, segregation, care, and compassion are the current resources of civilization.
One thing is, however, above all things important. There must be no losing heart. At any moment the researches which are being conducted in so many laboratories, and in which Professor Koch has taken a leading part, may produce an absolute therapeutic remedy. By the administrative measures now vigorously enforced it is believed that the fatal contact between infected persons and 102 uninfected flies, between infected flies and uninfected persons, will have been effectively broken. We cannot fail to learn more of the tsetse. The humble black horse-fly, indistinguishable to the casual observer from harmless types, except that his wings are folded neatly like a pair of shut scissors, instead of splaying out on either side of his back, is now under a bright, searching, and pitiless eye. Who are his enemies? What are his dangers? What conditions are essential to his existence? What conditions are fatal or inimical? International Commissions discuss him round green tables, grave men peer patiently at him through microscopes, active officers scour Central Africa to plot him out on charts. A fine-spun net is being woven remorselessly around him. And may not man find allies in this strange implacable warfare? There are fishes which destroy mosquitoes, there are birds which prey upon flies, there are plants whose scent or presence is abhorrent or injurious to particular forms of insect life. In what places and for how long will the tsetse continue to fly, as he is wont, over the smooth, gleaming water, just above the reeds and bushes, just below the branches of the 103 overhanging trees? Glossina palpalis contra mundum!
One thing is, however, more important than anything else: we must not lose hope. At any moment, the research happening in various labs, where Professor Koch is playing a key role, could lead to a definitive treatment. With the strong measures currently in place, it’s believed that the deadly connection between infected individuals and uninfected flies, as well as between infected flies and healthy people, will be effectively severed. We are bound to learn more about the tsetse fly. This unassuming black horse-fly, which looks just like harmless ones to the casual observer except that its wings are neatly folded like closed scissors instead of splayed out, is now being closely examined under a bright, harsh light. Who are its predators? What risks does it face? What conditions are crucial for its survival? What factors are harmful or lethal? International commissions are discussing it around green tables, serious individuals are carefully observing it through microscopes, and dedicated officers are searching Central Africa to chart its locations. A fine, intricate net is being relentlessly woven around it. Might humans find allies in this strange and relentless battle? There are fish that eliminate mosquitoes, birds that hunt flies, and plants whose scents or presence are repellent or harmful to certain insect species. In what places and for how long will the tsetse continue to fly, as it usually does, over the smooth, shiny water, just above the reeds and bushes, just below the branches of the trees? Glossina palpalis contra mundum!
I have not sought to conceal the perils in describing the riches and the beauties of Uganda. The harsh contrasts of the land, its noble potentialities, its hideous diseases, its fecundity alike of life and death, are capable of being illustrated by many more facts and examples than I can here set down. But what an obligation, what a sacred duty is imposed upon Great Britain to enter the lists in person and to shield this trustful, docile, intelligent Baganda race from dangers which, whatever their cause, have synchronized with our arrival in their midst! And, meanwhile, let us be sure that order and science will conquer, and that in the end John Bull will be really master in his curious garden of sunshine and deadly nightshade. 104
I haven't tried to hide the dangers in describing the riches and beauty of Uganda. The stark contrasts of the land, its great potential, its terrible diseases, and its abundance of both life and death can be illustrated with many more facts and examples than I can provide here. But what a responsibility, what a sacred duty falls on Great Britain to step in personally and protect this trusting, gentle, intelligent Baganda people from threats that have emerged alongside our arrival! And, in the meantime, let’s be confident that order and science will prevail, and that eventually John Bull will truly be the master of his unique garden of sunshine and deadly nightshade. 104
CHAPTER VI
KAMPALA
Two days after I had arrived at Entebbe the Governor took me over to Kampala. The distance between the ancient and the administrative capital is about twenty-four miles. The road, although unmetalled, runs over such firm, smooth sandstone, almost polished by the rains, that, except in a few places, it would carry a motor-car well, and a bicycle is an excellent means of progression. The Uganda Government motor-cars, which are now running well and regularly, had not then, however, arrived, and the usual method was to travel by rickshaw. Mounted in this light bicycle-wheeled carriage, drawn by one man between the shafts and pushed by three more from behind, we were able to make rather more than six miles an hour in very comfortable style.
Two days after I got to Entebbe, the Governor took me to Kampala. The distance between the historic capital and the administrative one is about twenty-four miles. The road, though not paved, is made of such firm, smooth sandstone, almost polished by the rain, that in most places, it can easily handle a motor vehicle, and a bicycle is a great way to get around. However, the Uganda Government motor cars, which are now running smoothly and regularly, hadn’t arrived at that time, so the usual way to travel was by rickshaw. Sitting in this light, bicycle-wheeled carriage pulled by one man in the front and pushed by three others from behind, we were able to move at a speed of over six miles an hour in very comfortable style.
The rickshaw-boys, who were neatly dressed 105 in white tunics and red caps, were relieved every eight miles. They have their own way of doing business. From the moment when the travellers are seated in the rickshaw and their labour begins, they embark upon an ever-varying but absolutely interminable antiphony, which, if it exhausts their breath, serves undoubtedly to keep their spirits up. "Burrulum," cry the pushers; "Huma," says the puller. "Burrulum," say the pushers again, and so on over and over again for a very long time. All these chaunts have their meanings, and if the traveller is found to be heavy or known to be ignorant of the language, he would not always be complimented by a correct translation. The phrase I have quoted means "iron upon wood"; and its signification is that the iron of European strength and skill, however superior, yet cannot get along without the wood of native labour and endurance. With such unexceptionable sentiments no one would quarrel. Yet even these lose their flavour by repetition, and after half an hour of "Burrulum" and "Huma" I was constrained to ask the singers whether they could not possibly manage to convey us in silence. They tried their best, but I could see they were unhappy, 106 and after a while, out of compassion and to improve the pace, I withdrew the ban, and the chorus was joyfully resumed in a new and more elaborate form.
The rickshaw boys, dressed neatly in white tunics and red caps, took a break every eight miles. They had their own way of doing things. Once the travelers were seated in the rickshaw and their work started, they began an endless chant that, while it might tire them out, definitely kept their spirits up. "Burrulum," shouted the pushers; "Huma," replied the puller. "Burrulum," the pushers repeated, and so on for a long time. Each of these calls has its meaning, and if a traveler seemed heavy or didn't know the language, they might not always get an accurate translation. The phrase I mentioned means "iron upon wood," signifying that the strength and skill of Europeans, no matter how superior, cannot succeed without the native labor and endurance. No one would disagree with such sentiments. However, even these lose their charm over time, and after half an hour of "Burrulum" and "Huma," I felt compelled to ask if they could possibly carry us in silence. They did their best, but I could see they weren't happy, and after a while, out of sympathy and to speed things up, I lifted the ban, and the chorus happily resumed in a new and more elaborate way.
The manners of the Baganda are ceremonious to a degree. They well deserve Sir Harry Johnston's description of them as "the Japanese of Africa." If you say "Good morning" to a stranger on an English road, it is as like as not that his surprise will throw him into a posture of self-defence; but when two Baganda meet they begin to salute each other as soon as they come within earshot. "How are you?" cries the one. "Who am I that you should care to know?" replies the other. "Humble though I be, yet I have dared," rejoins the first. "But say first how are you," continues the second. "The better for the honour you have done me," is the answer. By this they have already passed each other, and there is only time for the Parthian affability, "The honour is mine, and I shall treasure it," and a quavering of delicately-modulated, long-drawn "A—a—a's" of contentment and goodwill which gradually die away in the distance, leaving neither of them the worse circumstanced, nor the better 107 informed. I must add, for the reader's caution, that the aforesaid dialogue is not an invariable ritual. The phrases may be varied ad infinitum to suit the occasion; but it will suffice as an illustration of these roadside courtesies.
The etiquette of the Baganda is quite formal. They truly deserve Sir Harry Johnston's description of them as "the Japanese of Africa." If you say "Good morning" to a stranger on an English road, you might catch them off guard and make them defensive; but when two Baganda meet, they start greeting each other as soon as they can hear one another. "How are you?" one asks. "Why would you want to know?" the other replies. "Though I'm humble, I've dared to ask," the first one responds. "But first, how are you?" the second insists. "I’m better thanks to the honor you've shown me," the first answers. By this time, they have already passed each other, leaving just enough time for the friendly farewell, "The honor is mine, and I'll cherish it," followed by some drawn-out "A—a—a's" of satisfaction and goodwill that gradually fade into the distance, without either of them being worse off or more informed than before. 107 I should note, for the reader's awareness, that this exchange isn't a rigid script. The phrases can change ad infinitum to fit the situation; however, this serves as a good illustration of their roadside politeness.
If you wish to make a Baganda perfectly happy, all you need to do is to say, "Way wally," which means a sort of supremely earnest "Well done." The moment this talismanic expression has left your lips, the native to whom it is addressed will probably fall on his knees, and, clasping his two hands together, will sway them from side to side, as if he were playing a concertina, while all the time his face beams with a most benignant and compulsive smile, and he purrs, "A—o, a—o, a—o," as much as to say, "My cup of joy is overflowing." It is not in accordance with our ideas that man should kneel to man, and one feels uncomfortable to see it done. Yet it should not be thought that the action, as performed by the Baganda, involves or implies any servility. It is their good manners—and meant to be no more. Nor, once you are used to it, do they seem to lose at all in dignity. Only they win your heart.
If you want to make a Baganda truly happy, all you have to say is, "Way wally," which is a very sincere way of saying "Well done." The moment you say this magical phrase, the person it’s directed at will likely drop to their knees, clasp their hands together, and sway them side to side as if they're playing an accordion, while their face lights up with a warm and irresistible smile, and they'll hum, "A—o, a—o, a—o," meaning, "I'm so incredibly happy." In our culture, it may not seem right for one person to kneel to another, and it can feel awkward to witness. However, it's important to understand that this action, performed by the Baganda, doesn't signify any sort of servitude. It’s simply their way of showing good manners, and nothing more. Once you get used to it, it doesn’t seem to take away from their dignity at all. Instead, it just makes them win your heart.
The road from Entebbe to Kampala passes 108 through delicious country. Along its whole length a double avenue of rubber trees has just been planted, and behind these on each side are broad strips of cotton plants, looking beautiful with their yellow flowers or pinky-white bolls. American upland cotton grown in Uganda actually commands a higher price in the Manchester market than when it is grown in the United States. There appears to be practically no natural difficulty in its cultivation throughout the larger part of Uganda. A great development is only a question of organization and—money.
The road from Entebbe to Kampala goes 108 through beautiful countryside. Along its entire length, a double row of rubber trees has just been planted, and behind these on both sides are wide strips of cotton plants, looking stunning with their yellow flowers or pinky-white bolls. American upland cotton grown in Uganda actually sells for a higher price in the Manchester market than when it’s grown in the United States. There seems to be almost no natural hurdle to its cultivation across most of Uganda. Significant development is just a matter of organization and—money.
But I have forgotten that we have been moving swiftly along the Kampala road, and now we are almost in sight of the city. Almost, but not quite; for, to tell the truth, no one has ever seen Kampala. The traveller sees the Government buildings and residences neat and prim on one hill; he sees the King's house and his Ministers' houses on another. Upon a third, a fourth, or a fifth hill he may discern successively the Protestant Cathedral, the Catholic Mission, and the White Father's Monastery. But Kampala, the home of sixty thousand persons, is permanently invisible. The whole town is buried under the leaves 109 of innumerable banana plantations, which afford shade and food to its people, and amid which their huts are thickly scattered and absolutely concealed.
But I forgot that we’ve been moving quickly along the Kampala road, and now we’re almost in sight of the city. Almost, but not quite; honestly, no one has ever seen Kampala. The traveler sees the Government buildings and neat houses on one hill; he sees the King's house and the houses of his Ministers on another. On a third, fourth, or fifth hill, he might spot the Protestant Cathedral, the Catholic Mission, and the White Father's Monastery. But Kampala, the home of sixty thousand people, is always invisible. The entire town is hidden under the leaves of countless banana plantations, which provide shade and food for its residents, and among which their huts are thickly scattered and completely concealed. 109

Watching the War-dance at Kampala.
(Major Jenkins, Mr. Churchill, King Daudi, Sir H. Hesketh Bell.)
Watching the War Dance in Kampala.
(Major Jenkins, Mr. Churchill, King Daudi, Sir H. Hesketh Bell.)
We were still three miles out of this "garden city" when the native reception began, and we travelled for a quarter of a mile between lines of white-robed Baganda, all mustered by their chiefs, and clapping their hands in sign of welcome. At last our procession of rickshaws reached a hillock by the roadside, at the top of which stood a pavilion, beautifully constructed of stout elephant grass like thin polished canes woven together with curious art. Down from this eminence, over a pathway strewn with rushes, came to meet us the King and his notables in a most imposing array. Daudi Chewa, the King or Kabaka of Uganda, is a graceful, distinguished-looking little boy, eleven years old. He was simply dressed in a flowing black robe edged with gold, and a little white gold-rimmed cap. Around him were the Council of Regency; and at his right hand stood the Prime Minister, Sir Apolo Kagwar, a powerful, determined-looking man, wearing a crimson, gold-laced robe, on which shone 110 many decorations, several British war medals, and the Order of St. Michael and St. George.
We were still three miles away from this "garden city" when the local reception started, and we traveled for a quarter of a mile between lines of white-robed Baganda, all gathered by their chiefs and clapping their hands to greet us. Finally, our procession of rickshaws reached a small hill by the roadside, where a pavilion stood at the top, beautifully made of sturdy elephant grass woven together like thin polished canes. Coming down from this rise, over a path covered with rushes, was the King and his important guests in an impressive display. Daudi Chewa, the King or Kabaka of Uganda, is a graceful, distinguished-looking eleven-year-old boy. He wore a simple flowing black robe edged with gold and a small white cap with a gold rim. Surrounding him were the Council of Regency, and at his right stood the Prime Minister, Sir Apolo Kagwar, a strong, determined-looking man dressed in a crimson, gold-laced robe adorned with many decorations, several British war medals, and the Order of St. Michael and St. George.
We all shook hands, and were then led up into the pavilion, where we took our seats on wicker chairs and ate sweet jellies while we conversed. The King, who is being most carefully educated by an English tutor, understands and speaks English quite well, but on this occasion he seemed too shy to say much more than "Yes" or "No," in a low, sweet drawl, and this formal interview soon came to an end.
We all shook hands and were then taken up into the pavilion, where we sat in wicker chairs and ate sweet jellies while we chatted. The King, who is being carefully taught by an English tutor, understands and speaks English pretty well, but on this occasion, he seemed too shy to say anything more than "Yes" or "No," in a soft, sweet drawl, and this formal meeting soon wrapped up.
The afternoon was consumed in ceremony; for the Commissioner of Uganda had to be sworn in the rank of Governor, to which he has been lately raised; and there was a parade of troops, in which some five or six hundred very smart-looking soldiers took part, headed by the Kampala company of Sikhs. It was not until the shadows began to lengthen that we visited the Kabaka on the Royal Hill. He received us in his Parliament House. In this large and beautifully-constructed grass building about seventy chiefs and Baganda notables were assembled. The little Kabaka sat on his throne, and his subjects grouped themselves around and before him. We were 111 given seats at his side, and the Prime Minister explained that the Baganda would show us the ceremony of swearing a chief. One of the most portly and dignified of the councillors thereupon advanced into the centre of the room, threw himself face downward on the ground, and poured out a torrent of asseverations of loyalty. After a few minutes he rose and began brandishing his spears, chaunting his oath all the while, until he had created an extraordinary appearance of passion. Finally he rushed from the building to go and slay the King's enemies outside. It was not until he returned a moment later, calm, sedate, and respectable, that I realized, from the merry smile on his face and from the mirth of the company, that he was "only pretending," and that the ceremony was merely a representation given to interest us.
The afternoon was spent in a ceremony; the Commissioner of Uganda was being sworn in as the Governor, a position he had recently been promoted to. There was a parade of troops, featuring about five or six hundred sharp-looking soldiers, led by the Kampala company of Sikhs. It wasn’t until the shadows began to grow long that we visited the Kabaka on the Royal Hill. He welcomed us in his Parliament House. Inside this large, beautifully-constructed grass building, around seventy chiefs and notable Baganda were gathered. The young Kabaka sat on his throne, with his subjects grouped around him. We were given seats beside him, and the Prime Minister explained that the Baganda would show us the ceremony of swearing in a chief. One of the most dignified councillors then stepped into the center of the room, threw himself face down on the ground, and poured out a stream of loyalty affirmations. After a few minutes, he got up and began waving his spears, chanting his oath while creating a dramatic display of passion. Finally, he rushed out of the building to go and defeat the King’s enemies outside. It wasn't until he returned a moment later, calm, composed, and respectable, that I realized, from the cheerful smile on his face and the laughter of those around him, that he was "only pretending," and that the ceremony was just a performance meant to entertain us.
The incident is remarkable because it illustrates the rapidity with which the Baganda people are leaving their past behind them. Already they laugh at their old selves. Ceremonies which twenty years ago had a solemn and awful significance, are to-day reproduced by this reflective people in much the same spirit as the citizens of Coventry 112 revive the progress of Lady Godiva. The same thing happened at the war-dance the next day. Two or three thousand men, naked and painted for war, rushed frantically to and fro to the beating of drums and barbaric music, with every sign of earnestness and even frenzy. Yet a few minutes later they were laughing sheepishly at one another, and bowing to us like actors before the curtain, and the Prime Minister was making a speech to explain that this was meant to be a pageant of the bad old times reproduced for our benefit. Indeed, so unaccustomed to carry arms had the warriors become that not one in ten could find a spear to arm himself with, and they had to come with sticks and other stage-properties.
The incident is striking because it shows how quickly the Baganda people are moving on from their past. They already laugh at who they used to be. Ceremonies that had a serious and heavy meaning twenty years ago are now recreated by this thoughtful community in much the same way that the citizens of Coventry 112 celebrate the story of Lady Godiva. The same thing happened at the war dance the next day. Two or three thousand men, naked and painted for battle, rushed around energetically to the sound of drums and tribal music, showing every sign of seriousness and even frenzy. Yet just a few minutes later, they were laughing awkwardly at each other and bowing to us like actors before the curtain, and the Prime Minister was giving a speech to explain that this was meant to be a reenactment of the bad old days for our enjoyment. In fact, the warriors had become so unaccustomed to fighting that not one in ten could find a spear, and they had to come equipped with sticks and other props.
Even a comic element was provided in the shape of a warrior painted all over in a ridiculous manner, and held by two others with a rope tied round his middle. This, we were told, was "the bravest man in the army," who had to be restrained lest he should rush into battle too soon. It is not easy to convey the air of honest fun and good humour which pervaded these curious performances, or to measure the intellectual progress which the attitude of the Baganda towards them implied. 113
Even a funny aspect was introduced with a warrior who was comically painted and held by two others with a rope around his waist. We were told he was "the bravest man in the army," who had to be kept from rushing into battle too early. It’s hard to capture the genuine fun and good humor that filled these strange performances, or to assess the intellectual growth reflected in the Baganda's attitude towards them. 113

War Dance at Kampala.
"The bravest man in the army."
Kampala War Dance.
"The toughest guy in the army."
The Kabaka gave us tea in his house. It is a comfortable European building, quite small and modest, but nicely furnished, and adorned with familiar English prints and portraits of Queen Victoria and King Edward. Gradually he got the better of his shyness, and told me that he liked football more than anything else, and that his mathematical studies had advanced as far as "G.C.M.," initials which never fail to stir disagreeable school-day memories in my mind. He can write a very good letter in English, rides well on a nice pony, and will probably become a well-educated and accomplished man. Altogether it is a very pleasing spectacle to find in the heart of Africa, and amid so much barbarism, squalour, and violence, this island of gentle manners and peaceful civilization.
The Kabaka invited us to his house for tea. It's a cozy European-style building, pretty small and modest, but nicely decorated with familiar English prints and portraits of Queen Victoria and King Edward. Over time, he became less shy and shared that he loves football more than anything else, and that his math studies have progressed to "G.C.M.," which always brings back unpleasant memories of my school days. He can write a great letter in English, rides well on a nice pony, and is likely to become a well-educated and accomplished person. Overall, it’s a nice sight to see, in the heart of Africa, amidst so much barbarism, poverty, and violence, this place of gentle manners and peaceful civilization.
The next day was one unending pilgrimage. I have described how Kampala lies under the leaves of the plantain groves about the slopes of many hills. Each hill has its special occupants and purpose. Each of the different Christian missions has a hill to itself, and in the bad old days a Maxim gun was not thought at all an inappropriate aid to Christian endeavour. It would, however, be very 114 unfair to charge the missionaries with having created the feuds and struggles which convulsed Uganda twelve years ago. The accident that the line of cleavage between French and British influence was also the line of cleavage between Catholic and Protestant converts, imparted a religious complexion to what was in reality a fierce political dispute. These troubles are now definitely at an end. The arrival upon the scene of an English Catholic mission has prevented national rivalries and religious differences from mutually embittering one another. The erection of a stable Government and the removal of all doubts about the future of Uganda have led to an entire abatement of strife among devoted men engaged in a noble work. Not only is there peace among the different Christian missions themselves, but the Government of Uganda, so far from watching missionary enterprise with sour disfavour, is thoroughly alive to the inestimable services which have been and are daily being rendered by the missions to the native population, and excellent relations prevail.
The next day felt like an endless journey. I’ve mentioned how Kampala is situated beneath the leaves of the plantain trees on the slopes of many hills. Each hill has its distinct residents and purpose. Each of the various Christian missions occupies its own hill, and in the dark times, a Maxim gun was seen as a completely acceptable tool for spreading Christianity. However, it would be very unfair to blame the missionaries for the feuds and struggles that shook Uganda twelve years ago. The unfortunate fact that the divide between French and British influence coincided with the divide between Catholic and Protestant converts gave a religious dimension to what was essentially a fierce political conflict. Those troubles are now truly over. The arrival of an English Catholic mission has stopped national rivalries and religious differences from fueling each other. The establishment of a stable government and the removal of all uncertainties about Uganda’s future have led to a complete reduction of conflicts among dedicated individuals engaged in a noble cause. Not only is there peace among the different Christian missions, but the Government of Uganda, rather than viewing missionary work with disdain, is fully aware of the invaluable contributions that the missions have made and continue to make for the local population, leading to excellent relationships.

Children at the English Catholic Mission, Kampala.
Children at the English Catholic Mission in Kampala.
In duty bound I climbed one hill after another and endeavoured to make myself 115 acquainted with the details of mission work in Kampala. It comprises every form of moral and social activity. Apart from their spiritual work, which needs no advocacy here, the missionaries have undertaken and are now maintaining the whole educational system of the country. They have built many excellent schools, and thousands of young Baganda are being taught to read and write in their own language. The whole country is dotted with subsidiary mission stations, each one a centre of philanthropic and Christian effort. There are good hospitals, with skilful doctors and nurses or sisters of charity, in connection with all the missions. The largest of these, belonging to the Church Missionary Society, is a model of what a tropical hospital for natives ought to be. Technical education is now being added to these services, and in this, it is to be hoped, the Government will be able to cooperate. I do not know of any other part of the world where missionary influence and enterprise have been so beneficently exerted, or where more valuable results have been achieved.
I felt it was my duty to climb one hill after another and try to get myself 115 familiar with the details of mission work in Kampala. It involves every kind of moral and social activity. Besides their spiritual work, which speaks for itself, the missionaries have taken on and are currently running the entire educational system of the country. They have built many excellent schools, and thousands of young Baganda are learning to read and write in their own language. The entire country is filled with smaller mission stations, each serving as a hub for philanthropic and Christian efforts. There are good hospitals, with skilled doctors and nurses or sisters of charity, connected to all the missions. The largest, run by the Church Missionary Society, is a prime example of what a tropical hospital for locals should be. Technical education is now being added to these services, and hopefully, the Government will be able to support this. I’m not aware of any other place in the world where missionary influence and efforts have made such a positive impact, or where more valuable outcomes have been achieved.
On Namirembe Hill, where the Church Missionary Society have their head-quarters, a 116 really fine cathedral, with three tall, quaint, thatched spires, has been built out of very primitive materials; and this is almost the only building in Uganda which offers the slightest attempt at architectural display. Under the shadow of this I found myself on the afternoon of the 20th of November engaged in opening a high school for scholars who are more advanced than can be instructed in the existing establishments. A large and well-dressed audience, native and European, filled a good-sized room. The scholars crowded together in a solid mass of white-dressed youths upon the floor. The Kabaka and Sir Apolo Kagwar, who has himself five sons at the school, were upon the platform. The Governor presided. The Bishop made a speech. The schoolboys sang English songs and hymns in very good tune and rhythm. It was astonishing to look at the map of the British Empire hanging on the wall and to realize that all this was taking place near the north-western corner of the Victoria Nyanza.
On Namirembe Hill, where the Church Missionary Society has its headquarters, a really impressive cathedral with three tall, unique thatched spires has been built from very basic materials; and this is almost the only building in Uganda that shows any real architectural effort. Under its shadow, I found myself on the afternoon of November 20th opening a high school for students who are more advanced than those in existing schools. A large, well-dressed audience, both local and European, filled a decent-sized room. The students were packed together in a solid group of white-dressed youths on the floor. The Kabaka and Sir Apolo Kagwar, who has five sons at the school, were on the platform. The Governor was in charge. The Bishop gave a speech. The schoolboys sang English songs and hymns very well. It was amazing to look at the map of the British Empire hanging on the wall and realize that all this was happening near the northwestern corner of Lake Victoria.
It is eight miles from Kampala to Munyonyo, its present port on the lake, and this distance we covered in rickshaws over a shocking road. Munyonyo is itself little more than a jetty and 117 a few sheds, but it affords a very good example of the salutary effects of cutting down the bush and forest. Mosquitoes and tsetses have been absolutely banished from the cleared area, and a place which a year ago was a death-trap is now perfectly safe and healthy. Plans are now on foot to make a new port a little farther along the coast at a point only five miles away from Kampala; and when this has been connected with the capital, as it must be, by a line of mono-rail tramway, there is every reason to expect a substantial and growing trade.
It’s eight miles from Kampala to Munyonyo, the current port on the lake, and we traveled that distance in rickshaws over a rough road. Munyonyo is basically just a jetty and a few sheds, but it really shows the positive impact of clearing the bush and forest. Mosquitoes and tsetse flies have been completely eliminated from the cleared area, and a place that was once a deathtrap is now completely safe and healthy. There are plans underway to build a new port a bit further down the coast, just five miles from Kampala; and once this is connected to the capital, which it will be, by a mono-rail tramway, we can expect a significant and growing trade.
The Sir William Mackinnon, a venerable vessel of the Uganda Marine, awaited our party, and we steamed off on the smooth waters of the lake, through an archipelago of beautiful islands—each one more inviting than the other—and all depopulated by sleeping sickness. All day long we voyaged in these sheltered waters, and in the evening the lights of Jinja guided us to our destination. One cannot help admiring the luck which led Speke to his thrilling discovery of the source of the Nile. There are five hundred gulfs and inlets on the northern shore of Lake Victoria, and nothing distinguishes this one from the 118 rest. No current is perceptible to the ordinary mariner until within a few miles of the rapids, and although the presumption that so vast a body of fresh water would have an overflow somewhere had behind it a backing of strong probability, the explorer might have searched for a year without finding the spot. Instead of which he drifted and paddled gently along until all of a sudden the murmur of a distant cataract and the slight acceleration in the pace of his canoe drew him to the long-sought birthplace of the most wonderful river in the world.
The Sir William Mackinnon, an esteemed ship of the Uganda Marine, awaited our group, and we set off on the calm waters of the lake, passing through a chain of stunning islands—each more inviting than the last—and all deserted due to sleeping sickness. We traveled in these sheltered waters all day, and in the evening, the lights of Jinja guided us to our destination. One can't help but admire the fortune that led Speke to his exciting discovery of the Nile's source. There are five hundred bays and inlets on the northern shore of Lake Victoria, and nothing sets this one apart from the 118 others. No current is noticeable to the average sailor until a few miles from the rapids, and while it seems likely that such a vast body of freshwater would have an overflow somewhere, the explorer might have searched for a year without locating it. Instead, he drifted and paddled softly along until suddenly the sound of a distant waterfall and the slight increase in the speed of his canoe led him to the long-sought birthplace of the most incredible river in the world.
It was dark when we landed at Jinja, and I could not properly see the preparations made for our reception by the local chiefs and the Indian traders, of whom there was a considerable crowd. The darkness, otherwise a cause of disappointment, afforded the opportunity for just the sort of brave act one so often finds a British officer ready to do. As the baggage was being landed from the steamer on to the jetty, a poor coolie slipped under his load, and in an instant was engulfed in the deep black waters below. Whereupon, as a matter of course, a young civilian in the Political Department jumped in after him in the darkness and among the crocodiles, and fished him out safe 119 and sound, an act of admirable behaviour which has since received the recognition of the Royal Humane Society. I am not quite sure that in all parts of Africa so high a standard of honour and respect for the life of the humble native would prevail.
It was dark when we landed at Jinja, and I couldn't properly see the preparations made for our welcome by the local chiefs and the Indian traders, of whom there was quite a crowd. The darkness, which could have been disappointing, actually allowed for the kind of brave act that a British officer is often ready to perform. As the baggage was being unloaded from the steamer onto the jetty, a poor coolie stumbled under his load and, in an instant, was swallowed by the deep black waters below. Without hesitation, a young civilian from the Political Department jumped in after him in the darkness and among the crocodiles, and pulled him out safe and sound, an admirable act of bravery that has since been recognized by the Royal Humane Society. I'm not entirely sure that such a high standard of honor and respect for the lives of humble natives would be found in all parts of Africa. 119
Jinja is destined to become a very important place in the future economy of Central Africa. Situated at the point where the Nile flows out of the Great Lake, it is at once on the easiest line of water communication with Lake Albert and the Soudan, and also where great water-power is available. In years to come the shores of this splendid bay may be crowned with long rows of comfortable tropical villas and imposing offices, and the gorge of the Nile crowded with factories and warehouses. There is power enough to gin all the cotton and saw all the wood in Uganda, and it is here that one of the principal emporia of tropical produce will certainly be created. In these circumstances it is a pity to handicap the town with an outlandish name. It would be much better to call it Ripon Falls, after the beautiful cascades which lie beneath it, and from whose force its future prosperity will be derived. 120
Jinja is set to become a key location in the future economy of Central Africa. Located where the Nile exits the Great Lake, it offers the easiest water route to Lake Albert and Sudan, and it has significant water power available. In the coming years, the shores of this beautiful bay could be lined with comfortable tropical villas and impressive offices, and the Nile gorge could be filled with factories and warehouses. There's enough power here to process all the cotton and saw all the wood in Uganda, and this will likely become one of the main hubs for tropical produce. Given these prospects, it's unfortunate to burden the town with an unusual name. It would be much better to name it Ripon Falls, after the stunning waterfalls below it, which will contribute to its future success. 120
The Ripon Falls are, for their own sake, well worth a visit. The Nile springs out of the Victoria Nyanza, a vast body of water nearly as wide as the Thames at Westminster Bridge, and this imposing river rushes down a stairway of rock from fifteen to twenty feet deep, in smooth, swirling slopes of green water. It would be perfectly easy to harness the whole river and let the Nile begin its long and beneficent journey to the sea by leaping through a turbine. It is possible that nowhere else in the world could so enormous a mass of water be held up by so little masonry. Two or three short dams from island to island across the falls would enable, at an inconceivably small cost, the whole level of the Victoria Nyanza—over an expanse of a hundred and fifty thousand square miles—to be gradually raised six or seven feet; would greatly increase the available water-power; would deepen the water in Kavirondo Bay, so as to admit steamers of much larger draught; and, finally, would enable the lake to be maintained at a uniform level, so that immense areas of swampy foreshore, now submerged, now again exposed, according to the rainfalls, would be converted either into clear water or dry land, 121 to the benefit of man and the incalculable destruction of mosquitoes.
The Ripon Falls are definitely worth a visit. The Nile flows out of Lake Victoria, a massive body of water that's almost as wide as the Thames at Westminster Bridge. This impressive river cascades down a rocky stairway, about fifteen to twenty feet deep, with smooth, swirling green water. It would be quite easy to harness the entire river and have the Nile start its long and beneficial journey to the sea by flowing through a turbine. It's likely that nowhere else in the world could such a huge amount of water be supported by so little construction. Just two or three short dams connecting islands across the falls could, at an incredibly low cost, gradually raise the entire level of Lake Victoria—over an area of a hundred and fifty thousand square miles—by six or seven feet; significantly increase the available hydro power; deepen the water in Kavirondo Bay to allow larger steamboats; and ultimately maintain the lake at a consistent level, transforming vast areas of swampy shore, now submerged, now exposed with the rainfall, into either clear water or dry land, benefiting people while drastically reducing mosquito populations. 121
As one watches the surging waters of the Ripon Falls and endeavours to compute the mighty energies now running to waste, but all within the reach of modern science, the problem of Uganda rises in a new form on the mind. All this water-power belongs to the State. Ought it ever to be surrendered to private persons? How long, on the other hand, is a Government, if not prepared to act itself, entitled to bar the way to others? This question is raised in a multitude of diverse forms in almost all the great dependencies of the Crown. But in Uganda the arguments for the State ownership and employment of the natural resources of the country seem to present themselves in their strongest and most formidable array. Uganda is a native State. It must not be compared with any of those colonies where there is a white population already established, nor again with those inhabited by tribes of nomadic barbarians. It finds its counterparts among the great native States of India, where Imperial authority is exercised in the name and often through the agency of a native prince and his own officers. 122
As you watch the rushing waters of the Ripon Falls and try to calculate the immense energy flowing to waste, which modern science could harness, the question of Uganda comes to mind in a new light. All this water power belongs to the State. Should it ever be handed over to private individuals? On the flip side, how long can a government, if it's not willing to take action itself, block others from doing so? This issue appears in many different forms in almost all major territories under the Crown. However, in Uganda, the arguments for state ownership and utilization of the country's natural resources seem to be the strongest and most compelling. Uganda is a native State. It shouldn't be compared to any of those colonies with established white populations, nor to those inhabited by nomadic tribes. It finds its parallels among the great native States of India, where imperial authority is exercised in the name of, and often through, a native prince and his own officials. 122
This combination of the external brain and the native hand results in a form of government often highly acceptable to the general body of the inhabitants, who are confronted with no sudden or arbitrary changes in the long-accustomed appearances of things. But it involves all the administration of affairs in a degree of complexity and delicacy which is absent from simpler and cruder systems. In such circumstances there cannot be much opening for the push and drive of ordinary commercial enterprise. The hustling business man—admirably suited to the rough and tumble of competitive production in Europe or America—becomes an incongruous and even a dangerous figure when introduced into the smooth and leisurely development of a native State. The Baganda will not be benefited either morally or materially by contact with modern money-making or modern money-makers. When a man is working only for the profits of his company and is judged by the financial results alone, he does not often under the sun of Central Africa acquire the best method of dealing with natives; and all sorts of difficulties and troubles will follow any sudden incursion of business enterprise 123 into the forests and gardens of Uganda. And even if the country is more rapidly developed by these agencies, the profits will not go to the Government and people of Uganda, to be used in fostering new industries, but to divers persons across the sea, who have no concern, other than purely commercial, in its fortunes. This is not to advocate the arbitrary exclusion of private capital and enterprise from Uganda. Carefully directed and narrowly controlled opportunities for their activities will no doubt occur. But the natural resources of the country should, as far as possible, be developed by the Government itself, even though that may involve the assumption of many new functions.
This blend of an external governance system and local traditions leads to a style of government that tends to be well-received by the local population, who don’t face sudden or random changes in their familiar way of life. However, it brings a level of complexity and nuance to governance that simpler systems lack. In this environment, there’s little room for the aggressive push of typical business ventures. The fast-paced entrepreneur—who thrives in the competitive markets of Europe or America—becomes an awkward and potentially harmful presence when placed in the calm and gradual framework of a local state. The Baganda people will not gain any moral or material benefits from engaging with modern profit-driven ventures or modern businesspeople. When someone focuses solely on maximizing company profits and their success is measured only by financial outcomes, they often struggle in the context of Central Africa when it comes to interacting with local communities; this can lead to various problems and issues resulting from any abrupt influx of business activity into the forests and farmlands of Uganda. Even if the country experiences faster development through these methods, the profits won’t benefit the government and people of Uganda to invest in developing new industries, but instead will go to various individuals overseas, who have no interests beyond mere commercial gain in the country’s progress. This isn’t to say that private investment and enterprise should be entirely barred from Uganda. There will surely be opportunities for them, as long as they are carefully managed and tightly regulated. However, the natural resources of the country should ideally be developed by the government itself, even if that means adopting many new responsibilities.
Indeed, it would be hard to find a country where the conditions were more favourable than in Uganda to a practical experiment in State Socialism. The land is rich; the people pacific and industrious. There are no great differences between class and class. One staple article of food meets the needs of the whole population, and produces itself almost without the aid of man. There are no European vested interests to block the way. Nowhere are the powers of the Government 124 to regulate and direct the activities of the people more overwhelming or more comprehensive. The superiority of knowledge in the rulers is commanding. Their control upon the natives is exerted through almost every channel; and besides the secular authorities—native and Imperial—there is the spiritual and educative influence of the missionaries to infuse human sympathy and moral earnestness into the regular machinery of State.
Indeed, it would be difficult to find a country where the conditions are more favorable than in Uganda for a practical experiment in State Socialism. The land is fertile; the people are peaceful and hardworking. There are no significant differences between social classes. One main food source meets the needs of the entire population and grows almost without human assistance. There are no European interests to obstruct progress. Nowhere do the powers of the Government 124 to regulate and guide the activities of the people appear more extensive or all-encompassing. The rulers possess a commanding level of knowledge. Their influence over the locals extends through nearly every avenue; in addition to the secular authorities—both local and colonial—there is the spiritual and educational impact of the missionaries to introduce compassion and moral seriousness into the regular workings of the State.
The first, and perhaps the greatest, difficulty which confronts the European Socialist is the choosing of Governors to whom the positively awful powers indispensable to a communistic society are to be entrusted. If a race of beings could be obtained when and as required from a neighbouring planet, whose practical superiority in virtue, science, wisdom, and strength was so manifest as to be universally acclaimed, this difficulty would disappear, and we might with composure await the decision of popular elections with all their defects and advantages. But in the absence of this dispensation the problem of how rulers are to be selected, and how, having been selected, they are to be controlled or changed, remains the first question of politics, 125 even in days when the functions of government are, in general, restricted to the modest limits of laissez-faire.
The first, and probably the biggest, challenge that European Socialists face is selecting leaders who will hold the truly immense powers necessary for a communist society. If we could somehow bring forth a group from another planet—one that had clearly superior virtues, knowledge, wisdom, and strength that everyone recognized—the challenge would vanish. We could then calmly await the outcomes of elections, with all their flaws and benefits. But since that isn’t possible, the question of how to choose leaders and how to manage or replace them remains the fundamental issue in politics, 125 even when the role of government is generally limited to the modest principles of laissez-faire.
In Uganda, however, this difficulty does not exist. A class of rulers is provided by an outside power as remote from and, in all that constitutes fitness to direct, as superior to the Baganda as Mr. Wells's Martians would have been to us. The British administration is in its personnel absolutely disinterested. The officials draw their salaries, and that is all. They have no end to serve, except the improvement of the country and the contentment of its people. By that test and that test alone are they judged. In no other way can they win approbation or fame. They are furthermore controlled in the exercise of their functions by a superior authority, specially instructed in this class of administration, and itself answerable to a Parliament elected on a democratic franchise. At no point in the whole chain of command is there any room for corruption, usurpation, or gross inefficiency.
In Uganda, though, this problem doesn’t exist. An external power supplies a group of rulers that is completely removed from and, in every way that matters for leadership, superior to the Baganda, much like Mr. Wells's Martians would have been to us. The British administration is totally impartial in its personnel. The officials receive their salaries, and that’s it. They have no agenda other than improving the country and keeping its people happy. They are evaluated solely by that standard. There’s no other way for them to gain approval or recognition. Additionally, their actions are overseen by a higher authority, specifically trained in this type of administration and accountable to a Parliament elected through a democratic process. At no point in the entire chain of command is there room for corruption, usurpation, or gross inefficiency.
It is clear that larger powers could be entrusted to the State in regard to the labour of its citizens than would ever be accorded to private employers. The subjects of every 126 European Power have accepted the obligation of military service to defend their respective countries from external attack. The Baganda, relieved from this harsh obsession, have no higher duty than to cultivate and develop the beautiful land they live in. And if it were desired to organize scientifically, upon a humane and honourable basis, the industry of an entire population, and to apply the whole fruits of their labour to their own enrichment and elevation, no better conditions are likely to be discovered than those which now exist in Uganda.
It’s evident that the government could handle more power over its citizens' work than private employers ever would. People in every European country have accepted the duty of military service to protect their nations from outside threats. The Baganda, free from this heavy obligation, have no greater responsibility than to cultivate and enhance the beautiful land they inhabit. If there was a desire to organize the industry of an entire population in a scientific, humane, and honorable way, ensuring that the benefits of their labor go directly to their own growth and improvement, it would be hard to find better conditions than those currently present in Uganda.
It might at any rate be worth while to make such an experiment, if only as a prelude to those more general applications of the principles of Socialism which are held in some quarters to be so necessary. 127
It could definitely be worth trying out this experiment, even if it's just a first step towards the broader applications of Socialism that some people believe are essential. 127
CHAPTER VII
'ON SAFARI'
Now the reader must really look at the map. To this point we have proceeded by train and steamer with all the power and swiftness of modern communication. If we have traversed wild and lonely lands, it has been in a railway carriage. We have disturbed the lion with the locomotive, and all our excursions have but led back to the iron road. But at Ripon Falls we are to let go our hold upon machinery. Steam and all it means is to be shut off. We are "to cut the painter," and, losing the impulsion of the great ship, are for a while to paddle about upon a vast expanse in a little cock-boat of our own. Back towards Mombasa, three days' journey will cover nine hundred miles. Forward, you will be lucky to make forty in the same time. Return at this moment is swift and easy. In a week it will be perhaps impossible. Going on means going through. 128
Now the reader really needs to look at the map. So far, we've traveled by train and boat, enjoying all the speed and convenience of modern transportation. If we've crossed wild and remote areas, it's been from the comfort of a railway carriage. We've disturbed the lion with the sound of the locomotive, and all our journeys have ultimately led us back to the train tracks. But at Ripon Falls, we must let go of our reliance on machinery. Steam and everything it represents will be turned off. We're going to "cut the painter," and without the power of the big ship, we'll spend some time paddling around in a small boat of our own. Heading back toward Mombasa, a three-day journey will cover nine hundred miles. Going forward, you'll be lucky to cover forty miles in the same period. Right now, returning is quick and easy. In a week, it might become impossible. Moving forward means going through. 128
Everywhere great pathways are being cut into Africa. We have followed for nearly a thousand miles one leading from the East towards the centre. Far away from the North another line has been thrust forward by British efforts in peace and war. From Alexandria to Cairo, from Cairo to Wady Halfa, from Halfa to Berber, from Berber to Khartoum, from Khartoum to Fashoda, from Fashoda to Gondokoro, over a distance of nearly three thousand miles, stretches an uninterrupted service of trains and steamers. But between the landing-stage at Jinja and the landing-stage at Gondokoro there opens a wide gulf of yet unbridged, unconquered wilderness and jungle, across which and through which the traveller must crawl painfully and at a foot's pace, always amid difficulty and never wholly without danger. It is this gulf which we are now to traverse.
Everywhere, major pathways are being developed in Africa. We have traveled for almost a thousand miles along one that runs from the East toward the center. Far to the North, another route has been pushed forward by British efforts in both peace and war. From Alexandria to Cairo, from Cairo to Wady Halfa, from Halfa to Berber, from Berber to Khartoum, from Khartoum to Fashoda, and from Fashoda to Gondokoro, there’s an unbroken network of trains and boats covering nearly three thousand miles. But between the landing stage at Jinja and the landing stage at Gondokoro lies a vast expanse of unbridged, unconquered wilderness and jungle, where travelers must painfully crawl at a slow pace, always facing challenges and never completely free from danger. It is this expanse that we are about to cross.

Between Nimule and Gondokoro.
Capt. Read. Mr. Marsh. Dr. Goldie. Mr. Ormsby.
Col. Wilson. Mr. Churchill. Capt. Dickinson. Lieut. Fishbourne, R.E.
Between Nimule and Gondokoro.
Capt. Read. Mr. Marsh. Dr. Goldie. Mr. Ormsby.
Col. Wilson. Mr. Churchill. Capt. Dickinson. Lieut. Fishbourne, R.E.
The distance from the Victoria to the Albert Nyanza is about two hundred miles in the direct line, and it is all downhill. The Great Lake is hoisted high above the highest hill-tops of England. From this vast elevated inland sea the descending Nile water flows through a channel of three thousand five 129 hundred miles into the Mediterranean. The first and steepest stage of its journey is to the Albert Lake. This second body of water, which, except in comparison with the Victoria Nyanza, would be impressive—it is more than a hundred miles long—lies at an altitude of two thousand three hundred feet above the sea. So that in its first two hundred miles the Nile exhausts in the exuberant improvidence of youth about a third of the impulse which is to carry it through its venerable career. Yet this considerable descent of twelve hundred feet is itself accomplished in two short steps. There is one series of rapids, thirty miles long, below the Ripon Falls, and another of equal extent above the Murchison Falls. Between these two declivities long reaches of open river and the wide, level expanse of Lake Chioga afford a fine waterway.
The distance from Lake Victoria to Lake Albert is about two hundred miles in a straight line, and it's all downhill. The Great Lake is situated high above the tallest hills in England. From this large elevated inland sea, the Nile flows through a channel of three thousand five hundred miles into the Mediterranean. The first and steepest part of its journey is to Lake Albert. This second body of water, which would be impressive on its own—it's more than a hundred miles long—sits at an altitude of two thousand three hundred feet above sea level. So, in its first two hundred miles, the Nile spends about a third of the energy it has in its youth. Yet this steep drop of twelve hundred feet happens in just two short stages. There's a series of rapids, thirty miles long, below the Ripon Falls, and another one of equal length above the Murchison Falls. Between these two drops, long stretches of open river and the wide, flat expanse of Lake Chioga provide a great waterway.
Our journey from one great lake to the other divided itself therefore into three stages. Three marches through the forest to Kakindu, the first point where the Victoria Nile is navigable after the rapids; three days in canoes along the Nile and across Lake Chioga; and, lastly, five marches from the western end of Lake Chioga to the Albert Nyanza. Beyond 130 this, again, four days in canoes and steel sailing-boats, towed by a launch, would carry us to Nimule, where the rapids on the White Nile begin, and in seven or eight marches from there we should reach the Soudan steamers at Gondokoro. About five hundred miles would thus be covered in twenty days. It would take about the same time, if trains and steamers fitted exactly, to return by Mombasa and Suez to London.
Our journey from one great lake to another was divided into three stages. First, we marched three times through the forest to Kakindu, the first place where the Victoria Nile is navigable after the rapids. Then, we spent three days in canoes traveling along the Nile and across Lake Chioga. Lastly, we marched five times from the western end of Lake Chioga to the Albert Nyanza. Beyond 130, we would spend another four days in canoes and steel sailing boats, towed by a launch, to reach Nimule, where the rapids on the White Nile start. After that, it would take seven or eight marches to reach the Soudan steamers at Gondokoro. In total, we would cover about five hundred miles in twenty days. It would take approximately the same amount of time to return to London via Mombasa and Suez if the trains and steamers were well coordinated.
Early in the morning of November 23rd our party set off upon this journey. Travelling by marches from camp to camp plays a regular part in the life of the average Central African officer. He goes "on Safari" as the Boer "on trek." It is a recognized state of being, which often lasts for weeks, and sometimes for months. He learns to think of ten days' "Safari" as we at home think of going to Scotland, and twenty days' "Safari" as if it were less than the journey to Paris. "Safari" is itself a Swahili word of Arabic origin, meaning an expedition and all that pertains to it. It comprises yourself and everybody and everything you take with you—food, tents, rifles, clothing, cooks, servants, escort, porters—but especially porters. Out of the range of steam 131 the porter is the primary factor. This ragged figure, tottering along under his load, is the unit of locomotion and the limit of possibility. Without porters you cannot move. With them you move ten or twelve miles a day, if all is well. How much can he carry? How far can he carry it? These are the questions which govern alike your calculations and your fate.
Early in the morning on November 23rd, our group set off on this journey. Traveling from camp to camp is a regular part of life for the typical Central African officer. He goes "on Safari" just like the Boer goes "on trek." It’s a well-known way of life that can last for weeks and sometimes even months. He learns to think of a ten-day "Safari" like we think of going to Scotland, and a twenty-day "Safari" feels shorter than a trip to Paris. "Safari" is a Swahili word of Arabic origin that means an expedition and everything related to it. It includes you and everyone and everything you bring with you—food, tents, rifles, clothing, cooks, servants, escorts, porters—but especially porters. Beyond the reach of steam, the porter is the key factor. This tattered figure, struggling under his load, represents the means of transport and the limits of your possibilities. Without porters, you can't move. With them, you can travel ten to twelve miles a day, assuming everything goes well. How much can he carry? How far can he carry it? These are the questions that shape your plans and your destiny.
Every morning the porters are divided into batches of about twenty, each under its headman. The loads, which are supposed to average about sixty-five pounds, are also roughly parcelled out. As each batch starts off, the next rushes up to the succeeding heap of loads, and there is a quarter of an hour of screaming and pushing—the strongest men making a bee-line for the lightest-looking loads, and being beaten off by the grim but voluble headman, the weakest weeping feebly beside a mountainous pile, till a distribution has been achieved with rough justice, and the troop in its turn marches off with indescribable ululations testifying and ministering to the spirit in which they mean to accomplish the day's journey.
Every morning, the porters are organized into groups of about twenty, each led by a headman. The loads, which are meant to weigh around sixty-five pounds on average, are also roughly divided up. As each group sets off, the next one rushes to the next pile of loads, leading to a chaotic scene of shouting and pushing for about fifteen minutes—the strongest guys aiming straight for the lightest loads, only to be pushed back by the stern yet talkative headman, while the weaker ones cry softly beside a huge heap, until a fair distribution is made. Once sorted, the group sets off, making indescribable sounds that express the spirit with which they intend to tackle the day's journey.
While these problems were being imperfectly 132 solved, I walked down with the Governor and one of the Engineer officers to the Ripon Falls, which are but half a mile from the Commissioner's house, and the sound of whose waters filled the air. Although the cataract is on a moderate scale, both in height and volume, its aspect—and still more its situation—is impressive. The exit or overflow of the Great Lake is closed by a natural rampart or ridge of black rock, broken or worn away in two main gaps to release the waters. Through these the Nile leaps at once into majestic being, and enters upon its course as a perfect river three hundred yards wide. Standing upon the reverse side of the wall of rock, one's eye may be almost on a plane with the shining levels of the Lake. At your very feet, literally a yard away, a vast green slope of water races downward. Below are foaming rapids, fringed by splendid trees, and pools from which great fish leap continually in the sunlight. We must have spent three hours watching the waters and revolving plans to harness and bridle them. So much power running to waste, such a coign of vantage unoccupied, such a lever to control the natural forces of Africa ungripped, cannot but vex and stimulate 133 imagination. And what fun to make the immemorial Nile begin its journey by diving through a turbine! But to our tale.
While these issues were being dealt with imperfectly, I strolled down with the Governor and one of the Engineer officers to the Ripon Falls, which are only half a mile from the Commissioner’s house, and the sound of the water filled the air. Even though the waterfall is moderate in height and volume, its appearance—and especially its location—is striking. The outflow from the Great Lake is blocked by a natural rampart or ridge of black rock, which has been broken away in two main gaps to let the water flow through. Here, the Nile bursts forth into a majestic river, measuring three hundred yards wide. Standing on the backside of the rock wall, your eye is almost level with the shimmering surface of the Lake. Just at your feet, only a yard away, a vast green expanse of water rushes downward. Below are frothy rapids, lined with beautiful trees, and pools where large fish leap continuously in the sunlight. We must have spent three hours watching the water and brainstorming ways to harness and control it. Such a massive power going to waste, such a prime opportunity unexploited, such a lever to manipulate the natural forces of Africa left untapped, can’t help but stir the imagination. And how exciting it would be to start the ancient Nile’s journey by having it pass through a turbine! But back to our story.
The porters had by now got far on their road, and we must pad after them through the full blaze of noon. The Governor of Uganda and his officers have to return to Entebbe by the steamer, so it is here I bid them good-bye and good luck, and with a final look at Ripon Falls, gleaming and resounding below, I climb the slopes of the river bank and walk off into the forest. The native path struck north-east from the Nile, and led into a hilly and densely wooded region. The elephant-grass on each side of the track rose fifteen feet high. In the valleys great trees grew and arched above our heads, laced and twined together with curtains of flowering creepers. Here and there a glade opened to the right or left, and patches of vivid sunlight splashed into the gloom. Around the crossings of little streams butterflies danced in brilliant ballets. Many kinds of birds flew about the trees. The jungle was haunted by game—utterly lost in its dense entanglements. And I think it a sensation all by itself to walk on your own feet, and staff in hand, along these mysterious paths, amid such 134 beautiful, yet sinister, surroundings, and realize that one is really in the centre of Africa, and a long way from Piccadilly or Pall Mall.
The porters had made good progress on their journey, and we had to follow them through the blazing noon sun. The Governor of Uganda and his officers needed to head back to Entebbe by steamer, so here I say goodbye and wish them good luck. With one last glance at the shining, roaring Ripon Falls below, I climb the riverbank slopes and walk into the forest. The native path veered northeast from the Nile and led into a hilly, densely wooded area. The elephant grass on either side of the path towered fifteen feet high. In the valleys, large trees grew and arched over us, entwined with curtains of flowering vines. Occasionally, a clearing opened up to the right or left, and patches of bright sunlight spilled into the shadows. Around where small streams crossed, butterflies danced in vivid ballets. Various types of birds flitted among the trees. The jungle was alive with wildlife—completely lost in its thick tangles. It's a unique feeling to walk on your own two feet, staff in hand, along these mysterious trails, surrounded by such beautiful yet eerie scenery, and to realize that you are truly in the heart of Africa, far from Piccadilly or Pall Mall.
Our first march was about fourteen miles, and as we had not started till the hot hours of the day were upon us, it was enough and to spare so far as I was concerned. Up-hill and down-hill wandered our path, now plunged in the twilight of a forest valley, now winding up the side of a scorched hill, and I had for some time been hoping to see the camp round every corner, when at last we reached it. It consisted of two rows of green tents and a large "banda," or rest-house, as big as a large barn in England, standing in a nice, trim clearing. These "bandas" are a great feature of African travel; and the dutiful chief through whose territory we are passing had taken pains to make them on the most elaborate scale. He was not long in making his appearance with presents of various kinds. A lanky, black-faced sheep, with a fat tail as big as a pumpkin, was dragged forward, bleating, by two retainers. Others brought live hens and earthenware jars of milk and baskets of little round eggs. The chief was a tall, intelligent-looking man, with the winning 135 smile and attractive manners characteristic of the country, and made his salutations with a fine air of dignity and friendship.
Our first march was about fourteen miles, and since we didn’t set off until the hottest part of the day, it was more than enough for me. Our path wound up and down hills, sometimes lost in the shadows of a forest valley and other times climbing the side of a scorched hill. I had been hoping to see the camp around every corner, and finally, we reached it. It was made up of two rows of green tents and a large "banda," or rest-house, as big as a barn in England, sitting in a nice, neat clearing. These "bandas" are a big part of traveling in Africa, and the dedicated chief whose territory we were passing through had gone all out to make them impressive. He didn’t take long to show up with various gifts. A lanky, black-faced sheep with a fat tail as big as a pumpkin was dragged forward, bleating, by two attendants. Others brought live hens, jars of milk, and baskets of small round eggs. The chief was a tall, intelligent-looking man, with the charming smile and appealing manners typical of the region, greeting us with a dignified and friendly manner.
The house he had prepared for us was built of bamboo framework, supported upon a central row of Y-shaped tree-stems, with a high-pitched roof heavily thatched with elephant-grass, and walls of wattled reeds. The floors of African "bandas" when newly made are beautifully smooth and clean, and strewn with fresh green rushes; the interior is often cunningly divided into various apartments, and the main building is connected with kitchens and offices of the same unsubstantial texture by veranda-shaded passages. In fact, they prove a high degree of social knowledge and taste in the natives, who make them with almost incredible rapidity from the vegetation of the surrounding jungle; and the sensation of entering one of these lofty, dim, cool, and spacious interiors, and sinking into the soft rush-bed of the floor, with something to drink which is, at any rate, not tepid, well repays the glaring severities of a march under an Equatorial sun. The "banda," however, is a luxury of which the traveller should beware, for if it has stood for more than a week 136 it becomes the home of innumerable insects, many of approved malevolence and venom, and spirillum fever is almost invariably caught from sleeping in old shelters or on disused camping-grounds.
The house he built for us was made of a bamboo frame, supported by a central row of Y-shaped tree trunks, topped with a steep roof that was heavily thatched with elephant grass, and had walls made of woven reeds. The floors of African "bandas" are beautifully smooth and clean when they’re new, and they’re covered with fresh green rushes; the inside is often cleverly divided into different rooms, and the main building is linked to kitchens and offices made of the same light materials by shaded passageways. In fact, they demonstrate a high level of social knowledge and taste among the locals, who construct them with remarkable speed from the vegetation of the surrounding jungle. The experience of stepping into one of these tall, dim, cool, and spacious interiors and sinking into the soft rush bed on the floor, while enjoying a drink that isn’t warm, makes up for the harsh conditions of marching under an equatorial sun. However, travelers should be cautious about staying in a "banda," because if it has been there for more than a week 136 it becomes infested with countless insects, many of which are harmful and venomous, and spirillum fever is almost always contracted from sleeping in old shelters or on abandoned camping sites.
Life "on Safari" is rewarded by a sense of completeness and self-satisfied detachment. You have got to "do" so many miles a day, and when you have "done" them your day's work is over. 'Tis a simple programme, which leaves nothing more to be demanded or desired. Very early in the morning, often an hour before daybreak, the bugles of the King's African Rifles sounded réveille. Every one dresses hurriedly by candle-light, eats a dim breakfast while dawn approaches; tents collapse, and porters struggle off with their burdens. Then the march begins. The obvious thing is to walk. There is no surer way of keeping well in Uganda than to walk twelve or fourteen miles a day. But if the traveller will not make the effort, there are alternatives. There is the rickshaw, which was described in the last chapter—restful, but tedious; and the litter, carried on the heads of six porters of different sizes, and shifted every now and then, with a disheartening jerk, to their shoulders and back 137 again—this is quite as uncomfortable as it sounds. Ponies cannot, or at least do not, live in Uganda, though an experiment was just about to be made with them by the Chief of the Police, who is convinced that with really careful stable management, undertaken in detail by the owner himself, they could be made to flourish. Mules have a better chance, though still not a good one. We took one with us on the last spell of "Safari" to Gondokoro, and were told it was sure to die; but we left it in apparently excellent condition and spirits.
Life "on Safari" brings a feeling of completeness and self-satisfied detachment. You need to cover a certain number of miles each day, and once you've done that, your work for the day is finished. It’s a straightforward routine, leaving nothing more to desire. Very early in the morning, often an hour before dawn, the bugles of the King's African Rifles sound the wake-up call. Everyone quickly gets dressed by candlelight, eats a simple breakfast as dawn breaks; tents are taken down, and porters struggle to carry their loads. Then the march begins. The obvious choice is to walk. There's no better way to stay healthy in Uganda than walking twelve to fourteen miles a day. But if the traveler won’t put in the effort, there are alternatives. There's the rickshaw mentioned in the last chapter—relaxing but slow; and the litter, carried by six porters of various sizes, which often shifts with an annoying jerk from their shoulders and back—this is just as uncomfortable as it sounds. Ponies can't, or don't, survive in Uganda, although the Chief of the Police was about to experiment with them, believing that with very careful management, personally handled by the owner, they could thrive. Mules have a slightly better chance, but it's still not great. We brought one with us on our last "Safari" to Gondokoro and were told it was sure to die, but we left it looking in excellent condition and spirits.
But the best of all methods of progression in Central Africa—however astonishing it may seem—is the bicycle. In the dry season the paths through the bush, smoothed by the feet of natives, afford an excellent surface. Even when the track is only two feet wide, and when the densest jungle rises on either side and almost meets above the head, the bicycle skims along, swishing through the grass and brushing the encroaching bushes, at a fine pace; and although at every few hundred yards sharp rocks, loose stones, a water-course, or a steep hill compel dismounting, a good seven miles an hour can usually 138 be maintained. And think what this means. From my own experience I should suppose that with a bicycle twenty-five to thirty miles a day could regularly be covered in Uganda, and, if only the porters could keep up, all journeys could be nearly trebled, and every white officer's radius of action proportionately increased.
But the best way to get around in Central Africa—no matter how surprising it sounds—is the bicycle. During the dry season, the paths through the bush, shaped by local footsteps, provide a great surface. Even when the path is just two feet wide, and the thick jungle rises on both sides, nearly meeting overhead, the bicycle glides along, swishing through the grass and brushing against the encroaching bushes at a good speed; and although every few hundred yards sharp rocks, loose stones, a water course, or a steep hill force you to get off, you can usually maintain a decent pace of about seven miles per hour. And think about what this means. From my own experience, I’d guess that with a bicycle, you could regularly cover twenty-five to thirty miles a day in Uganda, and if only the porters could keep up, all trips could be nearly tripled, and every white officer’s range of action would be significantly expanded.
Nearly all the British officers I met already possessed and used bicycles, and even the native chiefs are beginning to acquire them. But what is needed to make the plan effective is a good system of stone, fumigated, insect-proof rest-houses at stages of thirty miles on all the main lines of communication. Such a development would mean an enormous saving in the health of white officials and a valuable accession to their power. Had I known myself before coming to Uganda the advantages which this method presents, I should have been able to travel far more widely through the country by the simple expedient of trebling the stages of my journeys, and sending porters on a week in advance to pitch camps and deposit food at wide intervals. And then, instead of merely journeying from one Great Lake to the other, I could, within 139 the same limits of time, have explored the fertile and populous plateau of Toro, descended the beautiful valley of the Semliki, and traversed the Albert Lake from end to end, and skirted the slopes of Ruenzori. "If youth but knew...!"
Nearly all the British officers I met already had and used bicycles, and even the local chiefs are starting to get them. But to make the plan work, we need a solid system of stone, fumigated, insect-proof rest houses every thirty miles along all the main routes. This development would significantly improve the health of white officials and greatly increase their power. If I had known before coming to Uganda about the benefits of this method, I could have traveled much more widely across the country simply by tripling the stages of my journeys and sending porters a week in advance to set up camps and drop off food at wide intervals. Instead of just traveling from one Great Lake to another, I could have explored the fertile and populated plateau of Toro, descended the beautiful Semliki Valley, crossed Albert Lake from one end to the other, and navigated the slopes of Ruenzori, all within the same time frame. "If only youth knew...!"
But the march, however performed, has its termination; and if, as is recommended, you stop to breakfast and rest upon the way, the new camp will be almost ready upon arrival. During the heat of the day every one retires to his tent or to the more effective shelter of the "banda," to read and sleep till the evening. Then as the sun gets low we emerge to smoke and talk, and there is, perhaps, just time for the energetic to pursue an antelope, or shoot a few guinea-fowl or pigeons.
But the march, however it's done, eventually comes to an end; and if, as suggested, you take a break for breakfast and rest along the way, the new camp will be almost set up by the time you arrive. During the hottest part of the day, everyone retreats to their tents or to the more effective shade of the "banda," to read and nap until evening. As the sun begins to set, we come out to smoke and chat, and there’s maybe just enough time for the energetic ones to go after an antelope or shoot a few guinea fowl or pigeons.
With the approach of twilight comes the mosquito, strident-voiced and fever-bearing; and the most thorough precautions have to be taken against him and other insect dangers. We dine in a large mosquito-house made entirely of fine gauze, and about twelve feet cubically. The bedding, which should if possible be packed in tin boxes, is unrolled during the day, and carefully protected by mosquito-nets well tucked in, against all forms 140 of vermin. Every one puts on mosquito-boots—long, soft, leather leggings, reaching to the hips. You are recommended not to sit on cane-bottomed chairs without putting a newspaper or a cushion on them, to wear a cap, a scarf, and possibly gloves, and to carry a swishing mosquito-trap. Thus one moves, comparatively secure, amid a chorus of ferocious buzzings.
As twilight approaches, the mosquitoes arrive, loud and disease-ridden; extensive precautions must be taken against them and other insect threats. We have dinner in a large mosquito-proof space made entirely of fine mesh, about twelve cubic feet in size. The bedding, which should ideally be stored in tin boxes, is unrolled during the day and carefully protected by well-tucked mosquito nets, safeguarding against all types of pests. Everyone wears mosquito boots—long, soft leather leggings that reach the hips. It's advised to avoid sitting on cane-bottomed chairs without placing a newspaper or cushion on them, to wear a cap and scarf, and perhaps gloves, while carrying a swatting mosquito trap. This way, you can move around feeling relatively safe amidst a chorus of aggressive buzzing.
To these precautions are added others. You must never walk barefoot on the floor, no matter how clean it is, or an odious worm, called a "jigger," will enter your foot to raise a numerous family and a painful swelling. On the other hand, be sure when you put on boots or shoes that, however hurried, you turn them upside down and look inside, lest a scorpion, a small snake, or a perfectly frightful kind of centipede may be lying in ambush. Never throw your clothes carelessly upon the ground, but put them away at once in a tin box, and shut it tight, or a perfect colony of fierce-biting creatures will beset them. And, above all, quinine! To the permanent resident in these strange countries no drug can be of much avail; for either its protection is diminished with habit, or the doses have to 141 be increased to impossible limits. But the traveller, who is passing through on a journey of only a few months, may recur with safety and with high advantage to that admirable prophylactic. Opinions differ as to how it should be taken. The Germans, with their love of exactness even in regard to the most uncertain things, prescribe thirty grains on each seventh day and eighth day alternately. We followed a simpler plan of taking a regular ten grains every day, from the moment we left Port Said till we arrived at Khartoum. No one in my party suffered from fever even for a day during the whole journey.
To these precautions, add a few more. Never walk barefoot on the floor, no matter how clean it seems, or a nasty worm called a "jigger" will enter your foot, causing a painful swelling and a bunch of problems. Also, when you put on boots or shoes, make sure to turn them upside down and check inside, as a scorpion, a small snake, or a seriously scary centipede might be hiding there. Don’t throw your clothes carelessly on the ground; store them immediately in a tin box and seal it, or a whole colony of biting pests will invade. And above all, quinine! For those living permanently in these strange countries, no medication is really effective; either its protection wears off with time, or the doses need to be increased to ridiculous amounts. However, travelers passing through for just a few months can safely and effectively use this excellent preventive medicine. People have different opinions on how to take it. The Germans, with their need for precision even with uncertain things, recommend thirty grains every seventh and eighth day alternately. We chose a simpler method of taking a steady ten grains every day from the time we left Port Said until we got to Khartoum. No one in my group experienced fever, not even for a day, during the entire journey.
Our second day's march was about the same in length and character, except that we were nearer the river, and as the path led through the twilight of the forest we saw every now and then a gleam of broad waters on our left. At frequent intervals—five or six times during the day—long caravans of native porters were met carrying the produce of the fertile districts between Lake Chioga and Mount Elgon into Jinja. Nothing could better show the need of improved communications than this incipient and potential trade—ready to begin and thrusting forward along bush-paths on the 142 heads of tottering men. For the rest, the country near the river seemed the densest and most impenetrable jungle, hiding in its recesses alike its inhabitants and its game.
Our second day of marching was similar in both length and nature, except that we were closer to the river, and as the path went through the dim light of the forest, we occasionally caught sight of the wide waters on our left. We encountered long lines of local porters several times throughout the day—about five or six times—carrying goods from the fertile areas between Lake Chioga and Mount Elgon into Jinja. Nothing illustrates the need for better communication more than this budding and potential trade—ready to start and pushing along narrow paths on the backs of tired men. Otherwise, the area near the river appeared as a thick and impenetrable jungle, hiding both its people and its wildlife within its depths.
The third morning, however, brought us among "shambas," as the patches of native cultivation are called; and the road was among plantations of bananas, millet, cotton, castor-oil, and chilies. Here in Usoga, as throughout Uganda, the one staple crop is the banana; and as this fruit, when once planted, grows and propagates of its own accord, requiring no thought or exertion, it finds special favour with the improvident natives, and sustains them year after year in leisured abundance, till a sudden failure and a fearful famine restore the harsh balances of the world.
The third morning, however, took us through "shambas," which are the areas of native farming; and the road went through fields of bananas, millet, cotton, castor-oil plants, and chilies. Here in Usoga, just like in the rest of Uganda, the main crop is the banana. Since this fruit, once planted, grows and spreads by itself without much effort or care, it is particularly favored by the less cautious locals and provides them with an easy and plentiful supply year after year, until a sudden crop failure leads to a devastating famine that brings back the harsh realities of life.
After a tramp of twelve miles, and while it was still comparatively early—for we had started before dawn—we reached Kakindu. The track led out of the forest of banana-groves downwards into more open spaces and blazing sunlight, and there before us was the Nile. Already—forty miles from its source, near four thousand from its mouth—it was a noble river: nearly a third of a mile in 143 breadth of clear, deep water rolling forward majestically between banks of foliage and verdure. The "Chioga flotilla," consisting of the small steam launch, Victoria, a steel boat, and two or three dug-out canoes, scooped out of tree-trunks, awaited us; and after the long, hot business of embarking the baggage and crowding the native servants in among it, was completed, we parted from our first relay of escorts and porters, and drifted out on the flood.
After a twelve-mile hike, and while it was still relatively early—since we had set off before dawn—we arrived at Kakindu. The path took us out of the banana grove forest into more open areas and bright sunlight, and there before us was the Nile. Already—forty miles from its source and nearly four thousand from its mouth—it was a magnificent river: almost a third of a mile wide with clear, deep water flowing steadily between banks of greenery and foliage. The "Chioga flotilla," which included the small steam launch, Victoria, a steel boat, and two or three dug-out canoes made from tree trunks, was waiting for us; and after the long, hot task of loading the luggage and squeezing in the local servants, we said goodbye to our first group of escorts and porters and floated out onto the river.
The next three days of our life were spent on the water—first cruising down the Victoria Nile till it flows into Chioga, and then traversing the smooth, limpid expanses of that lake. Every evening we landed at camps prepared by the Busoga chiefs, pitched our tents, lighted our fires, and erected our mosquito-houses, while dusk drew on, and thunderstorms—frequent at this season of the year—wheeled in vivid splendour about the dark horizon. All through the hot hours of the day one lay at the bottom of massive canoes, sheltered from the sun by an improvised roof of rushes and wet grass. From time to time a strange bird, or, better still, the rumour of a hippo—nose just peeping above the water—enlivened 144 the slow and sultry passage of the hours; and one great rock, crowded with enormous crocodiles, all of whom—a score at least—leaped together into the water at the first shot, afforded at least one really striking spectacle.
The next three days of our lives were spent on the water—first cruising down the Victoria Nile until it flows into Chioga, and then crossing the smooth, clear stretches of that lake. Every evening we landed at camps set up by the Busoga chiefs, set up our tents, lit our fires, and put up our mosquito nets while dusk settled in and thunderstorms—common at this time of year—swirled in vibrant colors around the dark horizon. Throughout the hot hours of the day, we lounged at the bottom of large canoes, sheltered from the sun by a makeshift roof of reeds and wet grass. Occasionally, a strange bird or, even better, the sight of a hippo—its nose just breaking the surface of the water—spiced up the slow, heavy passage of time; and one large rock, packed with huge crocodiles, all of which—a good twenty at least—jumped into the water at the first shot, provided at least one truly impressive sight.
As the Victoria Nile approaches Lake Chioga, it broadens out into wide lagoons, and the sloping banks of forest and jungle give place to unbroken walls of papyrus-reeds, behind which the flat, surrounding country is invisible, and above which only an isolated triangular hill may here and there be descried, purple in the distance. The lake itself is about fifty miles long from east to west, and eleven broad, but its area and perimeter are greatly extended by a series of long arms, or rather fingers, stretching out in every direction, but especially to the north, and affording access by water to very wide and various districts. All these arms, and even a great part of the centre of the lake, are filled with reeds, grass, and water-lilies, for Chioga is the first of the great sponges upon which the Nile lavishes its waters. Although a depth of about twelve feet can usually be counted on, navigation is impeded by floating weeds and water-plants; and when the 145 storms have swept the northern shore, numerous papyrus-tangled islands, complete with their populations of birds and animals, are detached, and swim erratically about the lake to block accustomed channels and puzzle the pilot.
As the Victoria Nile gets close to Lake Chioga, it spreads out into wide lagoons, and the sloping banks of forest and jungle give way to unbroken walls of papyrus reeds. Behind these walls, the flat surrounding land is hidden, with just a few isolated triangular hills visible in the distance, appearing purple. The lake itself is roughly fifty miles long from east to west and eleven miles wide, but its total area and perimeter are greatly expanded by a series of long arms, or fingers, reaching out in every direction, especially to the north, providing access by water to many diverse areas. All these arms, and much of the center of the lake, are filled with reeds, grass, and water lilies, as Chioga is the largest sponge where the Nile pours out its waters. Although there’s usually about twelve feet of depth, navigation is made difficult by floating weeds and water plants. After storms have hit the northern shore, numerous islands tangled with papyrus, along with their populations of birds and animals, are broken off and drift around the lake, blocking usual routes and confusing the pilot.
For one long day our little palpitating launch, towing its flotilla of canoes, plashed through this curious region, at times winding through a glade in the papyrus forest scarcely a dozen yards across, then presently emerging into wide flood, stopping often to clear our propeller from tangles of accumulating greenery. The middle of the lake unrolls large expanses of placid water. The banks and reeds recede into the distance, and the whole universe becomes a vast encircling blue globe of sky and water, rimmed round its middle by a thin band of vivid green. Time vanishes, and nothing is left but space and sunlight.
For an entire long day, our little, pulsing boat, towing a line of canoes, splashed through this fascinating area. At times, it wound its way through a clearing in the papyrus forest that was barely a dozen yards wide, then suddenly emerged into open water, frequently stopping to clear our propeller from tangles of hanging greenery. The center of the lake stretches out wide with calm water. The banks and reeds fade into the distance, and the whole world turns into a vast blue sphere of sky and water, bordered around the middle by a thin band of bright green. Time disappears, leaving only space and sunlight.
All this while we must carefully avoid the northern, and particularly the north-western shore, for the natives are altogether unadministered, and nearly all the tribes are hostile. To pursue the elephants which, of course (so they say), abound in these forbidden precincts is impossible; to land for food or fuel would be dangerous, and even to approach might 146 draw a splutter of musketry or a shower of spears from His Majesty's yet unpersuaded subjects.
All this time, we need to steer clear of the northern, especially the north-western shore, because the locals are completely ungoverned, and almost all the tribes are hostile. Chasing the elephants that supposedly thrive in these restricted areas is out of the question; landing for food or fuel would be risky, and even getting close might 146 trigger a barrage of gunfire or a hail of spears from His Majesty's still unconvinced subjects.
The Nile leaves the north-west corner of the lake at Namasali and flows along a broad channel above a mile in width, still enclosed by solid papyrus walls and dotted with floating islands. Another forty miles of steaming and we reach Mruli. Mruli is a representative African village. Its importance is more marked upon the maps than on the ground. An imposing name in large black letters calls up the idea of a populous and considerable township. All that meets the eye, however, are a score of funnel-shaped grass huts, surrounded by dismal swamps and labyrinths of reeds, over which clouds of mosquitoes danced feverishly. A long wattled pier had been built from terra firma to navigable water, but the channel by which it could be approached had been wholly blocked by a floating island, and this had to be towed painfully out of the way before we could land. Here we were met by a fresh escort of King's African Rifles, as spick and span in uniform, as precise in their military bearing, as if they were at Aldershot; by a mob of fresh porters, and, lastly, by the only friendly 147 tribe from the northern bank of the river: and while tents were pitched, baggage landed, and cooking-fires began to glow, these four hundred wild spearmen, casting aside their leopard skins, danced naked in the dusk. 148
The Nile leaves the north-west corner of the lake at Namasali and flows through a wide channel over a mile long, still bordered by sturdy papyrus walls and dotted with floating islands. After another forty miles of steaming, we reach Mruli. Mruli is a typical African village. Its significance is more evident on maps than in reality. A striking name in large black letters suggests a bustling and substantial community. However, what greets our eyes are just a handful of funnel-shaped grass huts, surrounded by gloomy swamps and tangled reeds, with clouds of mosquitoes swirling around feverishly. A long, woven pier had been built from solid ground to the navigable water, but the channel needed to access it was completely blocked by a floating island, which had to be laboriously towed away before we could arrive. Here, we were greeted by a new escort of the King's African Rifles, looking sharp in their uniforms and displaying a precise military demeanor, as if they were at Aldershot; along with a crowd of new porters, and finally, by the only friendly tribe from the northern bank of the river: and while tents were set up, baggage was unloaded, and cooking fires started to glow, these four hundred wild spearmen, shedding their leopard skins, danced naked in the twilight.
CHAPTER VIII
MURCHISON FALLS
We had intended, on leaving the Nile where it turns northward at Mruli, to march directly across to Hoima, on the Albert Lake; and this journey, by way of Masindi, would have required four marches. But tales of the beauty and wonder of the Murchison Falls had captivated my mind, and before embarking at Kakindu a new plan had been resolved. Runners were sent back to the telegraph wire at Jinja, and thence a message was flashed by Kampala to Hoima, directing the flotilla which awaited us there, to steam to the north end of the Albert and meet us by the foot of the Murchison Falls at Fajao. Thither we were now to proceed by five marches—two to Masindi and three more turning northward to the Nile.
We had planned to leave the Nile where it turns north at Mruli and head straight to Hoima, by Albert Lake; this trip through Masindi would have taken four days. But stories about the beauty and awe of the Murchison Falls had captured my imagination, and before we set off from Kakindu, I had come up with a new plan. We sent messengers back to the telegraph line at Jinja, and from there, a message was sent via Kampala to Hoima, instructing the boat crew waiting for us to head to the north end of the Albert Lake and meet us at the foot of the Murchison Falls at Fajao. So now, we were set to make the journey in five stages—two to Masindi and three more heading north to the Nile.
The road from Mruli consists of a sort of embanked track through low-lying and desolate 149 scrub and jungle. The heavy black cotton soil, cracked and granulated by the heat, offered at this time a hardened if uneven surface to the bicycle; but in the rains such paths must become utterly impassable. As one advances westward the country improves rapidly in aspect. The dismal flats of the South Chioga shore are left behind, and the traveller discovers more characteristic Uganda scenery in a region of small hills and great trees. Before Masindi is reached we are again in a rich and beautiful land. Pools of shining water, set in verdant green, flash back the sunbeams. Bold bluffs and ridges rise on all sides from amid the unceasing undulations of the ground. Streams plash merrily downwards through rocky channels. The yellow grass roofs of frequent villages peep from underneath their groves of bananas among broad streaks of cultivated ground, and chiefs and headmen salute the stranger with grave yet curious politeness as the long "safari" winds beneath the trees.
The road from Mruli is basically an embanked path through low-lying and barren scrub and jungle. The heavy black cotton soil, cracked and crumbly from the heat, provides a tough but uneven surface for the bicycle right now; however, when it rains, these paths become completely impassable. As you head west, the landscape quickly improves. The dreary flats of the South Chioga shore are left behind, and the traveler encounters more typical Ugandan scenery in a region filled with small hills and large trees. Before reaching Masindi, we find ourselves in a lush and beautiful area. Bright pools of water, surrounded by vibrant green, reflect the sunlight. Bold hills and ridges rise all around from the ceaseless undulations of the land. Streams flow cheerfully downward through rocky channels. The yellow grass roofs of numerous villages peek out from their banana groves among broad patches of farmland, and chiefs and village leaders greet the newcomer with serious yet curious politeness as the long "safari" winds through the trees.
The heat grows as the altitude dwindles, and even in the early morning the sun sits hard and heavy on the shoulders. At ten o'clock its power is tremendous. So long as the 150 roadway consisted of nobbly lumps of black cotton soil bicycling, though possible in places, was scarcely pleasant. But the change in the landscape arises from the change in the soil. The fields are now of bright red earth, the paths of red sandstone washed in places almost as smooth and as firm as asphalt by the rains and sparkling with crystalline dust; and when the ridges which form the watershed between Lake Chioga and Lake Albert had been topped, my bicycle glided almost without impulsion down four miles of gradual descent into Masindi. This station—which is the residence of a collector—lies embosomed in a wide bay of gently-sloping hills clothed with noble trees. It is indeed a pleasant spot. There are real houses, standing on high stone platforms, with deep verandas and wire gauze windows. The roads are laid out in bold geometry of broad red lines. There are avenues of planted trees, delicious banks of flowers, a prepared breakfast, cold, not cool, drinks, a telegraph office, and a file of the Times. What more could an explorer desire or the Fates accord?
The heat intensifies as the elevation decreases, and even in the early morning, the sun bears down heavily on your shoulders. By ten o'clock, its power is overwhelming. As long as the 150 roadway was made up of bumpy lumps of black cotton soil, biking was possible in some areas but hardly enjoyable. However, the landscape changes with the soil. Now, the fields are vivid red earth, and the paths of red sandstone have been smoothed out in places by the rains and glisten with crystalline dust; when I reached the ridges that separate Lake Chioga from Lake Albert, my bicycle glided effortlessly down four miles of gradual descent into Masindi. This station, home to a collector, is nestled in a wide bay of gently sloping hills adorned with majestic trees. It truly is a delightful place. There are proper houses on elevated stone platforms, featuring deep verandas and wire mesh windows. The roads are laid out in a bold geometric pattern of wide red lines. There are tree-lined avenues, beautiful flower beds, a prepared breakfast, cold, not cool, drinks, a telegraph office, and a copy of the Times. What more could an explorer wish for or the Fates provide?
We were now to strike northwards to the Nile at Fajao in three long marches (for the 151 porters) of about sixteen miles each. Upon the Hoima road some preparations had been made to make the journey easier by clearing the encroaching jungle from the track and constructing rest-houses. But my change of plan had disconcerted these arrangements, and on the new route we had to clear our own paths from the overgrowth by which even in a season, if unused, they are choked, and to trust to tents and improvised shelters. Progress was therefore slow and camps unpretentious. But all was redeemed by the wonders of the scene.
We were now heading north to the Nile at Fajao in three long hikes of about sixteen miles each for the porters. Some preparations had been made on the Hoima road to make the journey easier by clearing the encroaching jungle from the path and building rest-houses. However, my change of plans disrupted these arrangements, and on the new route, we had to clear our own paths through the overgrowth that can choke them if not used, and rely on tents and makeshift shelters. Progress was therefore slow, and the camps were simple. But everything was made up for by the amazing scenery.
For a whole day we crept through the skirts of the Hoima forest, amid an exuberance of vegetation which is scarcely describable. I had travelled through tropical forests in Cuba and India, and had often before admired their enchanting, yet sinister, luxuriance. But the forests of Uganda, for magnificence, for variety of form and colour, for profusion of brilliant life—plant, bird, insect, reptile, beast—for the vast scale and awful fecundity of the natural processes that are beheld at work, eclipsed, and indeed effaced, all previous impressions. One becomes, not without a secret sense of aversion, the 152 spectator of an intense convulsion of life and death. Reproduction and decay are locked struggling in infinite embraces. In this glittering Equatorial slum huge trees jostle one another for room to live; slender growths stretch upwards—as it seems in agony—towards sunlight and life. The soil bursts with irrepressible vegetations. Every victor, trampling on the rotting mould of exterminated antagonists, soars aloft only to encounter another host of aerial rivals, to be burdened with masses of parasitic foliage, smothered in the glorious blossoms of creepers, laced and bound and interwoven with interminable tangles of vines and trailers. Birds are as bright as butterflies; butterflies are as big as birds. The air hums with flying creatures; the earth crawls beneath your foot. The telegraph-wire runs northward to Gondokoro through this vegetable labyrinth. Even its poles had broken into bud!
For a whole day, we moved cautiously through the edges of the Hoima forest, surrounded by an overwhelming abundance of plants that’s hard to describe. I had traveled through tropical forests in Cuba and India before and had often admired their captivating yet eerie beauty. But the forests of Uganda, in their grandeur, variety of shapes and colors, and the sheer abundance of vibrant life—plants, birds, insects, reptiles, and animals—along with the vastness and astonishing fertility of the natural processes on display, completely overshadowed and erased all my previous experiences. One becomes, not without a hidden feeling of unease, the witness to an intense clash of life and death. Creation and decay are locked in an endless struggle. In this dazzling Equatorial wilderness, huge trees compete for space to grow; slender plants reach upwards—seemingly in pain—toward sunlight and life. The soil bursts with unstoppable vegetation. Every victor, stepping on the rotting remains of those it has outlived, rises only to face another group of airborne competitors, becoming weighed down by masses of parasitic plants, smothered in the beautiful blossoms of climbing plants, entwined and tangled with endless strands of vines and trails. Birds are as vivid as butterflies; butterflies are as large as birds. The air buzzes with flying creatures; the ground crawls beneath your feet. The telegraph wire runs north to Gondokoro through this plant maze. Even its poles had started to bud!
As we advanced, continually rising or falling with the waves of the land, and moving in rapid alternations from a blazing patch of sunshine into a cloistered dimness, every now and then the path became smooth, broad, and of firm sandstone. And here one could watch 153 the columns of marching soldier-ants. Perhaps in a hundred yards the road would be crossed four times by these fierce armies. They move in regular array, and upon purposes at once inscrutable and unswerving. A brown band, perhaps two inches broad and an inch and a half deep, is drawn across your track. Its ends are lost in the recesses of the jungle. It moves unceasingly and with a multiplied rapidity; for each ant runs swiftly forward, whether upon the ground or upon the backs of his already moving comrades. About a yard away, on each side of the main column, are the screening lines of the flank-guards, and for five yards beyond this every inch is searched, every object is examined by tireless and fearless reconnoitring patrols. Woe to the enemy who is overtaken by these hordes. No matter what his size or nature, he is attacked at once by an ever-increasing number of assailants, each one of whom, upon remorseless instinct, plunges his strong mandibles in the flesh, and will have his head pulled off his shoulders rather than let go.
As we went on, continuously going up and down with the rolling hills, moving swiftly between bright patches of sunlight and shaded areas, the path would sometimes become smooth, wide, and solid sandstone. Here, you could see the lines of marching soldier-ants. In just a hundred yards, this road might be crossed four times by these fierce armies. They move in a steady formation, with goals that are both mysterious and unwavering. A brown band, about two inches wide and an inch and a half deep, stretches across your path. Its ends disappear into the depths of the jungle. It keeps moving relentlessly and at an incredible speed; each ant rushes forward, whether on the ground or clambering over the backs of their already moving teammates. About a yard away, on either side of the main column, are the protective lines of flank guards, and for five yards beyond that, every inch is thoroughly searched, and every object is checked by tireless and fearless scouting patrols. Misfortune awaits any enemy caught by these swarms. Regardless of their size or type, they are immediately attacked by an ever-growing number of attackers, each one instinctively driving their strong jaws into the flesh and refusing to let go, even if it means losing their head.
These ant armies fascinated me. I could not resist interfering with them. With my walking-stick I gently broke the column and 154 pushed the swarming rope off its line of march. Their surprise, their confusion, their indignation were extreme. But not for an instant did they pause. In a second the scouts were running all over my boots eagerly seeking an entry, and when I looked back from this to the walking-stick I held it was already alive. With a gesture so nimble that it might have been misunderstood, I cast it from me and jumped back out of the danger circle until I found refuge on a large rock at a respectful distance. The Soudanese sergeant-major of the escort, a splendid negro, drilled as smart as a Grenadier Guardsman and with a good long row of medal ribbons on his khaki tunic, so far forgot himself as to grin from ear to ear. But his gravity was fully restored when I invited him to rescue my walking-stick, which lay abandoned on the field in the mandibles of the victorious enemy. The devoted man was, however, equal to the crisis.
These ant armies fascinated me. I couldn't help but interfere with them. With my walking stick, I gently broke the line and 154 pushed the swarming mass off its path. Their surprise, confusion, and indignation were intense. But not for a moment did they stop. In an instant, the scouts were darting all over my boots, eagerly looking for a way in, and when I looked back from this to the walking stick I was holding, it had already come to life. With a quick gesture that might have been misunderstood, I tossed it away and jumped back out of the danger zone until I found refuge on a large rock at a respectful distance. The Soudanese sergeant major of the escort, a handsome guy, sharp as a Grenadier Guardsman and adorned with a good long row of medal ribbons on his khaki tunic, forgot himself for a moment and grinned from ear to ear. But his seriousness returned fully when I asked him to retrieve my walking stick, which lay abandoned in the jaws of the victorious enemy. The devoted man, however, was up to the challenge.
I have a sad tale also to tell of the perversity of butterflies. Never were seen such flying fairies. They flaunted their splendid liveries in inconceivable varieties of colour and pattern in our faces at every step. Swallow-tails, 155 fritillaries, admirals, tortoise-shells, peacocks, orange-tips—all executed in at least a dozen novel and contrasted styles, with many even more beautiful, but bearing no resemblance to our British species—flitted in sunshine from flower to flower, glinted in the shadow of great trees, or clustered on the path to suck the moisture from any swampy patch. The butterfly is a dirty feeder, and if ever some piece of putrescent filth lay odorous on the ground, be sure it would be covered with a cloud of these greedy insects, come in such gay attire to eat such sorry meat. I found them sometimes so intoxicated with feasting that I could pick them up quite gently in my fingers without the need of any net at all.
I have a sad story to share about the strange behavior of butterflies. You’ve never seen such flying creatures. They showed off their amazing colors and patterns right in front of us at every turn. Swallow-tails, 155 fritillaries, admirals, tortoise-shells, peacocks, orange-tips—all displayed in at least a dozen unique and contrasting styles, many even more stunning but not resembling our British species—fluttered in the sunshine from flower to flower, sparkled in the shade of large trees, or clustered on paths to sip moisture from any damp spots. Butterflies feed in a pretty messy way, and if any piece of rotten garbage was lying around, you could be sure it would be swarmed by these greedy insects, come dressed in their colorful outfits to feast on such disgusting food. Sometimes, I found them so caught up in eating that I could gently pick them up with my fingers without needing a net at all.
To any one who has ever tried to collect the modest and now all too rare and scattered butterflies of Britain, these sights could not but be a hard temptation. For a week I had resisted it, not because it was not easy enough to make a net, but because of the difficulty of setting and preserving the prizes; and it was not until the end of our first day's march out from Masindi that I was told that much the best way of sending butterflies home from Africa was to enclose 156 them in neatly-folded triangles of paper and leave them to be set in London. Forthwith, out of telegraph-wire and mosquito-curtain, a net was made, and before another dawn I was fully equipped. It is almost incredible to state that from that very moment, except near the Murchison Falls, I scarcely ever saw a really fine butterfly again all the way to Gondokoro. Whether this was due to the intelligent perversity of these insects, or to the fact that we had left the deeper recesses of the forest region, I do not inquire; but the fact remains, and I carry away from the butterflies of Uganda only the haunting memories of unrealized opportunity.
To anyone who has ever tried to collect the rare and scattered butterflies of Britain, these sights were hard to resist. For a week, I held back, not because making a net was difficult, but because preserving the butterflies was tricky. It wasn’t until the end of our first day’s trek from Masindi that I learned the best way to send butterflies home from Africa was to wrap them in neatly folded triangles of paper and have them set in London. Immediately, I crafted a net from telegraph wire and mosquito netting, and by the next dawn, I was fully prepared. It's almost unbelievable to say that from that moment on, except near Murchison Falls, I rarely saw a truly beautiful butterfly all the way to Gondokoro. Whether this was due to the stubbornness of the butterflies or because we had left the forest's deeper areas, I won't speculate; the reality is I left Uganda with only the lingering memories of missed chances with butterflies.
This first day's march from Masindi was a long one, and our porters panted and toiled under their loads through the heat of the day. It was not till the afternoon that the main body came into camp, and stragglers trickled through into the dusk. Meanwhile the local natives built under our eyes, with extraordinary speed and cleverness, a spacious dining-hall and two or three quite excellent bedrooms from the surrounding elephant-grass and bamboo groves; and we fared as comfortably in these two humble dwellings as if we dwelt in kings' 157 palaces. The forest was a little thinner on the second day, although the jungle was of the same dense and tangled fertility. We started an hour before sunrise, and by eight o'clock had climbed to the saddle of the high rocky wall which contains the valley of the Victoria Nile. From this elevation of, perhaps, six hundred feet above the general level of the plain a comprehensive view of the landscape was for the first time possible. In every direction spread a wide sea of foliage, thinning here into bush, darkening there into forest, rising and falling with the waves of the land, and broken only by occasional peaks of rock. Far away to the north-west a long silver gleam, just discernible through the haze of the horizon, revealed to our eyes the distant prospect of the Albert Nyanza. The camera cannot do justice to such a panorama. In photographs these vast expanses look like mere scrubby commons, inhospitable and monotonous to the eye, melancholy to the soul. One has to remember that here are Kew Gardens and the Zoo combined on an unlimited scale; that Nature's central productive laboratory is here working night and day at full blast; and that the scrubby common 158 of the picture is really a fairyland of glades and vistas, through which an army of a hundred thousand men might march without the glint of a bayonet, or even the dust of an artillery column, betraying their presence to the watcher on the crag.
This first day's trek from Masindi was a long one, and our porters panted and struggled under their loads in the heat of the day. It wasn't until the afternoon that the main group arrived at camp, and stragglers filtered in as dusk approached. Meanwhile, the local natives quickly and skillfully built, right before our eyes, a spacious dining hall and two or three quite nice bedrooms made from the surrounding elephant grass and bamboo groves; and we stayed as comfortably in these two simple structures as if we were living in royal palaces. The forest was a bit thinner on the second day, although the jungle remained dense and tangled with life. We set out an hour before sunrise, and by eight o'clock, we had climbed to the saddle of the high rocky wall that borders the valley of the Victoria Nile. From this height, perhaps six hundred feet above the general level of the plain, we could finally see a sweeping view of the landscape. In every direction, a wide expanse of foliage spread out, thinning into bushes in some areas, darkening into forests in others, rising and falling with the contours of the land, punctuated only by occasional rocky peaks. Far off to the northwest, a long silver shimmer, barely visible through the haze of the horizon, revealed the distant views of the Albert Nyanza. The camera can't capture the beauty of such a panorama. In photographs, these vast spaces look like just barren land, uninviting and monotonous to the eye, gloomy to the spirit. One has to remember that this is like Kew Gardens and the Zoo combined on a grand scale; that Nature's central creative workshop is here working day and night at full capacity; and that the barren land seen in the picture is really a magical world of clearings and views, through which an army of a hundred thousand men could march without a glimmer of a bayonet, or even the dust of an artillery unit, giving away their presence to the observer on the ridge.
Our camp this night lay in a tiny patch cleared in the heart of this wild world. The cluster of tents under a canopy of palms, illumined by the watch-fires, bright with lanterns, and busy with the moving figures of men and the hum of human activity, seemed at a hundred yards' distance an island of society amid an ocean of Nature. To what strange perils—apart altogether from the certainty of losing your way—would a walk of a quarter of a mile in any direction expose the wanderer? To withdraw from the firelight was to be engulfed in the savage conditions of prehistoric time. Advance, and the telegraph-wire would tell you the latest quotations of the London markets, the figures of the newest by-election. An odd sensation!
Our camp tonight was in a small cleared area in the middle of this wild world. The group of tents beneath a canopy of palm trees, lit by campfires, glowing with lanterns, and filled with the bustling figures of people and the buzz of activity, looked like an island of civilization amid a sea of nature from a hundred yards away. What strange dangers—apart from the very real risk of getting lost—would a walk of just a quarter-mile in any direction expose a traveler to? Stepping away from the firelight meant being swallowed up by the primal conditions of ancient times. Move forward, and the telegraph wire would bring you the latest updates from the London markets, the results of the newest by-elections. Such a strange feeling!
We had scarce proceeded for an hour on our third march, when just as it grew daylight a low vibrant murmur began to be perceptible in the air. Now it was lost as we descended 159 into some moist valley, now it broke even more strongly on the ear as we reached the summit of some ascent—the sound of the Nile plunging down the Murchison Falls. And by nine o'clock, when we were still about ten miles off, a loud, insistent, and unceasing hum had developed. These Falls are certainly the most remarkable in the whole course of the Nile. At Foweira the navigable reaches stretching from Lake Chioga are interrupted by cataracts, and the river hurries along in foam and rapid down a gradual but continuous stairway, enclosed by rocky walls, but still a broad flood. Two miles above Fajao these walls contract suddenly till they are not six yards apart, and through this strangling portal, as from the nozzle of a hose, the whole tremendous river is shot in one single jet down an abyss of a hundred and sixty feet.
We had hardly been on our third march for an hour when, just as daylight broke, a low, vibrant murmur started to become noticeable in the air. Sometimes it faded as we went down into a damp valley, and other times it became even more pronounced as we reached the top of a hill—the sound of the Nile crashing down the Murchison Falls. By nine o'clock, even though we were still about ten miles away, a loud, persistent, and unending hum had built up. These Falls are definitely the most impressive along the entire length of the Nile. At Foweira, the navigable sections from Lake Chioga are interrupted by cataracts, and the river rushes along in foam and rapids down a gradual but continuous staircase, surrounded by rocky walls, yet still wide. Two miles above Fajao, these walls suddenly narrow until they are not six yards apart, and through this constricting opening, like water from a hose, the entire powerful river shoots in a single jet down a drop of one hundred and sixty feet.
The escarpment over which the Nile falls curves away in a vast bay of precipitous, or almost precipitous, cliffs, broken here and there by more gradual rifts, and forms the eastern wall of the Albert Lake, from whose waters it rises abruptly in many places to a height of six or seven hundred feet. Arrived at the verge of this descent, the lower reaches of the 160 Victoria Nile could be discerned, stretching away mile after mile in a broad, gleaming ribbon almost to its mouth on the lake. The Falls themselves were, indeed, invisible, concealed behind a forested bluff, but their roaring left no doubt of their presence. Below me a zigzag path led down by long descents to the water's edge, and on an open meadow a row of tents and grass houses had already been set up.
The cliffs where the Nile drops curve into a huge bay of steep, or nearly steep, cliffs, with some gentler slopes mixed in, forming the eastern edge of Lake Albert. From its waters, the land rises sharply in many spots to a height of six or seven hundred feet. As I stood at the edge of the drop, I could see the lower stretches of the 160 Victoria Nile, stretching out for miles in a wide, shiny ribbon almost reaching the lake’s mouth. The Falls themselves were hidden behind a forested ridge, but their roar made it clear they were there. Below me, a winding path led down steeply to the water's edge, and in an open field, a row of tents and grass huts had already been set up.
Fajao as a native town was no more. At hardly any point in Uganda has the sleeping sickness made such frightful ravages. At least six thousand persons had perished in the last two years. Almost the whole population had been swept away. Scarcely enough remained to form the deputation, who, in their white robes, could be distinguished at the entrance to the cleared area of the camping-ground. And this cleared area was itself of the utmost importance; for all around it the powers of evil were strong. The groves which fringed and overhung the river swarmed with tsetse flies of newly-replenished venom and approved malignity, and no man could enter them except at a risk. After pausing for a few minutes to watch a troop of baboons who 161 were leaping about from tree to tree on the opposite hill, and who seemed as big as men, I climbed down the zigzag, photographed the deputation, and shook hands with the chief. He was a very civilized chief—by name James Kago—who wore riding-breeches and leather gaiters, and who spoke a few unexpected sentences of excellent English. He seemed in the best of spirits, and so did the remnant of the population who gathered behind him, though whether this was due to stoical philosophy or good manners, I could not tell. All was smiles and bows and gurglings of guttural gratification. The district officer who had travelled with me explained that the chief had had the path up to the top of the Falls improved, and that he proposed, after we had lunched and rested, to guide us along it to the very edge of the abyss, but that the forest along the river-bank was so dangerous because of the tsetses that we should in prudence wear veils and gloves before entering it. With all of this I made no quarrel.
Fajao, as a town, was gone. The sleeping sickness had caused terrible devastation in Uganda, claiming at least six thousand lives in the past two years. Almost the entire population had disappeared. There were barely enough people left to make up the delegation, who, dressed in their white robes, could be seen at the entrance to the cleared area of the camping ground. This cleared area was incredibly important because the forces of evil were strong all around it. The groves that bordered the river were full of tsetse flies, now more aggressive and deadly, and no one could enter them without risking their life. After pausing for a few minutes to watch a group of baboons on the opposite hill jumping from tree to tree, looking almost human-sized, I climbed down the zigzag path, took a photo of the delegation, and shook hands with the chief. He was a very civilized man—named James Kago—who wore riding breeches and leather gaiters and spoke some surprisingly good English. He seemed very cheerful, as did the remaining population behind him, though I couldn't tell if it was due to stoic philosophy or just good manners. There were smiles, bows, and sounds of deep appreciation all around. The district officer who traveled with me explained that the chief had improved the path to the top of the Falls and planned to guide us there after lunch and a rest, but since the forest along the riverbank was so dangerous because of the tsetse flies, we should prudently wear veils and gloves before entering. I had no objections to any of this.

Fajao, with natives assembled to welcome us.
Fajao, where local residents came together to welcome us.
In a little rocky inlet forming a small natural harbour we found the Albert flotilla already arrived. It consisted of the Kenia, a steam-launch about forty feet long, decked, 162 and with a cabin, and drawing four feet of water, and three steel sailing-boats of different sizes—to wit, the James Martin, the Good Intent, and the Kisingiri. These small vessels were to carry us down the Victoria Nile into the Albert Nyanza, across the top end of this lake, and then down the hundred and seventy miles' reach of the White Nile till navigation is barred at Nimule by more cataracts. They were manned by a crew of jolly Swahili tars smartly dressed in white breeches and blue jerseys, on whose breasts the words "Uganda Marine" were worked in yellow worsted. The engineer of the steam-launch commanded the whole with plenary powers of discipline and diplomacy; and it was by means of this little group of cock-boats that trade and communications with the Nile province and around the whole of Lake Albert were alone maintained. The flotilla, nestling together in its harbour and sheltered by a rocky breakwater from the swift current, made a pretty picture; and behind it the Nile, streaked and often covered with the creamy foam of the Falls, swept along in majestic flood six hundred yards from brim to brim.
In a small rocky inlet that formed a natural harbor, we found the Albert flotilla already there. It consisted of the Kenia, a steam launch about forty feet long, with a deck, 162 a cabin, and a draft of four feet, along with three steel sailing boats of different sizes: the James Martin, the Good Intent, and the Kisingiri. These smaller vessels were meant to take us down the Victoria Nile into Lake Albert, across the northern end of the lake, and then down the one hundred seventy miles of the White Nile until navigation was blocked at Nimule by more rapids. They were crewed by cheerful Swahili sailors dressed in white trousers and blue jerseys, with the words "Uganda Marine" embroidered in yellow on their chests. The engineer of the steam launch was in command with full authority for discipline and negotiations; it was this little fleet of cock- boats that maintained trade and communication with the Nile province and throughout Lake Albert. The flotilla, snugly gathered in its harbor and protected by a rocky breakwater from the swift current, painted a lovely scene; behind it, the Nile flowed majestically, often foamy with the falls, stretching six hundred yards from bank to bank.
We began our climb to the summit of the 163 Falls in the blazing heat of the day, and for the first time I was forced to confess the Central African sun as formidable as that which beats on the plains of India. Yet even at the worst moments it is more endurable, for the breeze does not stifle you with the breath of a furnace. First the path led through the deadly groves; and here, of course, the most beautiful butterflies—some five inches across the wings—floated tantalizingly. Sometimes we descended to where the river lapped along the rocks and curled in eddies under floating islands of froth. Precautions were required against diverse dangers. The Nile below the Murchison Falls swarms with crocodiles, some of an enormous size, and herds of hippopotamus are found every half mile or so; so that, what with the rifles which it was necessary to take for great beasts, and the gloves and veils which were our protection against even more villainous small ones, we were painfully encumbered. Indeed, the veils were such a nuisance and the heat was so great that I resolved to hazard the tsetse and took mine off. But after half an hour of menacing buzzings, and after a fly—presumably of the worst character—had actually settled 164 on my shoulder, brushed off by the promptness of my companion, I changed my mind again.
We started our climb to the top of the 163 Falls in the scorching heat of the day, and for the first time, I had to admit that the Central African sun is as intense as the one that beats down on the plains of India. However, even during the worst moments, it's more bearable because the breeze doesn't suffocate you like a furnace. First, the path took us through the deadly groves, and here, of course, the most beautiful butterflies—some five inches across the wings—floated temptingly. Sometimes we went down to where the river lapped at the rocks and swirled in eddies beneath floating islands of foam. We needed to take precautions against various dangers. The Nile below the Murchison Falls is full of crocodiles, some of gigantic size, and herds of hippos can be found every half mile or so; so, with the rifles we needed for large animals, along with the gloves and veils to protect us from even more dangerous smaller ones, we were burdened. In fact, the veils were such a hassle and the heat was so intense that I decided to take a chance with the tsetse flies and removed mine. But after half an hour of annoying buzzing, and after a fly—likely one of the worst kinds—actually landed on my shoulder, which my friend quickly brushed off, I changed my mind again.
As we were thus scrambling along the brink of the river a crocodile was discovered basking in the sunshine on a large rock in mid-stream, about a hundred and fifty yards from the shore. I avow, with what regrets may be necessary, an active hatred of these brutes and a desire to kill them. It was a tempting shot, for the ruffian lay sleeping in the sun-blaze, his mouth wide open and his fat and scaly flanks exposed. Two or three attendant white birds hopped about him, looking for offal, which I have been assured (and does not Herodotus vouch for it?) they sometimes pick from his very teeth. I fired. What the result of the shot may have been I do not know, for the crocodile gave one leap of mortal agony or surprise and disappeared in the waters. But then it was my turn to be astonished. The river at this distance from the Falls was not broader than three hundred yards, and we could see the whole shore of the opposite bank quite plainly. It had hitherto appeared to be a long brown line of mud, on which the sun shone dully. At the sound of the 165 shot the whole of this bank of the river, over the extent of at least a quarter of a mile, sprang into hideous life, and my companions and I saw hundreds and hundreds of crocodiles, of all sorts and sizes, rushing madly into the Nile, whose waters along the line of the shore were lashed into white foam, exactly as if a heavy wave had broken. It could be no exaggeration to say that at least a thousand of these saurians had been disturbed at a single shot. Our British friends explained that Fajao was the favourite haunt of the crocodiles, who lay in the water below the Falls waiting for dead fish and animals carried over by the river. Very often, they told us, hippos from the upper river and from Lake Chioga were caught and swept downwards, the force of the water "breaking every bone in their body." "Indeed," added the officer, somewhat obscurely, "they are very lucky if they are not smashed into pulp."
As we were scrambling along the edge of the river, we spotted a crocodile sunbathing on a large rock in the middle of the stream, about a hundred and fifty yards from the shore. I admit, with whatever regrets I may have, that I have a strong dislike for these creatures and a desire to kill them. It was an enticing shot, as the beast lay asleep in the sunlight, mouth wide open, with its fat, scaly sides exposed. A couple of white birds fluttered around it, searching for scraps, which I've been told (and doesn’t Herodotus say the same?) they sometimes even pick from its teeth. I took the shot. What happened after that, I can’t say, because the crocodile gave a sudden leap of pain or shock and vanished into the water. But then I was stunned. The river at this point, before the Falls, wasn’t any wider than three hundred yards, and we could clearly see the opposite bank. It had previously looked like a long, dull brown line of mud under the sun. But at the sound of the shot, the entire bank of the river, extending at least a quarter of a mile, came to life in a terrifying way, and my companions and I saw hundreds and hundreds of crocodiles of all shapes and sizes rushing into the Nile, their movement causing the water along the shore to froth white, as if a huge wave had crashed. It wouldn't be an exaggeration to say that at least a thousand of these reptiles were disturbed by a single shot. Our British friends explained that Fajao was a favorite spot for the crocodiles, who waited underwater just below the Falls for dead fish and animals swept along by the river. They often told us that hippos from the upper river and Lake Chioga would be caught and carried downstream, with the force of the water "breaking every bone in their body." "In fact," the officer added, somewhat cryptically, "they are very lucky if they aren't turned into pulp."
At length we turned a corner and came face to face with the Falls. They are wonderful to behold, not so much because of their height—though that is impressive—but because of the immense volume of water which is precipitated through such a narrow 166 outlet. Indeed, seeing the great size of the river below the Falls, it seemed impossible to believe that it was wholly supplied from this single spout. In clouds of rainbow spray and amid thunderous concussions of sound we set to work to climb the southern side of the rock wall, and after an hour achieved the summit. It was possible to walk to within an inch of the edge and, lying on one's face with a cautious head craned over, to look actually down upon the foaming hell beneath. The narrowness of the gorge at the top had not been overstated. I doubt whether it is fifteen feet across from sheer rock to sheer rock. Ten pounds, in fact, would throw an iron bridge across the Nile at this point. But it is evident that the falling waters must have arched and caved away the rock below their surface in an extraordinary degree, for otherwise there could not possibly be room for the whole river to descend.
Finally, we turned a corner and came face to face with the Falls. They are amazing to see, not just because of their height—though that is impressive—but because of the massive amount of water pouring through such a narrow 166 outlet. Looking at the large river below the Falls, it seemed hard to believe that it was completely fed by this single source. In clouds of rainbow spray and amid booming sounds, we started climbing the southern side of the rock wall, and after an hour, we reached the top. It was possible to walk within an inch of the edge and, lying on our stomachs with our heads cautiously peering over, to look directly down at the churning chaos below. The narrowness of the gorge at the top was not exaggerated. I doubt it is more than fifteen feet wide from one sheer rock to another. In fact, ten pounds would easily throw an iron bridge across the Nile at this point. But it’s clear that the falling waters must have shaped and eroded the rock below them remarkably, because otherwise, there wouldn’t be enough space for the entire river to drop down.
We waited long at this strange place, watching the terrible waters, admiring their magnificent fury, trying to compute their force. Who can doubt that the bridle is preparing which shall hold and direct their strength, or that the day will come when forlorn 167 Fajao—now depopulated and almost derelict—will throb with the machinery of manufacture and electric production? I cannot believe that modern science will be content to leave these mighty forces untamed, unused, or that regions of inexhaustible and unequalled fertility, capable of supplying all sorts of things that civilized industry needs in greater quantity every year, will not be brought—in spite of their insects and their climate—into cultivated subjection. Certain it is that the economy of the world remains hopelessly incomplete while these neglects prevail, and, while it would be wasteful and foolish to hustle, it would be more wasteful and more foolish to abate the steady progress of development.
We waited a long time at this strange place, watching the fierce waters, admiring their stunning power, trying to grasp their force. Who can doubt that a system is being devised to control and direct their strength, or that a day will come when forlorn Fajao—now empty and nearly abandoned—will pulse with the machinery of manufacturing and electric production? I can’t believe that modern science will be satisfied to leave these powerful forces untamed and unused, or that areas of endless and unmatched fertility, capable of providing all kinds of things that civilized industry demands in greater amounts each year, will not be brought—despite their insects and climate—under cultivation. It’s clear that the world’s economy remains badly incomplete while these issues persist, and while it would be wasteful and foolish to rush things, it would be even more wasteful and foolish to slow down the steady progress of development.
From these reflections I was roused abruptly by the Nile, a wave of whose turbulent waters—cast up by some unusual commotion as they approached the verge—boiled suddenly over a ledge of rock hitherto high and dry, carrying an ugly and perhaps indignant swish of water to my very feet. 168
From these thoughts, I was suddenly jolted by the Nile, as a wave of its churning waters—stirred up by some unusual turmoil as they neared the edge—spilled suddenly over a previously dry ledge of rock, splashing an unsightly and maybe angry surge of water right at my feet. 168
CHAPTER IX
HIPPO CAMP
It took no little time to stow all our baggage, food and tents upon the launch and its steel boats, and though our camp was astir at half-past three, the dawn was just breaking when we were able to embark. And then the James Martin wedged herself upon a rock a few yards from the shore of the sheltering inlet, and seemed to have got herself hard and fast; for pull as we might with all the force of the launch at full steam, and the added weight of the current to help us, not an inch would she budge. Everything had, therefore, to be unloaded again from the straggler, and when she had thus been lightened and her freight transferred to the attendant canoes, James Kago ordered his tribesmen to leap into the water, which was not more than five feet deep, and push and lift the little vessel whilst the steamer tugged. But this task the natives 169 were most reluctant to perform out of fear of the crocodiles, who might at any moment make a pounce, notwithstanding all the noise and clatter. Thereupon the energetic chief seized hold of them one after another round the waist, and threw them full-splash into the stream, till at least twenty were accumulated round the boat, and then, what with their impatience to finish their uncomfortable job and our straining tow rope, the James Martin floated free, was reloaded, and we were off.
It took quite a bit of time to load all our bags, food, and tents onto the launch and its steel boats, and even though our camp was up and moving by half-past three, dawn was just breaking when we finally set off. Then the James Martin got stuck on a rock just a few yards from the shore of the sheltered inlet and seemed completely stuck; despite our best efforts with the launch at full steam and the current helping us, it wouldn't budge an inch. So, we had to unload everything from the straggler, and after we lightened her and moved the cargo to the canoes, James Kago instructed his tribesmen to jump into the water, which was only about five feet deep, and push and lift the little boat while the steamer pulled. However, the natives were very hesitant to do this because of the crocodiles that might attack at any moment, despite all the noise we were making. At that point, the determined chief grabbed them one by one around the waist and tossed them into the water until at least twenty were gathered around the boat. With their eagerness to finish the unpleasant task and our straining tow rope, the James Martin floated free, was reloaded, and we were on our way.
As we drifted out into mid-stream the most beautiful view of the falls broke upon us. It was already almost daylight, but the sun had not yet actually topped the great escarpment over which the Nile descends. The banks on both sides of the river, clad with dense and lofty forest and rising about twice as high as Cliveden Woods from the water's edge, were dark in shadow. The river was a broad sheet of steel grey veined with paler streaks of foam. The rock portals of the falls were jetty black, and between them, illumined by a single shaft of sunlight, gleamed the tremendous cataract—a thing of wonder and glory, well worth travelling all the way to see.
As we drifted out into the middle of the river, the most stunning view of the falls opened up before us. It was almost daylight, but the sun hadn't quite risen above the high cliffs where the Nile flows down. The banks on both sides of the river, covered in thick and tall forest and rising about twice as high as Cliveden Woods from the water's edge, were shrouded in shadow. The river appeared as a wide sheet of steel gray streaked with lighter patches of foam. The rocky edges of the falls were jet black, and between them, lit up by a single beam of sunlight, the magnificent waterfall shone—a sight of wonder and beauty that was absolutely worth the journey to see.
We were soon among the hippopotami. 170 Every two or three hundred yards, and at every bend of the river, we came upon a herd of from five to twenty. To us in a steam launch they threatened no resistance or danger. But their inveterate hostility to canoes leads to repeated loss of life among the native fishermen, whose frail craft are crumpled like eggshells in the snap of enormous jaws. Indeed, all the way from here to Nimule they are declared to be the scourge and terror of the Nile. Fancy mistaking a hippopotamus—almost the largest surviving mammal in the world—for a water lily. Yet nothing is more easy. The whole river is dotted with floating lilies detached from any root and drifting along contentedly with the current. It is the habit of the hippo to loll in the water showing only his eyes and the tips of his ears, and perhaps now and again a glimpse of his nose, and thus concealed his silhouette is, at three hundred yards, almost indistinguishable from the floating vegetation. I thought they also looked like giant cats peeping. So soon, however, as they saw us coming round a corner and heard the throbbing of the propeller, they would raise their whole heads out of the water to have a look, and then immediately dive to the bottom in disgust. 171 Our practice was then to shut off steam and drift silently down upon them. In this way one arrives in the middle of the herd, and when curiosity or want of air compels them to come up again there is a chance of a shot. One great fellow came up to breathe within five yards of the boat, and the look of astonishment, of alarm, of indignation, in his large, expressive eyes—as with one vast snort he plunged below—was comical to see. These creatures are not easy to kill. They bob up in the most unexpected quarters, and are down again in a second. One does not like to run the risk of merely wounding them, and the target presented is small and vanishing. I shot one who sunk with a harsh sort of scream and thud of striking bullet. We waited about a long time for him to float up to the surface, but in vain, for he must have been carried into or under a bed of reeds and could not be retrieved.
We soon found ourselves among the hippos. 170 Every two to three hundred yards, and at every bend of the river, we encountered a herd of five to twenty. To us in a motorboat, they posed no threat or danger. However, their deep-seated hostility toward canoes leads to repeated fatalities among local fishermen, whose flimsy boats are crushed like eggshells in the snap of their massive jaws. In fact, all the way from here to Nimule, they are said to be the bane and terror of the Nile. Imagine mistaking a hippo—almost the largest living mammal on Earth—for a water lily. Yet it’s surprisingly easy. The river is dotted with floating lilies detached from their roots, drifting along peacefully with the current. Hippos tend to lounge in the water, exposing only their eyes and the tips of their ears, and occasionally a glimpse of their nostrils, so their shape is almost indistinguishable from the floating plants even at three hundred yards. I thought they resembled giant cats peeking out. However, as soon as they spotted us rounding a corner and heard the sound of the motor, they would raise their heads out of the water to take a look and then quickly dive down in annoyance. 171 Our strategy was to cut the engine and silently drift toward them. This way, we could get right in the middle of the herd, and when curiosity or lack of air forced them to come back up, there was a chance for a shot. One big guy surfaced to breathe just five yards from the boat, and the look of surprise, alarm, and indignation in his large, expressive eyes—before he dove back down with a huge snort—was funny to witness. These animals are tough to kill. They pop up in the most unexpected places and are gone again in a second. It’s not advisable to run the risk of only wounding one, as the target area is small and fleeting. I shot one that went down with a harsh scream and the thud of the bullet hitting. We waited a long time for it to resurface, but to no avail, as it must have been carried into or beneath a patch of reeds and could not be retrieved.
The Murchison, or Karuma, Falls, as the natives call them, are about thirty miles distance from the Albert Lake, and as with the current we made six or seven miles an hour, this part of our journey was short. Here the Nile offers a splendid waterway. The main channel is at least ten feet deep, and navigation, 172 in spite of shifting sandbanks, islands, and entanglements of reeds and other vegetation, is not difficult. The river itself is of delicious, sweet water, and flows along in many places half-a-mile broad. Its banks for the first twenty miles were shaded by beautiful trees, and here and there contained by bold headlands, deeply scarped by the current. The serrated outline of the high mountains on the far side of the Albert Nyanza could soon be seen painted in shadow on the western sky. As the lake is approached the riparian scenery degenerates; the sandbanks became more intricate; the banks are low and flat, and huge marshes encroach upon the river on either hand. Yet even here the traveller moves through an imposing world.
The Murchison, or Karuma, Falls, as the locals call them, are about thirty miles from Lake Albert, and with the current, we traveled six or seven miles per hour, making this leg of our journey brief. Here, the Nile provides a great waterway. The main channel is at least ten feet deep, and despite the shifting sandbanks, islands, and tangles of reeds and other plants, navigation isn’t difficult. The river itself has delicious, sweet water and flows in many places about half a mile wide. For the first twenty miles, its banks were lined with beautiful trees, occasionally interrupted by bold headlands that were deeply carved by the current. The jagged outline of the high mountains on the far side of Lake Albert could soon be seen outlined in shadow against the western sky. As we got closer to the lake, the riverside scenery declined; the sandbanks became more complex; the banks were low and flat, and vast marshes crept in on both sides of the river. Yet even here, the traveler finds themselves in a striking world.
At length, after five or six hours' steaming, we cleared the mouth of the Victoria Nile and swam out on to the broad expanses of the lake. Happily on this occasion it was quite calm. How I wished then that I had not allowed myself to be deterred by time and croakers from a longer voyage, and that we could have turned to the south and, circumnavigating the Albert, ascended the Semliki river with all its mysterious attractions, 173 have visited the forests on the south-western shores, and caught, perhaps, a gleam of the snows of Ruenzori! But we were in the fell grip of carefully-considered arrangements, and, like children in a Christmas toy shop always looking back, were always hurried on.
At last, after five or six hours of steaming, we made it past the mouth of the Victoria Nile and floated out onto the wide expanse of the lake. Fortunately, it was completely calm this time. I really wished I hadn't let myself be held back by time and naysayers from a longer journey, and that we could have turned south, circumnavigating Albert, and explored the Semliki River with all its mysterious attractions, 173 visited the forests along the southwestern shores, and maybe even caught a glimpse of the snows of Ruenzori! But we were stuck in the tight grip of carefully planned arrangements, and, like kids in a Christmas toy store always looking back, we were always pushed along.
Yet progress offered its prizes as well as delay. Some of my party had won the confidence of the engineer of the launch, who had revealed to them a valuable secret. It appeared that "somewhere between Lake Albert and Nimule"—not to be too precise—there was a place known only to the elect, and not to more than one or two of them, where elephants abounded and rhinoceros swarmed. And these rhinoceros, be it observed, were none of your common black variety with two stumpy horns almost equal in size, and a prehensile tip to their noses. Not at all; they were what are called "white" rhino—Burchell's white rhinoceros,[1] that is their full style—with one long, thin, enormous horn, perhaps a yard 174 long—on their noses, and with broad, square upper lips. Naturally we were all very much excited, and in order to gain a day on our itinerary to study these very rare and remarkable animals more closely, we decided not to land and pitch a camp, but to steam on all through the night. Meanwhile our friend the engineer undertook to accomplish the difficult feat of finding the channel, with all its windings, in the dark.
Yet progress had its rewards as well as its delays. Some members of my group had gained the trust of the launch's engineer, who had shared a valuable secret with them. It seemed that "somewhere between Lake Albert and Nimule"—not to be too specific—there was a location known only to a select few, where elephants roamed in abundance and rhinoceroses were plentiful. And these rhinoceroses, just to clarify, were not your typical black variety with two short horns nearly the same size and a grasping tip to their noses. Not at all; they were what are referred to as "white" rhinos—Burchell's white rhinoceros, to give their full name—with one long, thin, massive horn, about a yard long, on their noses, and wide, square upper lips. Naturally, we were all very excited, and to save a day on our itinerary to observe these extremely rare and fascinating animals more closely, we decided not to land and set up a camp, but to continue steaming through the night. In the meantime, our friend the engineer took on the challenging task of navigating the winding channel in the dark.
The scene as we left the Albert Lake and entered the White Nile was of surpassing beauty. The sun was just setting behind the high, jagged peaks of the Congo Mountains to the westward. One after another, and range behind range, these magnificent heights—rising perhaps to eight or nine thousand feet—unfolded themselves in waves of dark plum-coloured rock, crested with golden fire. The lake stretched away apparently without limit like the sea, towards the southward in an ever-broadening swell of waters—flushed outside the shadow of the mountains into a delicious pink. Across its surface our tiny flotilla—four on a string—paddled its way towards the narrowing northern shores and the channel of the Nile. 175
The view as we left Albert Lake and entered the White Nile was incredibly beautiful. The sun was just setting behind the tall, rugged peaks of the Congo Mountains to the west. One after another, range after range, these stunning heights—rising maybe eight or nine thousand feet—revealed themselves in waves of dark purple rock, topped with golden light. The lake stretched out seemingly forever, like the ocean, towards the south in an ever-widening expanse of water—flushed outside the shadow of the mountains into a lovely pink. Our small group of boats—four in a row—paddled toward the narrowing northern shores and the Nile's channel. 175

Approach to Lake Albert, with the Congo Hills in the Distance.
Approaching Lake Albert, with the Congo Hills visible in the background.
The White Nile leaves the Albert Lake in majesty. All the way to Nimule it is often more like a lake than a river. For the first twenty miles of its course it seemed to me to be at least two miles across. The current is gentle, and sometimes in the broad lagoons and bays into which the placid waters spread themselves it is scarcely perceptible. I slept under an awning in the Kisingiri, the last and smallest boat of the string, and, except for the native steersman and piles of baggage, had it all to myself. It was, indeed, delightful to lie fanned by cool breezes and lulled by the soothing lappings of the ripples, and to watch, as it were, from dreamland the dark outlines of the banks gliding swiftly past and the long moonlit levels of the water.
The White Nile flows majestically from Lake Albert. All the way to Nimule, it often feels more like a lake than a river. For the first twenty miles, it seemed to be at least two miles wide. The current is gentle, and in the broad lagoons and bays where the calm waters spread out, it’s barely noticeable. I slept under a canopy in the Kisingiri, the last and smallest boat in the lineup, and aside from the native steersman and heaps of luggage, I had it all to myself. It was truly delightful to lie there, feeling the cool breezes and being lulled by the gentle sounds of the water, watching from what felt like a dream as the dark shapes of the banks glided by and the long moonlit stretches of the water unfolded.
At daybreak we were at Wadelai. In twenty-four hours from leaving Fajao we had made nearly a hundred miles of our voyage. Without the sigh of a single porter these small boats and launch had transported the whole of our "safari" over a distance which would on land have required the labours and sufferings of three hundred men during at least a week of unbroken effort. Such are the contrasts which impress upon one the importance of 176 utilising the water-ways of Central Africa, of establishing a complete circulation along them, and of using railways in the first instance merely to link them together.
At dawn, we arrived at Wadelai. In just twenty-four hours since leaving Fajao, we had covered nearly a hundred miles of our journey. Without the help of a single porter, these small boats and the launch had moved our entire "safari" a distance that would have taken three hundred men at least a week of continuous effort on land. Such contrasts highlight the importance of 176 utilizing the waterways of Central Africa, establishing a complete network along them, and using railways mainly to connect them.
Wadelai was deserted. Upon a high bank of the river stood a long row of tall, peaked, thatched houses, the walls of a fort, and buildings of European construction. All was newly abandoned to ruin. The Belgians are evacuating all their posts in the Lado enclave except Lado itself, and these stations, so laboriously constructed, so long maintained, will soon be swallowed by the jungle. The Uganda Government also is reducing its garrisons and administration in the Nile province, and the traveller sees, not without melancholy, the spectacle of civilization definitely in retreat after more than half a century of effort and experiment.
Wadelai was deserted. On a high riverbank stood a long row of tall, peaked, thatched houses, the walls of a fort, and European-style buildings. Everything had been newly abandoned to ruin. The Belgians are pulling out of all their posts in the Lado enclave except for Lado itself, and these stations, which took a lot of effort to build and maintain, will soon be overtaken by the jungle. The Uganda Government is also cutting back its garrisons and administration in the Nile province, and travelers see, not without sadness, the sight of civilization clearly retreating after over fifty years of effort and experimentation.
We disembarked and climbed the slopes through high rank grass and scattered boulders till we stood amidst the rotting bungalows and shanties of what had been a bold bid for the existence of a town. Wadelai had been occupied by white men perhaps for fifty years. For half a century that feeble rush-light of modernity, of cigarettes, of newspapers, of 177 whisky and pickles, had burned on the lonely banks of the White Nile to encourage and beckon the pioneer and settler. None had followed. Now it was extinguished; and yet when I surveyed the spacious landscape with its green expanses, its lofty peaks, its trees, its verdure, rising from the brink of the mighty and majestic river, I could not bring myself for a moment to believe that civilization has done with the Nile Province or the Lado Enclave, or that there is no future for regions which promise so much.
We got off the boat and climbed the hills through tall grass and scattered rocks until we found ourselves among the decaying bungalows and shanties of what had once been an ambitious attempt to create a town. Wadelai had been occupied by white settlers for about fifty years. For half a century, that faint flicker of modern life, with cigarettes, newspapers, 177 whisky, and pickles, had glowed on the lonely banks of the White Nile to attract and encourage pioneers and settlers. No one came after. Now it was gone; and yet, as I looked out over the vast landscape with its green fields, tall peaks, trees, and lush vegetation rising from the edge of the mighty and majestic river, I couldn't bring myself for a second to believe that civilization was finished with the Nile Province or the Lado Enclave, or that there was no future for areas with so much potential.
All through the day we paddled prosperously with the stream. At times the Nile lost itself in labyrinths of papyrus, which reproduced the approaches to Lake Chioga, and through which we threaded a tortuous course, with many bumps and brushings at the bends. But more often the banks were good, firm earth, with here and there beautiful cliffs of red sandstone, hollowed by the water, and rising abruptly from its brim, crowned with luxuriant foliage. In places these cliffs were pierced by narrow roadways, almost tunnels, winding up to the high ground, and perfectly smooth and regular in their construction. They looked as if they 178 were made on purpose to give access to and from the river; and so they had been—by the elephants. Legions of water-fowl inhabited the reeds, and troops of cranes rose at the approach of the flotilla. Sometimes we saw great, big pelican kind of birds, almost as big as a man, standing contemplative on a single leg, and often on the tree-tops a fish-eagle, glorious in bronze and cream, sat sunning himself and watching for a prey.
All day we paddled happily with the current. Sometimes the Nile got lost in winding paths of papyrus, resembling the ways to Lake Chioga, and we navigated a twisted route with plenty of bumps and scrapes at the bends. But more often, the banks were solid, firm earth, with beautiful red sandstone cliffs here and there, shaped by the water, rising sharply from the river's edge, topped with lush greenery. In some places, these cliffs had narrow paths, almost like tunnels, winding up to higher ground, perfectly smooth and evenly built. They looked like they were made specifically to provide access to and from the river; and they were—by the elephants. Swarms of waterfowl lived in the reeds, and flocks of cranes took off as we approached. Sometimes we saw large pelican-like birds, almost human-sized, standing contemplatively on one leg, and often atop the trees, a fish-eagle, stunning in bronze and cream, perched in the sun, watching for its next meal.
I stopped once in the hope of catching butterflies, but found none of distinction—only a profuse variety of common types, a high level of mediocrity without beauties or commanders, and swarms of ferocious mosquitoes prepared to dispute the ground against all comers; and it was nearly four in the afternoon when the launch suddenly jinked to the left out of the main stream into a small semi-circular bay, five hundred yards across, and we came to land at "Hippo Camp."
I paused for a moment, hoping to catch some butterflies, but I found none that were special—just a ton of common ones, a lot of mediocrity without any standout beauties, and swarms of aggressive mosquitoes ready to fight off anyone who approached. It was almost four in the afternoon when the boat suddenly veered left out of the main river into a small semi-circular bay, about five hundred yards across, and we arrived at "Hippo Camp."

The "Kenia," "James Martin," and "Good Hope" Nearing Nimule.
The "Kenia," "James Martin," and "Good Hope" Heading towards Nimule.
We thought it was much too late to attempt any serious shooting that day. There were scarcely three and a half hours of daylight. But after thirty-six hours cramped on these little boats a walk through jungle was very attractive; and, accordingly, dividing ourselves 179 into three parties, we started in three different directions—like the spokes of a wheel. Captain Dickinson, who commanded the escort, went to the right with the doctor; Colonel Wilson and another officer set out at right angles to the river bank; and I went to the left under the guidance of our friend the engineer. I shall relate very briefly what happened to each of us. The right-hand party got, after an hour's walking, into a great herd of elephants, which they numbered at over sixty. They saw no very fine bulls; they found themselves surrounded on every side by these formidable animals; and, the wind being shifty, the hour late, and the morrow free, they judged it wise to return to camp without shooting. The centre party, consisting of Colonel Wilson and his companion, came suddenly, after about a mile and a half's walk, upon a fine solitary bull elephant. They stalked him for some time, but he moved off, and, on perceiving himself followed, suddenly, without the slightest warning on his part and no great provocation on theirs, he threw up his trunk, trumpeted, and charged furiously down upon them; whereupon they just had time to fire their rifles in his face 180 and spring out of his path. This elephant was followed for some miles, but it was not for three months afterwards that we learned that he had died of his wounds and that the natives had recovered his tusks.
We thought it was way too late to try any serious shooting that day. There were barely three and a half hours of daylight left. But after thirty-six hours cramped on these small boats, a walk through the jungle sounded very appealing. So, we divided into three groups and set off in three different directions—like the spokes of a wheel. Captain Dickinson, who was in charge of the escort, went to the right with the doctor; Colonel Wilson and another officer headed out at a right angle to the riverbank; and I went to the left with our engineer friend leading the way. I’ll briefly share what happened to each of us. The right-hand group, after an hour of walking, stumbled into a huge herd of elephants, counting more than sixty. They didn’t see any particularly impressive bulls, and found themselves surrounded by these powerful animals. Given the shifting wind, the late hour, and the next day being free, they wisely decided to return to camp without shooting. The central group, which included Colonel Wilson and his companion, unexpectedly came across a magnificent solitary bull elephant after about a mile and a half of walking. They stalked him for a while, but he moved away, and realizing he was being followed, he unexpectedly threw up his trunk, trumpeted, and charged at them furiously. They barely had time to fire their rifles at him and leap out of his way. This elephant was pursued for several miles, but it wasn’t until three months later that we found out he had died from his injuries and that the locals had retrieved his tusks.
So much for my friends. Our third left party prowled off, slanting gradually away inland from the river's bank. It was a regular wild scrub country, with high grass and boulders and many moderate-sized trees and bushes, interspersed every hundred yards or so by much bigger ones. Near the Nile extensive swamps, with reeds fifteen feet high, ran inland in long bays and fingers, and these, we were told, were the haunts of white rhino. We must have walked along warily and laboriously for nearly three-quarters of an hour, when I saw through a glade at about two hundred yards distance a great dark animal. Judging from what I had seen in East Africa, I was quite sure it was a rhinoceros. We paused, and were examining it carefully with our glasses, when all of a sudden it seemed to treble in size, and the spreading of two gigantic ears—as big, they seemed, as the flaps of French windows—proclaimed the presence of the African elephant. The next 181 moment another and another and another came into view, swinging leisurely along straight towards us—and the wind was almost dead wrong.
So much for my friends. Our third companion moved off, gradually veering away from the riverbank inland. It was a typical wild scrub area, filled with tall grass, boulders, and many medium-sized trees and bushes, interspersed every hundred yards or so with much larger ones. Near the Nile, extensive swamps, with reeds fifteen feet high, stretched inland in long bays and fingers, and we were told that these were the homes of white rhinos. We must have walked cautiously and laboriously for nearly three-quarters of an hour when I spotted a large dark animal through a clearing about two hundred yards away. Based on what I had seen in East Africa, I was pretty sure it was a rhinoceros. We stopped and were carefully examining it with our binoculars when suddenly it seemed to triple in size, and the spreading of two gigantic ears—so big they looked like the flaps of French windows—announced the presence of the African elephant. The next 181 moment, another and then another and another appeared, sauntering leisurely straight towards us—and the wind was almost completely wrong.
We changed our position by a flank march of admirable celerity, and from the top of a neighbouring ant-bear hill watched, at the distance of about one hundred and fifty yards, the stately and awe-inspiring procession of eleven elephants. On they came, loafing along from foot to foot—two or three tuskers of no great merit, several large tuskless females, and two or three calves. On the back of every elephant sat at least one beautiful white egret, and sometimes three or four, about two feet high, who pecked at the tough hide—I presume for very small game—or surveyed the scene with the consciousness of pomp. These sights are not unusual to the African hunter. Those who dwell in the wilderness are the heirs of its wonders. But to me I confess it seemed a truly marvellous and thrilling experience to wander through a forest peopled by these noble Titans, to watch their mysterious, almost ghostly, march, to see around on every side, in large trees snapped off a few feet from the ground, in 182 enormous branches torn down for sport, the evidences of their giant strength. And then, while we watched them roam down towards the water, I heard a soft swishing sound immediately behind us, and turning saw, not forty yards away, a splendid full-grown rhinoceros, with the long, thin horn of his rare tribe upon him—the famous white rhinoceros—Burchell himself—strolling placidly home after his evening drink and utterly unconscious of the presence of stranger or foe!
We adjusted our position with a quick side march and from the top of a nearby ant-bear hill, we watched, about one hundred and fifty yards away, the magnificent and impressive parade of eleven elephants. They approached, lazily shifting from foot to foot—two or three tuskers of little value, several large females without tusks, and a couple of calves. On the back of each elephant perched at least one beautiful white egret, sometimes three or four, about two feet tall, pecking at the tough hide—I assume looking for tiny creatures—or surveying the scene with a sense of grandeur. Such sights are not uncommon for an African hunter. Those who live in the wilderness inherit its marvels. But for me, I must admit it felt like a truly incredible and exciting experience to wander through a forest filled with these majestic giants, to witness their mysterious, almost ethereal march, to see all around us, in large trees broken off a few feet from the ground, and in huge branches torn down for fun, the signs of their immense power. Then, while we observed them moving toward the water, I heard a soft rustling sound right behind us, and turning around, I saw, not forty yards away, a magnificent full-grown rhinoceros, with the long, slender horn of his rare kind—the famous white rhinoceros—Burchell himself—strolling calmly home after his evening drink, completely unaware of the presence of strangers or threats!
We had very carefully judged our wind in relation to the elephants. It was in consequence absolutely wrong in relation to the rhinoceros. I saw that in another fifty yards he would walk right across it. For my own part, perched upon the apex of a ten-foot ant-bear cone, I need have no misgivings. I was perfectly safe. But my companions, and the native orderlies and sailors who were with us, enjoyed no such security. The consequences of not killing the brute at that range and with that wind would have been a mad charge directly through our party. A sense of responsibility no doubt restrained me; but I must also confess to the most complete astonishment at the unexpected apparition. While 183 I was trying to hustle the others by signals and whispers into safer places; the rhino moved steadily, crossed the line of wind, stopped behind a little bush for a moment, and then, warned of his danger, rushed off into the deepest recesses of the jungle. I had thrown away the easiest shot I ever had in Africa. Meanwhile the elephants had disappeared.
We had carefully assessed the wind in relation to the elephants. Unfortunately, it was completely wrong for the rhinoceros. I realized that in another fifty yards, he'd walk right through it. As for me, sitting on top of a ten-foot ant-bear mound, I felt no worries. I was perfectly safe. But my companions, along with the local orderlies and sailors with us, didn’t have that same security. Not taking the shot at that range and with that wind could have led to the rhino charging directly at our group. A sense of responsibility held me back; but I have to admit I was also completely shocked by the sudden appearance. While 183 I was trying to signal and whisper to the others to move to safer positions, the rhino steadily crossed the wind line, paused behind a small bush for a moment, and then, aware of the danger, sprinted off into the depths of the jungle. I missed the easiest shot I’ve ever had in Africa. Meanwhile, the elephants had vanished.

Mr. Churchill on the Observation Ladder at Hippo Camp.
Mr. Churchill on the Observation Ladder at Hippo Camp.
We returned with empty hands and beating hearts to camp, not without chagrin at the opportunity which had vanished, but with the keenest appetite and the highest hopes for the morrow. Thus in three hours and within four miles of our landing-place our three separate parties had seen as many of the greatest wild animals as would reward the whole exertion of an ordinary big-game hunt. As I dropped off to sleep that night in the little Kisingiri, moored in the bay, and heard the grunting barks of the hippo floating and playing all around, mingling with the cries of the birds and the soft sounds of wind and water, the African forest for the first time made an appeal to my heart, enthralling, irresistible, never to be forgotten.
We came back to camp with empty hands and pounding hearts, feeling a bit disappointed about the lost opportunity, but with a strong appetite and high hopes for the next day. In just three hours and within four miles of where we landed, our three separate groups had seen as many incredible wild animals as one would typically find in an entire big-game hunt. As I fell asleep that night on the little Kisingiri, anchored in the bay, and listened to the grunting barks of the hippos all around, mixed with the cries of the birds and the gentle sounds of the wind and water, the African forest finally captured my heart in a way that was captivating, irresistible, and unforgettable.
At the earliest break of day we all started in the same order, and with the sternest resolves. 184 During the night the sailors had constructed out of long bamboo poles a sort of light tripod, which, serving as a tower of observation, enabled us to see over the top of the high grass and reeds, and this proved of the greatest convenience and advantage, troublesome though it was to drag along. We spent the whole morning prowling about, but the jungle, which twelve hours before had seemed so crowded with game of all kinds, seemed now utterly denuded. At last, through a telescope from a tree-top, we saw, or thought we saw, four or five elephants, or big animals of some kind, grazing about two miles away. They were the other side of an enormous swamp, and to approach them required not only traversing this, but circling through it for the sake of the wind.
At the first light of day, we all set out in the same order, determined and ready. 184 During the night, the sailors built a lightweight tripod from long bamboo poles, which served as an observation tower. This allowed us to see over the tall grass and reeds, and it turned out to be extremely useful, despite being a hassle to carry. We spent the whole morning exploring, but the jungle, which had seemed packed with all kinds of game just twelve hours earlier, now appeared completely empty. Finally, through a telescope from a tree branch, we spotted, or thought we spotted, four or five elephants or large animals grazing about two miles away. They were on the other side of a massive swamp, and getting to them meant not just crossing it but also maneuvering around it to account for the wind.
We plunged accordingly into this vast maze of reeds, following the twisting paths made through them by the game, and not knowing what we might come upon at every step. The ground under foot was quite firm between the channels and pools of mud and water. The air was stifling. The tall reeds and grasses seemed to smother one; and above, through their interlacement, shone the full blaze of the 185 noonday sun. To wade and waddle through such country carrying a double-barrelled ·450 rifle, not on your shoulder, but in your hands for instant service, peering round every corner, suspecting every thorn-bush, for at least two hours, is not so pleasant as it sounds. We emerged at last on the farther side under a glorious tree, whose height had made it our beacon in the depths of the swamp, and whose far-spreading branches offered a delicious shade.
We plunged into this vast maze of reeds, following the winding paths made by the game, not knowing what we might encounter at every step. The ground beneath us was solid between the channels and pools of mud and water. The air was stifling. The tall reeds and grasses felt suffocating, and above, through their intertwining, shone the bright glare of the 185 noonday sun. Wading through this terrain while carrying a double-barreled .450 rifle, not on your shoulder but in your hands for quick access, looking around every corner and being wary of every thornbush for at least two hours, isn’t as enjoyable as it sounds. Finally, we emerged on the other side under a magnificent tree, whose height had guided us through the depths of the swamp, and whose sprawling branches provided a refreshing shade.
It was three o'clock. We had been toiling for nine hours and had seen nothing—literally nothing. But from this moment our luck was brilliant. First we watched two wild boars playing at fighting in a little glade—a most delightful spectacle, which I enjoyed for two or three minutes before they discovered us and fled. Next a dozen splendid water-buck were seen browsing on the crest of a little ridge within easy shot, and would have formed the quarry of any day but this; but our ambition soared above them, and we would not risk disturbing the jungle for all their beautiful horns. Then, thirdly, we came slap up against the rhinoceros. How many I am not certain—four, at least. We had actually walked past them as they 186 stood sheltering under the trees. Now, here they were, sixty yards away to the left rear—dark, dim, sinister bodies, just visible through the waving grass.
It was three o'clock. We had been working hard for nine hours and had seen nothing—literally nothing. But from this moment on, our luck changed completely. First, we watched two wild boars play-fighting in a small clearing—a really enjoyable sight, which I savored for two or three minutes before they noticed us and ran off. Then, we spotted a dozen magnificent water-bucks grazing on the top of a small ridge within easy range, which would have been the prize on any other day; however, our ambition exceeded that, and we didn’t want to disturb the jungle for all their beautiful antlers. Finally, we unexpectedly came face to face with a rhinoceros. I’m not sure how many there were—at least four. We had actually walked past them while they were sheltering under the trees. Now, there they were, sixty yards away on our left, dark, shadowy figures barely visible through the swaying grass.
When you fire a heavy rifle in cold blood it makes your teeth clatter and your head ache. At such a moment as this one is almost unconscious alike of report and recoil. It might be a shot-gun. The nearest rhino was broadside on. I hit him hard with both barrels, and down he went, to rise again in hideous struggles—head, ears, horn flourished agonizingly above the grass, as if he strove to advance, while I loaded and fired twice more. That was all I saw myself. Two other rhinos escaped over the hill, and a fourth, running the other way, charged the native sailors carrying our observation tower, who were very glad to drop it and scatter in all directions.
When you shoot a heavy rifle without hesitation, it makes your teeth rattle and gives you a headache. In moments like this, you’re almost unaware of the sound and the kickback. It could be a shotgun. The closest rhino was standing sideways. I hit him hard with both shots, and down he went, only to rise again in painful thrashes—head, ears, and horn thrashing above the grass as if he was trying to move forward, while I reloaded and fired two more times. That was all I saw myself. Two other rhinos ran over the hill, and a fourth, running the opposite way, charged at the local sailors carrying our observation tower, who were very glad to drop it and scatter in every direction.
To shoot a good specimen of the white rhinoceros is an event sufficiently important in the life of a sportsman to make the day on which it happens bright and memorable in his calendar. But more excitement was in store for us before the night. About a mile from the spot where our victim lay we stopped to rest and rejoice, and, not least, refresh. The 187 tower of observation—which had been dragged so painfully along all day—was set up, and, climbing it, I saw at once on the edge of the swamp no fewer than four more full-grown rhinoceros, scarcely four hundred yards away. A tall ant-hill, within easy range, gave us cover to stalk them, and the wind was exactly right. But the reader has dallied long enough in this hunter's paradise. It is enough to say that we killed two more of these monsters, while one escaped into the swamp, and the fourth charged wildly down upon us and galloped through our party without apparently being touched himself or injuring any one. Then, marking the places where the carcasses lay, we returned homeward through the swamp, too triumphant and too tired to worry about the enraged fugitives who lurked in its recesses. It was very late when we reached home, and our friends had already hewn the tusks out of a good elephant which Colonel Wilson had shot, and were roasting a buck which had conveniently replenished our larder.
To shoot a good specimen of the white rhinoceros is a significant event in a hunter's life, making that day unforgettable in his calendar. But more excitement awaited us before night fell. About a mile from where our prey lay, we stopped to rest and celebrate, and, importantly, to recharge. The 187 observation tower—painfully dragged along all day—was set up, and when I climbed it, I spotted four more full-grown rhinoceroses right on the edge of the swamp, only about four hundred yards away. A tall anthill, easily within range, provided us cover to approach them, and the wind was perfect. But I’ve kept you in this hunter's paradise long enough. It’s enough to say we took down two more of these giants, one escaped into the swamp, and the fourth charged at us wildly, galloping straight through our group without being hit and not hurting anyone. After marking where the carcasses lay, we made our way home through the swamp, too triumphant and tired to worry about the angry ones hiding in there. We arrived home very late, and our friends had already removed the tusks from a good elephant that Colonel Wilson had shot and were roasting a buck that conveniently replenished our supplies.

The "Kenia," "James Martin," and "Good Hope" on the White Nile.
The "Kenia," "James Martin," and "Good Hope" on the White Nile.
Such was our day at Hippo Camp, to which the ardent sportsman is recommended to repair, when he can get some one to show him the way. 188
That was our day at Hippo Camp, which enthusiastic hunters are advised to visit when they can find someone to guide them. 188
CHAPTER X
DOWN THE WHITE NILE
We lingered lovingly around Hippo camp for two more days, moving to other lagoons and overflows of the river with the launch, and striking out inland in search of the great herd of elephants. But although their recent presence was on all sides proclaimed by snapped-off trees and trampled ground, and broad lanes cut through the grass, we saw none of them; and a tribe of natives who helped to carry home a variety of buck one afternoon, informed us upon expert authority that the whole herd had been alarmed by the arrival of strangers and the sound of firing, and had retired three days' journey from the river's bank. These natives—of the Lado Enclave—were gentleman-like folk, and I parleyed long with them upon their affairs. They were stark naked and very dignified, with graceful athletic bodies, long tapering 189 well-bred hands, and bright keen eyes. The local chief exhibited all these characteristics in a superior degree, and his natural preeminence was recognized with instantaneous obedience by his followers. We loaded them with gifts. First, quantities of meat and hides; then chocolate all round—they love sweet things—three pieces of sugar for each, at least one empty bottle per man, and tin pots and card-board boxes almost without limit. The chief showed a fine taste in all these things, and annexed at once in the Imperial style whatever took his fancy, to whomsoever it belonged. I cast about for some means of doing him especial honour, and luckily remembered that I had bought a Japanese kimono for a dressing-gown in passing through Port Said on the journey out. With this he was forthwith enrobed, and I must say he assumed the flowing garment with that easy grace and natural self-possession which are the gifts of a wilderness life. Thus the fabrics of Cathay were by the enterprise of Europe introduced into the heart of Africa.
We stayed lovingly at Hippo camp for two more days, exploring other lagoons and river overflow with the boat, and venturing inland in search of the large herd of elephants. Despite clear signs of their recent presence—broken trees, trampled ground, and wide paths through the grass—we didn’t see any. A group of locals who helped carry back various types of antelope one afternoon told us, based on their expertise, that the whole herd had been spooked by the arrival of outsiders and the sound of gunfire, and had moved three days' journey away from the riverbank. These locals—from the Lado Enclave—were refined people, and I had a long conversation with them about their lives. They were completely naked but very dignified, with graceful athletic bodies, long slender hands, and bright, sharp eyes. The local chief displayed these traits even more prominently, and his natural authority was met with immediate obedience from his followers. We showered them with gifts—first, lots of meat and hides; then chocolate for everyone—they loved sweet things—three pieces of sugar each, at least one empty bottle per man, and nearly unlimited tin pots and cardboard boxes. The chief had excellent taste and quickly claimed whatever caught his eye as if it were his by right. I looked for a way to honor him specifically and fortunately remembered that I had bought a Japanese kimono to use as a robe while passing through Port Said on my way here. He was immediately dressed in it, and I must say he wore the flowing garment with the kind of effortless grace and natural confidence that come from living in the wilderness. Thus, the fabrics of China made their way into the heart of Africa through European initiative.
When, finally, with much reluctance we left this attractive place and pushed off determinedly into the stream, we lost no time in 190 making Nimule. Steaming throughout the night and all next day along a broad flood contained by high and healthy slopes—now clothed with forest, now with waving grass—we approached, at about four in the afternoon, the mountains beneath which is the administrative station of Nimule. Hitherto the course of the Nile since it left the Albert Lake had been smooth and open—a broad, steady-flowing river everywhere navigable to vessels of not more than four feet draught. But at Nimule, after a reach of more than a hundred and seventy miles of unobstructed waterway, the river turns a sharp right angle and enters a long succession of granite gorges, through which it plunges in ceaseless cataract for a hundred and twenty miles. It is here at the head of these rapids that one of the great reservoirs of the Upper Nile must some day be constructed. "I spent hours," said Sir William Willcocks, the "practical mystic" of hydraulic engineering, "looking at the site, and seeing in a vision a great regulating work of the future." And indeed the exact scientific control of the whole vast system of Central African waters, of the levels of every lake, of the flow of every channel, from month to 191 month and from day to day throughout the year, is a need so obvious and undisputed as to leave argument unemployed.
When we finally left this beautiful place with a lot of hesitation and pushed off determinedly into the river, we wasted no time in making our way to Nimule. We steamed all night and all the next day along a wide river surrounded by high, lush hills—sometimes covered in forest, sometimes with swaying grass—and around four in the afternoon, we reached the mountains where the Nimule administrative station is located. Up until this point, the Nile had been smooth and open since it left Albert Lake—a broad, steady-flowing river that was navigable for vessels with a draft of no more than four feet. But at Nimule, after more than one hundred seventy miles of unblocked waterway, the river makes a sharp right turn and enters a long series of granite gorges, through which it rushes in continuous rapids for one hundred twenty miles. It is here, at the start of these rapids, that one of the major reservoirs of the Upper Nile will one day need to be built. "I spent hours," said Sir William Willcocks, the "practical mystic" of hydraulic engineering, "looking at the site, and envisioning a great regulating structure for the future." And truly, the precise scientific management of the entire extensive system of Central African waters, including the levels of every lake and the flow of every channel, monitored month to month and day to day throughout the year, is such an obvious and undeniable necessity that it requires no argument.
The change in the character of the river separated us finally from our flotilla. From Nimule to Gondokoro we must again proceed by land, and the swift and easy progress of the last few days must be exchanged for the steady grind of marches. It was this stage which had always been painted to me as the most dangerous and unhealthy in our whole journey, and I had pictured to myself eight days of toil through swamp and forest amid miasma and mosquitoes. These anticipations were not sustained. Of the disadvantages of the track along the river bank I cannot speak; but the upper road over the hills is certainly excellent and healthy, and runs throughout over firm dry undulations of a bright, breezy, scrub-covered country.
The change in the river’s character finally pulled us away from our group. From Nimule to Gondokoro, we had to make our way over land again, trading the swift and easy travel of the past few days for the steady grind of marching. This stage had always been described to me as the most dangerous and unhealthy part of our entire journey, and I imagined eight days of exhausting travel through swamps and forests filled with miasma and mosquitoes. Those expectations didn't hold up. I can't comment on the downsides of the route along the riverbank, but the upper road over the hills is definitely great and healthy, running consistently over solid, dry rolling terrain in a bright, breezy, scrubby landscape.
At Nimule we touched the telegraph wire again, and from the Reuter's accumulations which I studied, I learned that Parliament would not meet till the 19th of January. This gave another ten days' more rope, and I began to realize how much the spirit of these wonderful lands had taken possession of me, for it 192 was only with the greatest reluctance and difficulty, that I forced myself to continue my homeward journey without first turning back with the launch and circumnavigating Lake Albert. No exertion or inconvenience seemed too great to win a few more glimpses of these enchanted seas and gardens, on which I may perhaps not look again, but from whose spell I can never be free. Porters to be fed from day to day, the Sirdar's steamer waiting at the Soudan frontier, public meetings looming heavily in the far-off distance, drove me onward; and with feelings of keen and genuine regret we addressed ourselves to the march to Gondokoro.
At Nimule, we connected with the telegraph wire again, and from the Reuter's updates I looked over, I found out that Parliament wouldn't meet until January 19th. This gave us another ten days of freedom, and I started to realize how much the spirit of these amazing lands had taken hold of me, because it was only with the greatest reluctance and struggle that I pushed myself to keep going home without first turning back with the boat to circle Lake Albert. No effort or inconvenience felt too big to catch a few more glimpses of these magical seas and gardens, which I may never see again, but from which I can never escape. We had to feed the porters day by day, the Sirdar's steamer was waiting at the Sudan border, and public meetings loomed heavily in the distance, pushing me onward; and with deep and genuine regret, we focused on the march to Gondokoro.
This was accomplished uneventfully in six stages, three of which were double marches. The country was pleasant and healthy, the scenery imposing, and, under a fierce sun, the air was cool. Each morning we started before dawn, and by noon had camped by the side of one of the tributary rivers or streams which flow into the Nile. Of these the Asua was the most important, and the picture of the long safari fording it and coming into camp among the palm-trees of the southern bank is one which lingers pleasantly in my memory. 193 But this I must say—somehow after Nimule the charm was broken, and none of the regions through which the traveller passes in the long-drawn descent of the Nile revive in any degree those delicious sensations of wonder and novelty which are associated with the great lakes and the kingdoms of Uganda, Usoga, and Unyoro, to say nothing of what I have not been fortunate enough to see—Toro, Ankole, the Semliki, and the Mountains of the Moon.
This was achieved without any issues in six stages, three of which were double marches. The country was nice and healthy, the scenery was impressive, and, even under a blazing sun, the air felt cool. Every morning, we set off before dawn, and by noon, we had set up camp next to one of the tributary rivers or streams that flow into the Nile. Among them, the Asua was the most significant, and the memory of our long safari crossing it and arriving at camp among the palm trees on the southern bank stays vividly with me. 193 But I have to say—somehow after Nimule, the magic was lost, and none of the areas the traveler passes through during the extended journey down the Nile sparks the same delightful feelings of wonder and novelty that come with the great lakes and the kingdoms of Uganda, Usoga, and Unyoro, not to mention the places I haven’t been lucky enough to see—Toro, Ankole, the Semliki, and the Mountains of the Moon.
At the end of the sixth day we arrived at Gondokoro. The last march had been long and scorching. The moisture seemed to have gone from the air, and the vegetation, abundant though it was, seemed parched and stunted. The approaches to Gondokoro are beset by a herd of three hundred elephants of peculiar ill-fame. Nearly all the eligible tuskers have been killed. The females and young bulls are fierce and wary, and, taught by frequent contact with the white man, and protected by the sacred game laws, exercise a lawless and tyrannical power over the whole region. On every side their depredations are to be seen. Great trees pushed over in careless sport, native plantations trampled into 194 ruin, the roads rendered precarious for the traveller, the mails often interrupted for days at a time, and occasional loss of life, are the features of this domination. And it seems likely to last a long time, for I was informed that the young bulls would not be sufficiently grown for about forty years, and even then, as the two white officers in the station are not allowed to shoot more than one elephant apiece each year, the nuisance will only gradually be abated.
At the end of the sixth day, we reached Gondokoro. The last leg of our journey had been long and scorching. The air felt dry, and despite the abundant vegetation, everything seemed parched and stunted. The paths leading to Gondokoro are crowded with a notorious herd of three hundred elephants. Almost all the mature males have been killed. The females and young bulls are fierce and cautious, having learned from their interactions with humans, and protected by strict wildlife laws, they exert a ruthless and oppressive control over the entire area. Their destructive actions are evident everywhere: large trees toppled over for fun, local farms destroyed, travel routes made dangerous, mail often delayed for days, and occasional loss of life are all aspects of their reign. This situation seems likely to continue for a long time, as I've been told the young bulls won't be fully grown for about forty years, and even then, since the two white officers in the station can only hunt one elephant each per year, the problem will only be slowly resolved.
Rogue elephants are of course fair game at any time, and the day before we arrived at Gondokoro, the young civil officer of the station had encountered one in a manner which he was scarcely likely to forget. For, having pursued this evil-doer for some time, he at last got into an excellent position, and was about to fire at a distance of thirty yards when suddenly the elephant, without even trumpeting rushed furiously upon him, and, paying no attention to the two heavy bullets which struck him in the head, chased the officer twice round an uncommonly small bush; and then, distracted by the spectacle of the native gun-bearer in flight, turned off after this new prey, and, overtaking the poor wretch, smashed 195 him to pieces with one blow of his terrible trunk. "Cet animal est très méchant; quand on l'attaque, il se défend." We reached the bungalow, which serves as the seat of government, in time to see the tusks of this man-slayer, who had died of his wounds, brought in by the tribe whose plantations he had so often ravaged.
Rogue elephants are definitely fair game anytime, and the day before we got to Gondokoro, the young civil officer at the station had a run-in with one that he probably won't forget. After chasing this troublemaker for a while, he finally got in a great position and was ready to shoot from about thirty yards away when suddenly the elephant, without even trumpeting, charged at him furiously. It completely ignored the two heavy bullets that hit it in the head and chased the officer around a surprisingly small bush twice. Then, distracted by the sight of the native gun-bearer running away, it turned to go after this new target and, catching up to the poor guy, crushed him with one powerful blow from its trunk. "Cet animal est très méchant; quand on l'attaque, il se défend." We arrived at the bungalow, which is the seat of government, just in time to see the tusks of this man-slayer brought in by the tribe whose farms he had repeatedly raided.
Gondokoro, like most of the names which figure so imposingly upon the African map, is not a numerously populated town. There are about six houses and a number of native huts. There is, however, a telegraph station, a prison, a court-house, and the lines of a company of native police and King's African Rifles. Here the Nile again becomes navigable, and offers an unbroken waterway open to large vessels until the Shabluka cataract is reached, a hundred miles below Khartoum and fifteen hundred miles from Gondokoro. And here at the river's bank, seen through a tracery of palms, were the white funnel and superstructure of the Sirdar's steamer with all the letters and newspapers; and which, instead of pursuing us across Uganda, had "come through the other way."
Gondokoro, like most of the names that stand out on the African map, isn't a big town. There are about six houses and several native huts. However, there's a telegraph station, a prison, a courthouse, and a group of native police and the King's African Rifles. Here, the Nile becomes navigable again and offers a continuous waterway for large vessels until reaching the Shabluka cataract, a hundred miles below Khartoum and fifteen hundred miles from Gondokoro. At the riverbank, seen through a pattern of palms, were the white funnel and superstructure of the Sirdar's steamer with all the letters and newspapers; which, instead of following us across Uganda, had "come through the other way."
"Had come through the other way"—it is 196 an easy phrase to write: but how much it signifies in the modern history of Africa! Ten or eleven years ago this journey which I was now able to make so easily, so prosperously, so comfortably, would have been utterly impossible. The Dervish empire, stretching from Wady Halfa or Abu Hamed to Wadelai, interposed a harsh barrier which nothing but a stricken field could sweep away; and these long reaches of the Nile which now bore a fleet of fifty steamers were silent in the embrace of a devastating barbarism. A grim slaughter which had strewn the sands of Kerreri, twelve hundred miles to the North, with jibba-clad corpses "like snow-drifts" had blasted a passage, and the Nile was free.
"Had come through the other way"—it is 196 an easy phrase to write: but it means so much in the modern history of Africa! Ten or eleven years ago, this journey, which I can now make so easily, successfully, and comfortably, would have been completely impossible. The Dervish empire, stretching from Wady Halfa or Abu Hamed to Wadelai, created a harsh barrier that only a devastating conflict could remove; and these long stretches of the Nile, which now supports a fleet of fifty steamers, were silent under the grip of brutal barbarism. A grim slaughter had scattered the sands of Kerreri, twelve hundred miles to the North, with jibba-clad corpses "like snow-drifts," clearing a path, and the Nile was free.
Embarked at Gondokoro we passed out of the sphere of the Colonial Office into the domain of that undefined joint authority which regulates the Soudan, which flies two flags side by side on every public building, and which you can only correspond with through the British Foreign Office.
Embarking at Gondokoro, we left the realm of the Colonial Office and entered the zone of that unclear joint authority that manages the Soudan. This authority displays two flags side by side on every public building, and any correspondence can only be directed through the British Foreign Office.
Henceforward our journey was comfortable, and regular. Yet though I had no official work to do and was merely coming home the shortest way, I could not traverse the Soudan 197 without the keenest interest. When one has started from Cairo and padded up the Nile to Wady Halfa, crossed the desert railway to the Atbara, marched thence two hundred miles to the battle of Omdurman, one feels one has seen something of the Nile. Yet now we had followed it the other way from its source for nearly five hundred miles, and yet twelve hundred more intervened before even Omdurman was reached; and as the mighty and peerless river unrolled its length and immemorial history, the feelings of reverence, without which no traveller can drink its sweet waters, grew in intensity.
From then on, our journey was comfortable and steady. Even though I didn’t have any official duties and was just taking the quickest route home, I couldn’t travel through the Soudan without intense interest. After starting in Cairo and making my way up the Nile to Wady Halfa, crossing the desert railway to the Atbara, and marching two hundred miles to the battle of Omdurman, I felt like I had experienced a lot of what the Nile had to offer. But now, we had traveled nearly five hundred miles upstream from its source, with another twelve hundred to go before we even reached Omdurman; and as the mighty, unparalleled river revealed its length and ancient history, my feelings of reverence—essential for any traveler hoping to enjoy its sweet waters—grew stronger.
I yield to no one in recognition of the constructive and reconstructive work which Sir Reginald Wingate and his able officers have, with scanty means and in spite of grave military dangers, wrought in the Soudan. Yet it is not possible to descend the Nile continuously from its source at Ripon Falls without realizing that the best lies behind one. Uganda is the pearl. The Nile province and the Lado Enclave present splendid and alluring panoramas. Even the march from Nimule to Gondokoro is through a fertile and inspiring region. But thereafter 198 the beauty dies out of the landscape and the richness from the land. We leave the regions of abundant rainfall, of Equatorial luxuriance, of docile peoples, of gorgeous birds and butterflies and flowers. We enter stern realms of sinister and forbidding aspect, where nature is cruel and sterile, where man is fanatical and often rifle-armed. Cultivation—nay, vegetation, is but a strip along the river bank: and even there thorn-bushes and prickly aloes are its chief constituents. We enter two successive deserts as contrasted in their character, as redoubtable in their inhospitality, as Dante's Circles of the Inferno: the Desert of Sudd and the Desert of Sand.
I don't back down when it comes to recognizing the constructive and reconstructive efforts that Sir Reginald Wingate and his capable officers have accomplished in the Sudan, despite limited resources and significant military challenges. However, it's hard to travel down the Nile from its source at Ripon Falls without realizing that the best is behind you. Uganda is the jewel. The Nile province and the Lado Enclave offer stunning and captivating views. Even the journey from Nimule to Gondokoro takes you through a rich and inspiring area. But after that, 198 the beauty of the landscape fades and the land becomes less fertile. We leave behind regions with abundant rainfall, equatorial richness, friendly people, and vibrant birds, butterflies, and flowers. We move into harsh areas that look menacing and unwelcoming, where nature is unforgiving and barren, and where people can be fanatical and often armed. Farming—actually, even vegetation—is just a narrow strip along the riverbank, where thorn bushes and prickly aloes dominate. We enter two consecutive deserts that are as different in character and just as formidable in their hostility as Dante's Circles of Hell: the Desert of Sudd and the Desert of Sand.
About a hundred miles from Gondokoro the White Nile enters and spills itself in a vast and appalling swamp. Of the action of this tremendous sponge, whether beneficial in regulating the flow, or harmful in wasting the water through evaporation, nothing need here be said. But its aspect is at once so dismal and so terrifying that to travel through it is a weird experience. Our steamer, with the favouring current, made at least seven miles an hour, and, as the moon was full, we travelled night and day. For 199 three days and three nights we were continuously in this horrible swamp into which the whole of the United Kingdom could be easily packed. By day from the roof of the high pilot-house a commanding view revealed hour after hour, in every direction, one uninterrupted ocean of floating vegetation spreading to far horizons. The papyrus-plant is in itself a beautiful, graceful, and venerable thing. To travel through the sudd, is to hate it for evermore. Rising fifteen feet above the level of the water, stretching its roots twenty or even thirty feet below, and so matted and tangled together that elephants can walk safely upon its springy surface, papyrus is the beginning and end of this melancholy world. For hundreds of miles nothing else is to be perceived—not a mountain-ridge blue on the horizon, scarcely a tree, no habitation of man, no sign of beast. The silence is broken only by the croaking of innumerable frog armies, and the cry of dreary birds.
About a hundred miles from Gondokoro, the White Nile flows into a vast and terrifying swamp. There's no need to discuss whether this massive sponge helps regulate the water flow or wastes it through evaporation. However, its appearance is so bleak and frightening that traveling through it is a surreal experience. Our steamer, taking advantage of the current, traveled at least seven miles an hour, and since the moon was full, we journeyed day and night. For 199 three days and three nights, we were stuck in this dreadful swamp, big enough to fit the entire United Kingdom. By day, from the top of the high pilot-house, we had a commanding view, hour after hour, in every direction, of an endless sea of floating vegetation stretching to the horizon. The papyrus plant is a beautiful, graceful, and ancient thing. To navigate through the sudd is to forever despise it. Rising fifteen feet above the water level and spreading its roots twenty or even thirty feet below, its tangled mass is so thick that elephants can walk safely on its springy surface. Papyrus is both the beginning and end of this sorrowful world. For hundreds of miles, there's nothing else in sight—not a blue mountain ridge on the horizon, hardly a tree, no human habitation, and no signs of animals. The silence is only interrupted by the croaking of countless frogs and the calls of gloomy birds.
The vigorous operations of the sudd-cutters have opened, and the constant traffic of steamers has preserved and improved, a channel about a hundred yards wide, winding by loops and corkscrews through the swamp. The river 200 presents a depth of thirty feet along this course, and greater vessels could thread its length for nearly a thousand miles. The navigation is intricate and peculiar. Indeed, it would seem to be an art by itself. No effort is made by the Arab pilots, who alone are employed, to avoid collisions with the banks. On the contrary, they rely upon them as an essential feature of their management of the steamer. The vessel bumps regularly at almost every corner from one cushion of sudd to the other, or plunges its nose into the reeds and waits for the currents to carry its stern round, bumps again and recovers its direction. Sometimes where the twists were very sharp we would turn completely round, not once but two or three times, and our movements round an S-curve were even more complicated. The bumps occasionally swept us out of our chairs and sent us sprawling on the deck. In this strange fashion we waltzed along at full speed for about seventy or eighty hours.
The vigorous activities of the sudd-cutters have opened up, and the steady traffic of steamers has maintained and enhanced, a channel about a hundred yards wide, winding through the swamp with loops and twists. The river 200 has a depth of thirty feet along this route, and larger vessels could navigate its length for nearly a thousand miles. The navigation is complex and unique. In fact, it feels like a skill in itself. The Arab pilots, who are the only ones employed, don't try to avoid hitting the banks. Instead, they depend on them as a key part of how they manage the steamer. The vessel regularly bumps at almost every corner from one cushion of sudd to the next, or it plows into the reeds and waits for the currents to swing its back end around, bumps again, and regains its course. Sometimes, where the turns are very sharp, we would spin around completely not just once, but two or three times, and our movements around an S-curve were even more complicated. The bumps occasionally knocked us out of our seats and sent us sprawling on the deck. In this strange way, we sped along for about seventy or eighty hours.
Meanwhile the Nile was accomplishing its destiny. Its vast tributary rivers, the Sobat and the Bahr-el-Ghazal, came to reinforce its flow. The miles spread out behind us in a long succession of hundreds. At length the sudd 201 expanses begin to contract. Distant mountains rise against the steel-blue sky in serrated silhouette, and gradually draw in upon the river. Islands of earth and trees, peaks of sharp rock break here and there the awful monotony of waving reeds. At last the banks become firm and clear-cut walls of yellow sand, fringed in places with palms and shady trees, and everywhere bristling with undergrowth of thorns. We leave the wilderness of moisture, we approach the wilderness of drought. But first, in a middle region, vast areas of dusty scrub-covered plains, not wholly incapable of cultivation in the rainy season, supporting always flocks and herds, now flank both sides of the river. The camel caravans pad slowly across them under the blaze and glitter of the heat. The mirage begins to twist and blur the landscape with deceptive waters. At intervals of forty or fifty miles are the stations of the Soudan Government, each trim and regular with its public buildings, its storehouses, the lines of beehive huts of its garrison, a tangle of native sailing-craft, and always, or nearly always, one or two white gunboats of war-time days now turned policemen of the river. 202
Meanwhile, the Nile was fulfilling its purpose. Its large tributary rivers, the Sobat and the Bahr-el-Ghazal, combined to increase its flow. The miles behind us stretched out in a long line of hundreds. Eventually, the sudd 201 expanses began to narrow. Distant mountains rose against the steel-blue sky in jagged silhouettes, gradually closing in on the river. Islands of earth and trees, sharp rock formations interrupted the endless waves of reeds. Finally, the banks became solid and well-defined walls of yellow sand, occasionally lined with palms and shady trees, and everywhere covered in thorny underbrush. We were leaving the wet wilderness and approaching the dry wilderness. But first, in a middle area, vast stretches of dusty scrubland that could be cultivated during the rainy season, always supporting flocks and herds, lined both sides of the river. Camel caravans slowly crossed them under the intense heat. The mirage started to distort the landscape with deceptive images of water. Every forty or fifty miles were the stations of the Soudan Government, each neat and orderly with public buildings, storehouses, rows of beehive huts for the garrison, a mix of native boats, and almost always one or two white gunboats from wartime days now serving as patrols on the river. 202
Thus we reach in time Fashoda—now called Kodok for old sake's sake; and here are clusters of Shillooks who (by request) stand pensively on one leg in their natural attitude, and smart companies of Soudanese troops and British officers, civil and military—the whole clear-cut under sun-blaze dry light, veiled only in dancing dust-devils piteously whipped by strong hot winds. All this was like a piece of the Omdurman campaign to me—the old familiar Soudan, so often made known to British minds by pen, pencil, and photograph during nearly twenty years of war, unfolded itself feature by feature. Yet we were still five hundred miles south of Khartoum!
So we arrive in Fashoda—now called Kodok for nostalgia's sake; and here are groups of Shillooks who (upon request) stand thoughtfully on one leg in their natural stance, along with well-dressed companies of Sudanese troops and British officers, both civilian and military—the entire scene sharply defined under the blazing sun, only obscured by swirling dust devils helplessly tossed by fierce hot winds. It all felt like a scene from the Omdurman campaign to me—the old familiar Sudan, so often depicted for British audiences through writing, drawing, and photography over nearly twenty years of conflict, revealed itself detail by detail. Yet we were still five hundred miles south of Khartoum!
At Meshra-er-Zeraf we stopped for two days to shoot, by the Sirdar's invitation, in the extensive game reserve, and were fortunate in securing a buffalo and various antelope. We wandered through a harsh country, of white sand and tussocks of coarse grass, more grey than green, with leafless black thorn-trees densely tangled; yet it seemed full of game. In three hours' walk on the second morning I shot a fine waterbuck, two reed-bucks, and two of a beautiful herd of roan antelope, who walked slowly down to water past our ambuscade. 203 And, be it remembered, that the pleasure and excitement of such sport are in these lands always heightened by the possibility that at any moment the hunters may come upon game of much more serious quality—lion or buffalo; so that no one cares to be more than a few yards from his heavy rifle or give his mind wholly to the buck he stalks. Surely they are perverse, unenterprising folk who spend fortunes each year in preserving with so much artificial care, and to the inconvenience of other dwellers in a small island, well-counted herds of more or less tame deer, when in a month, and for less expense than the year's rent of their forests, they could pursue wild animals of every kind in their natural haunts and gain experiences that would last them all their lives.
At Meshra-er-Zeraf, we paused for two days to hunt, thanks to the Sirdar's invitation, in the vast game reserve. We were lucky to bag a buffalo and several antelope. We walked through a harsh landscape of white sand and patches of coarse grass, more gray than green, with thick tangles of leafless black thorn trees; yet it felt alive with game. On the second morning, after three hours of walking, I shot a fine waterbuck, two reedbucks, and two from a gorgeous herd of roan antelope that walked slowly to water right past us. 203 It's important to note that the thrill and excitement of hunting in these lands are always intensified by the possibility of encountering much bigger game—like lions or buffalo—at any moment. Because of this, no one wants to stray more than a few yards from their heavy rifle or focus entirely on the buck they're stalking. It seems rather odd for people to spend huge amounts of money each year on preserving herds of mostly tame deer with such meticulous care, while they could, for less than the annual cost of managing their forests, engage in pursuing wild animals of all kinds in their natural habitats and gain experiences that would stay with them for a lifetime.
I was so much elated by this jolly morning's sport and the near approach of civilized conditions—for after all, contrast is an element in pleasure—that I permitted myself to rejoice at the safe and happy outcome of this long journey, and to exult in our complete immunity from serious accident or illness or even fever. How extravagant were the accounts of the dangers of African travel! How easy to 204 avoid the evil chances of the road! Reasonable precautions, steady exercise, regular quinine—were these not in themselves the guarantees of safety? Thus I reckoned, and with specious reasons, but in a bad hour. We were not yet at our journey's end.
I was so happy about the cheerful morning's activities and the nearing of civilized life—because, after all, contrast adds to enjoyment—that I let myself celebrate the safe and happy result of this long trip, and to take pride in our complete immunity from serious accidents, illnesses, or even fevers. How exaggerated were the stories about the dangers of traveling in Africa! How easy it was to avoid the risky situations of the road! Reasonable precautions, regular exercise, and consistent quinine—weren't they all guarantees of safety? That’s what I thought, with convincing but flawed reasoning, during a moment of poor judgment. We weren’t at our journey's end yet.
Twenty-four hours' steaming from Meshra-er-Zeraf brought us near Khartoum. The character of the country was unchanged. Yellow sand-slopes drank at the Nile brim; thorn-scrub fringed the river on either side; but date-palms mingled even more frequently and numerously with the vegetation, and brown mud-built villages with brown mud-coloured populations multiplied as the miles slipped swiftly by. At length a solitary majestic tree, beneath whose spacious branches and luxuriant foliage a hundred persons might have found shelter from the relentless sun—Gordon's tree—advertised us of the proximity of Khartoum. Soon on the one bank came into view the vast mud labyrinth of Omdurman, with forests of masts rising along the shore, and on the other, among palm-groves ever clustering thicker, sprang the blue and pink and crimson minarets of new Khartoum. Khartoum—the new Khartoum, risen from its ruins in wealth and beauty—a 205 smiling city sitting like a queen throned at the confluence of the Niles, the heart and centre of a far-reaching and formidable authority, disclosed herself to the traveller's eye. Sharp to the right turns the steamer, leaving the dull placid waters of the sovereign river we have so long followed, and shouldering a more turbulent current of clearer water, swings up-stream along its noble feudatory, the Blue Nile. And passing by the side of high stone embankments crowned by palms, the steamer enters into a modern Oriental port and city, and is soon surrounded by its palaces, its mosques, its warehouses and its quays.
Twenty-four hours of steaming from Meshra-er-Zeraf brought us close to Khartoum. The landscape remained the same. Yellow sand slopes soaked up the Nile's edge; thorny scrub lined both sides of the river; but date palms mixed even more frequently and abundantly with the surrounding plants, and brown, mud-built villages with brown, mud-colored inhabitants multiplied as the miles flew by. Finally, a solitary majestic tree, under whose wide branches and lush foliage a hundred people could have found shade from the relentless sun—Gordon's tree—signaled our approach to Khartoum. Soon we could see the vast mud maze of Omdurman on one bank, with forests of masts rising along the shore, while on the opposite bank, among increasing palm groves, the blue, pink, and crimson minarets of new Khartoum emerged. Khartoum—the new Khartoum, reborn from its ruins in wealth and beauty—a 205 charming city sitting like a queen perched at the confluence of the Niles, the heart and center of a far-reaching and powerful authority, revealed itself to the traveler. The steamer takes a sharp right turn, leaving the dull, calm waters of the river we have been following, and enters a more turbulent and clearer current, swinging upstream along its noble tributary, the Blue Nile. As we pass high stone embankments crowned with palms, the steamer enters a modern Oriental port and city, soon surrounded by its palaces, mosques, warehouses, and quays.
Nearly ten years have passed since the Dervish domination was irretrievably shattered on the field of Omdurman, and every year has been attended by steady and remarkable progress in every sphere of governmental activity in every province of the Soudan. Order has been established, and is successfully, though precariously, maintained even in the remotest parts of Kordofan. The railway has reached the Southern bank of the Blue Nile, connects Khartoum with Cairo and with the Red Sea, waits only for the construction of a bridge to cross the river and enter the fertile 206 regions of the Ghezireh. A numerous fleet of steamers maintains swift and regular communication along the great waterways. The revenue has risen from a few thousands a year in 1899 to considerably over a million pounds in 1907. Improved methods of agriculture have increased the wealth of the country; the prevention of massacre and famine has begun to restore its population. Slavery has been abolished, and without affronting the religion or seriously disturbing the customs of the people, a measure of education and craftsmanship has been introduced.
Nearly ten years have gone by since the Dervish rule was completely defeated at Omdurman, and every year has seen consistent and impressive progress in all areas of government across every province of Sudan. Order has been established and is being upheld successfully, though somewhat precariously, even in the farthest reaches of Kordofan. The railway has made it to the southern bank of the Blue Nile, linking Khartoum with Cairo and the Red Sea, and is just waiting for a bridge to be built to cross the river and access the fertile regions of the Ghezireh. A large fleet of steamers provides fast and regular communication along the major waterways. Revenue has increased from a few thousand pounds a year in 1899 to over a million pounds in 1907. Improved farming techniques have boosted the nation's wealth; efforts to prevent massacres and famine have started to bring back the population. Slavery has been abolished, and without disrespecting the religion or seriously disrupting the customs of the people, educational and vocational initiatives have been introduced.
These great changes which are apparent throughout the whole Soudan are nowhere presented in so striking and impressive form as in the capital. A spacious palace, standing in a beautiful garden, has risen from the ruins where Gordon perished. Broad thoroughfares lighted by electricity, and lined with excellent European shops, lead with geometrical precision through the city. A system of steam tramways in connection with ferry boats, patronized chiefly by the natives, renders communication easy throughout Khartoum, and between Khartoum, Omdurman, and Halfyah. A semi-circle of substantial barracks, arranged upon a defensive 207 scheme, protects the landward approaches. The Gordon College hums with scholarly activity—Moslem and Christian, letters or crafts; and seven thousand soldiers of all dress march past the British and Egyptian flags on occasions of ceremony.
These significant changes that are visible all across the Soudan are most strikingly and impressively displayed in the capital. A spacious palace set in a beautiful garden has emerged from the ruins where Gordon died. Wide streets, illuminated by electricity and lined with great European shops, cut through the city with geometric precision. A network of steam trams connected to ferry boats, mostly used by locals, makes it easy to get around Khartoum and between Khartoum, Omdurman, and Halfyah. A semi-circle of solid barracks, arranged for defense, protects the land routes. Gordon College buzzes with academic activities—Muslims and Christians, studying letters or trades; and seven thousand soldiers of all uniforms march past the British and Egyptian flags during ceremonies.
George Scrivings.
George Scrivings.
Yet neither these inspiring facts—the more impressive by contrast with my memories of ten years before—nor the gracious hospitality of the Sirdar—more responsible than any other man for the whole of this tremendous task of reconstruction and revival—were to prevent me from taking away a sombre impression of Khartoum. As our steamer approached the landing-stage I learned that my English servant, George Scrivings, had been taken suddenly ill, and found him in a condition of prostration with a strange blue colour under his skin. Good doctors were summoned. The hospital of Khartoum, with all its resources, was at hand. There appeared no reason to apprehend a fatal termination. But he had been seized by a violent internal inflammation, the result of eating some poisonous thing which we apparently had escaped, and died early next morning after fifteen hours' illness, with almost every symptom of Asiatic cholera. 208
Yet neither these inspiring facts—the more impressive when I compared them to my memories from ten years ago—nor the warm hospitality of the Sirdar—who was more responsible than anyone else for the entire enormous task of reconstruction and revival—could stop me from leaving Khartoum with a bleak impression. As our steamer approached the landing stage, I learned that my English servant, George Scrivings, had suddenly fallen ill and found him in a state of exhaustion with a strange blue tint to his skin. Good doctors were called in. The hospital in Khartoum, with all its resources, was nearby. There seemed to be no reason to worry about a fatal outcome. However, he had been struck by a severe internal inflammation, likely from eating something toxic that we seemed to have avoided, and he died early the next morning after fifteen hours of illness, showing almost every symptom of Asiatic cholera. 208
Too soon, indeed, had I ventured to rejoice. Africa always claims its forfeits; and so the four white men who had started together from Mombasa returned but three to Cairo. A military interment involves the union of the two most impressive rituals in the world. The day after the Battle of Omdurman it fell to my lot to bury those soldiers of the 21st Lancers, who had died of their wounds during the night. Now after nine years, in very different circumstances, from the other end of Africa, I had come back to this grim place where so much blood has been shed, and again I found myself standing at an open grave, while the yellow glare of the departed sun still lingered over the desert, and the sound of funeral volleys broke its silence.
Too soon, I truly had allowed myself to celebrate. Africa always demands its toll; and so, the four white men who had set out together from Mombasa returned with just three to Cairo. A military burial combines the two most striking rituals in the world. The day after the Battle of Omdurman, it was my responsibility to bury those soldiers of the 21st Lancers who had succumbed to their injuries during the night. Now, after nine years, under very different circumstances, I had returned to this bleak place from the other end of Africa, where so much blood has been spilled, and once again I found myself standing at an open grave, as the yellow glow of the fading sun still hung over the desert, and the sound of gunfire salutes broke the silence.
The remainder of our journey lay in tourist lands, and the comfortable sleeping-cars of the Desert Railway, and the pleasant passenger steamers of the Wady Haifa and Assouan reach soon carried us prosperously and uneventfully to Upper Egypt; and so to Cairo, London, and the rest. 209
The rest of our trip took us through tourist areas, and the cozy sleeping cars of the Desert Railway, along with the nice passenger boats on the Wady Haifa and Assouan routes, quickly got us to Upper Egypt without any issues; then on to Cairo, London, and beyond. 209
CHAPTER XI
THE VICTORIA AND ALBERT RAILWAY
My journey is at an end, the tale is told, and the reader who has followed so faithfully and so far has a right to ask what message I bring back. It can be stated in three words. Concentrate upon Uganda!
My journey has ended, the story is told, and the reader who has followed so faithfully and for so long deserves to know what message I bring back. It can be summed up in three words: Focus on Uganda!
Over the greater part of the north-east quarter of Africa, British influence or authority in one form or another is supreme. But when I turn my mind over all those vast expanses, excluding only Egypt, there is no region which offers prospects to compare in hopefulness with those of the Protectorate of Uganda. The Soudan is far greater in extent and importance, and Great Britain is at no charge in respect to it. But the Soudan is clearly inferior in fertility. The East African Protectorate possesses not only enormous coast-lands of great value, but noble plateaux where the air is as cool as an English spring. But 210 we already spend on East Africa—and upon the needs of its expensive white settlers—more than the whole revenue of Uganda; and yet the promise is not so bright. Northern Somaliland is a desert of rocks and thorn bushes peopled by rifle-armed fanatics, on which we spend nearly half as much as the whole annual grant-in-aid of Uganda. And between Somaliland and Uganda there is this contrast presented in its crudest form—a barren land with dangerous inhabitants; and a fruitful land with a docile people. What is least worth having, is most difficult to hold: what is most worth having, is easiest.
Across most of northeastern Africa, British influence or authority is dominant in one way or another. However, when I think about those vast regions, excluding only Egypt, there’s no area that offers as much hope as the Protectorate of Uganda. The Sudan is much larger and more significant, and Great Britain doesn’t have to invest anything in it. But the Sudan is clearly less fertile. The East African Protectorate not only has vast coastlines of great value but also beautiful plateaus where the air is as cool as a spring day in England. But 210 we already spend more on East Africa—and on the needs of its costly white settlers—than the total revenue of Uganda; yet the outlook isn’t as promising. Northern Somaliland is a desert filled with rocks and thorn bushes, inhabited by armed fanatics, where we spend almost half as much as Uganda's entire annual grant-in-aid. The stark contrast between Somaliland and Uganda is this: barren land with dangerous residents versus fertile land with peaceful people. What is least valuable is the hardest to keep; what is most valuable is the easiest to maintain.
The union under scientific direction in Uganda (and I include in this popular name Usoga, Unyoro, Toro and Ankole, etc.) of unequalled fertility with a population of high intelligence and social quality, in a region of extraordinary waterways, must, unless some grievous error or neglect should intervene, result in remarkable economic developments. Already more than half the traffic which passes down the railway to Mombasa comes from beyond the lake. Yet scarcely any money has ever been spent on Uganda. No European roads exist, no railways have been built, no 211 waterfalls are harnessed, no public works of any serious description have been undertaken. A poor little grant-in-aid has barely supported the day-to-day cost of European administration, and practically nothing in cash or credit has been available for the development of the country. But it is alive by itself. It is vital; and in my view, in spite of its insects and its diseases, it ought in the course of time to become the most prosperous of all our East and Central African possessions, and perhaps the financial driving wheel of all this part of the world. It is far from my desire to disparage the East African Protectorate, or to suggest diminution of activity or support. Both Protectorates are necessary to each other and should advance together; but in view of their relative positions, and looking at the situation as it is to-day, my counsel plainly is—"Concentrate upon Uganda!" Nowhere else in Africa will a little money go so far. Nowhere else will the results be more brilliant, more substantial or more rapidly realized.
The union in Uganda, including places like Usoga, Unyoro, Toro, and Ankole, combines unmatched fertility with a population that has high intelligence and social quality, in a region full of incredible waterways. Unless something goes seriously wrong or is neglected, this should lead to amazing economic growth. Already, more than half of the traffic on the railway to Mombasa comes from beyond the lake. Yet, hardly any money has been invested in Uganda. There are no European roads, no railways built, no waterfalls harnessed, and no serious public works undertaken. A small grant barely covers the everyday costs of European administration, and almost nothing has been available in cash or credit for the country’s development. But it thrives on its own. It’s vital; and in my opinion, despite its insects and diseases, it should eventually become the most prosperous of all our East and Central African territories and possibly the financial powerhouse of the region. I don’t want to undermine the East African Protectorate or suggest that we reduce support or activity. Both Protectorates need each other and should grow together. However, given their relative situations and looking at the current landscape, my advice is clear—"Focus on Uganda!" Nowhere else in Africa will a little money stretch so far. Nowhere else will the results be more impressive, substantial, or achieved more quickly.
Cotton alone should make the fortune of Uganda. All the best qualities of cotton can be grown in the highest perfection, a hundred thousand intelligent landowners occupying 212 twenty thousand square miles of suitable soil are eager to engage in the cultivation. An industrious and organized population offers the necessary labour. Merely at the request of the Government cotton has been planted experimentally on a considerable scale throughout Uganda. The figures of production—though of course they are only the first beginnings—show a surprising expansion. Great care is required, and steps have already been taken to secure that the quality of cotton exported from Uganda is not deteriorated or its reputation prejudiced by hasty or untutored action, that only the seeds which yield the best results should be distributed, and that no indiscriminate mixture should be permitted. The Government must control the culture. Experts must watch the ginneries and educate the native cultivator. Roads must be made to enable the crop to be marketed. The scientific organization of the cotton-growing resources of Uganda has now been definitely undertaken. A special grant of £10,000 a year will in future be devoted to this purpose, and the whole process will be supervised by European officers in close touch through the Colonial Office with the highest Manchester 213 authorities and the British Cotton-Growing Association. In the opinion of the ablest observers the next five years will see a very remarkable development in cotton production, even though the means available to foster it continue to be slender.
Cotton could truly be the key to Uganda’s wealth. The best types of cotton can be grown perfectly here, and there are a hundred thousand knowledgeable landowners ready to work on the twenty thousand square miles of suitable land. An industrious and organized population provides the necessary labor. At the Government's request, cotton has been planted on a large scale across Uganda for experimentation. The production numbers—though just the beginning—show remarkable growth. Careful attention is essential, and measures have already been put in place to ensure that the quality of cotton exported from Uganda remains high and its reputation stays untarnished by rushed or untrained actions. Only the seeds that produce the best outcomes will be distributed, and no random mixing will be allowed. The Government needs to oversee the cultivation process. Experts must monitor the ginning processes and educate local farmers. Roads must be built to help market the crops. The scientific organization of Uganda's cotton-growing resources is now officially underway. A special annual budget of £10,000 will be allocated for this initiative, and it will be managed by European officers who will work closely with the top authorities in Manchester and the British Cotton-Growing Association through the Colonial Office. According to the best observers, the next five years will witness significant growth in cotton production, even if the resources available to support it remain limited.
But cotton is only one of those tropical products for which the demand of civilized industry is almost insatiable, and which can nowhere in the world be grown more cheaply, more easily, more perfectly than between the waters of the two great lakes. Rubber, fibre, cinnamon, cocoa, coffee, sugar may all be cultivated upon the greatest scale; virgin forests of rare and valuable timber await the axe; and even though mineral wealth may perhaps never lend its hectic glory to Uganda, the economic foundations of its prosperity will stand securely upon a rich and varied agriculture. A settler's country it can never be. Whatever may be the destinies of the East African Highlands, the shores of the great lakes will never be the permanent residence of a white race. It is a planter's land, where the labours of the native population may be organized and directed by superior intelligence and external capital. For my own part I rejoice that the 214 physical conditions of the country are such as to prevent the growth in the heart of happy Uganda of a petty white community, with the harsh and selfish ideas which mark the jealous contact of races and the exploitation of the weaker. Let it remain a "planter's land." Let the planters, instead of being the agents of excited syndicates with minds absorbed in the profits of shareholders thousands of miles away, be either Europeans of substance and character who have given proofs of their knowledge of natives and their ability to deal skilfully and justly with them, or better still—say I—let them be the disinterested officers of the Government, directing the development of the country neither in their own, nor any other pecuniary interest, but for the general good of its people and of the Empire of which it forms a part.
But cotton is just one of those tropical products that civilized industries can’t get enough of, and it can be grown more cheaply, easily, and perfectly nowhere else in the world than between the waters of the two great lakes. Rubber, fiber, cinnamon, cocoa, coffee, and sugar can all be cultivated on a large scale; virgin forests with rare and valuable timber are waiting to be harvested; and even if mineral wealth may never bring its hectic glory to Uganda, the economic foundations of its prosperity will securely rest on rich and diverse agriculture. It could never be a settler’s country. No matter what happens in the East African Highlands, the shores of the great lakes will never be the permanent home of a white population. It’s a land for planters, where the work of the local population can be organized and guided by superior intelligence and external capital. For my part, I’m glad that the physical conditions of the country prevent the rise of a small white community in the heart of happy Uganda, with the harsh and selfish attitudes that come from the jealous interaction of races and the exploitation of the weaker. Let it remain a "planter's land." Instead of being the agents of frenzied syndicates focused on profits for shareholders thousands of miles away, let the planters be either substantial and reputable Europeans who have proven their understanding of the locals and their ability to deal skillfully and fairly with them, or even better—let them be disinterested officers of the Government, guiding the development of the country not for their own or anyone else's financial gain, but for the overall benefit of its people and of the Empire to which it belongs.
But if the immediate inflexion of British policy in Eastern Africa should be, without prejudice, but with precedence of other provinces, to accelerate the economic and social development of Uganda, what are the first steps to take? I might have much to say of Forestry and Agriculture; of an extended system of technical education similar to that 215 given at the Gordon College at Khartoum, here perhaps in part to be achieved through grants in aid of the existing missionary schools; of road-making, indispensable to progress, of motor-transport, and of water-power. But let me make my message brief and unclouded, and as before expressed in three words, "Build a Railway."
But if British policy in Eastern Africa shifts to prioritize the rapid economic and social development of Uganda, what are the first steps to take? I could discuss a lot about Forestry and Agriculture; about expanding technical education similar to what’s offered at Gordon College in Khartoum, possibly supported by grants for existing missionary schools; about road construction, which is crucial for progress, about motor transport, and about utilizing water power. But I'll keep my message clear and simple, as I've said before: "Build a Railway."
The clusters of colonial possessions which have been acquired on the east and west coasts of Africa, so rapidly and with so little cost or bloodshed, will unquestionably prove an invaluable, if not indeed a necessary feature of the British Empire. From these vast plantations will be drawn the raw materials of many of our most important industries; to them will flow a continuous and broadening train of British products; and in them the peculiar gifts for administration and high civic virtues of our race may find a healthy and an honourable scope. Some of these great estates, like Southern Nigeria on the west coast, are already so prosperous as not only to be self-supporting, but able to assist with credit and subvention the progress of neighbours less far advanced. Others are still a charge upon our estimates. We are annually put to the expense of grants-in-aid more or less considerable for Northern 216 Somaliland, the East African Protectorate, Nyassaland and Uganda. Heavy upon the finance of all the East Coast hangs the capital charge of the Uganda Railway. In no way will these charges be eased or removed except by the rise of one or more of the territories concerned to economic buoyancy, or by the growth of railway traffic down the Uganda trunk consequent upon development. Under present conditions the progress made from year to year is steady and encouraging. The charges upon the Colonial Estimates diminish regularly every year. Every year the administration of the different Governments increases in elaboration, in efficiency and consequently in cost. The extra charge is met ever more fully by the returning yield of a grateful soil. Except for the chances of war, rebellion, pestilence, and famine which brood over the infancy of tropical protectorates, but which may be averted or controlled, it would be easy to calculate a date—not too remote—by which all contribution from the British tax-payer would be unnecessary. The movement of events is encouraging; but there is one method by which it can be made far more sure and far more swift, by which all adverse chances are 217 minimized, and all existing resources stimulated and multiplied—railways.
The clusters of colonial possessions that have been acquired on the east and west coasts of Africa, so quickly and with so little cost or bloodshed, will undoubtedly prove to be an invaluable, if not essential, part of the British Empire. From these vast plantations will come the raw materials for many of our most important industries; a continuous and growing stream of British products will flow to them; and in them, our race's unique abilities for administration and civic values can find a meaningful and honorable outlet. Some of these large estates, like Southern Nigeria on the west coast, are already so prosperous that they not only support themselves but can also provide financial assistance to neighbors that are less advanced. Others still require support from our budget. Each year, we incur expenses for grants-in-aid that are more or less substantial for Northern Somaliland, the East African Protectorate, Nyassaland, and Uganda. The financial burden of the Uganda Railway weighs heavily on the economy of the entire East Coast. These costs will not be alleviated or removed except through the economic growth of one or more of the involved territories or the increase in railway traffic down the Uganda route as development progresses. Under current conditions, the progress made each year is steady and promising. The expenses in the Colonial Estimates consistently decrease each year. Every year, the administration of the various governments becomes more complex, more efficient, and consequently more costly. The additional expenses are increasingly covered by the returns from enriched land. Aside from the risks of war, rebellion, disease, and famine that loom over the development of tropical protectorates—risks that can be mitigated or managed—it would be easy to predict a not-too-distant future when contributions from British taxpayers will no longer be necessary. The trend of events is encouraging; however, there is one method that can significantly ensure and accelerate this progress while minimizing all potential setbacks and enhancing and multiplying existing resources—railways.
I would go so far as to say that it is only wasting time and money to try to govern, or still more develop, a great African possession without a railway. There can be no security, progress, or prosperity without at least one central line of rapid communication driven through the heart of the country. Where, as in Northern Somaliland, the land itself is utterly valueless, a mere desert of rocks and scrub, or where the military dangers are excessive and utterly disproportioned to any results that can ever be reaped—withdrawal and concentration are the true policy. But if for any reason it be decided to remain and to administer, a railway becomes the prime of absolute necessities. Till then all civilized government is extravagant and precarious, and all profitable commerce practically impossible. These considerations have lately led a British Government to sanction the extensive railways, nearly 600 miles long, now being rapidly constructed in Northern and Southern Nigeria; and the same arguments apply, though in my view with increased force, to the Uganda Protectorate. 218
I would go as far as to say that trying to govern or even develop a large African territory without a railway is just a waste of time and money. There can be no safety, progress, or prosperity without at least one main line of fast communication running through the country. In places like Northern Somaliland, where the land is completely worthless, just a desert of rocks and shrubs, or where the military risks are way too high compared to any benefits, the best approach is to withdraw and consolidate. But if there’s a decision to stay and manage, having a railway is absolutely essential. Until then, any form of organized government is costly and unstable, and profitable trade is nearly impossible. These points have recently led a British Government to approve the extensive railways, almost 600 miles long, that are now being quickly built in Northern and Southern Nigeria; and the same reasoning applies, although I believe even more strongly, to the Uganda Protectorate. 218
It is not usually realized that the Uganda railway does not pass through Uganda. It is the railway to Uganda and not of Uganda. It stops short of the land from which it takes its name, and falls exhausted by its exertions and vicissitudes, content feverishly to lap the waters of the Victoria Nyanza. Uganda is reached, but not traversed by steam communication in any form. Yet the extension of the railway from the western shores of the Victoria to the Albert Nyanza would not only carry it through much of the most valuable and fertile country within its radius, but as I shall show could far more than double its effective scope.
It’s not commonly known that the Uganda railway doesn’t actually go through Uganda. It is the railway to Uganda and not of Uganda. It stops short of the country it’s named after and, after all its efforts and challenges, is content to just touch the waters of Lake Victoria. Uganda is reached, but steam trains don’t cross through it at all. However, extending the railway from the western shores of Lake Victoria to Lake Albert would not only take it through some of the most valuable and fertile land in the area, but as I will demonstrate, it could greatly expand its effective reach.
It may be accepted as an axiom that in the present state of development in these African protectorates, it is scarcely ever, and indeed I think never, worth while to build railways in competition with waterways. Railways should in new countries be in supplement of, and not in substitution for, lakes and navigable rivers. No doubt direct through-routes of railway, where bulk is not broken and all delays and changings are avoided, show an imposing advantage in comparison with a mere alternation of water stages and railway links. There could be no doubt which was the better if only 219 you leave out the question of cost. But it is just this question of cost which cannot be left out, which clamorously dominates the proposition from the beginning. For first-class countries may afford first-class railways and trains de luxe, but second-class countries must be less ambitious, and young new jungle-born countries are satisfied, or ought to be, if they get any railway at all. The differences between the best railway in the world and the worst, are no doubt impressive; but they become utterly insignificant when contrasted with the difference between the worst railway in the world and no railway at all. For observe, the comparison is not with perfect lines of European communication, nor with anything like them, nor even with a waggon on a turnpike road. It is with a jogging, grunting, panting, failing line of tottering coolies, men reduced to beasts of burden, that the new pioneer line must be compared—that is to say, with the most painful, most degrading, slowest and feeblest method of transportation which has ever disgraced the world. And compared with that, any line of steam-communication, however primitive, however light, however interrupted, is heaven. 220
It can be considered a fact that, in the current state of development in these African protectorates, it's rarely, and I believe never, worthwhile to build railways in competition with waterways. Railways in new countries should complement lakes and navigable rivers rather than replace them. Sure, direct railway routes without interruptions and delays have a significant advantage over a mix of water transport and railway connections. There would be no doubt about which is superior if you ignored the cost factor. But that cost issue can't be overlooked; it heavily influences the situation from the start. First-class countries can afford top-notch railways and luxury trains, but second-class countries must be more realistic, and developing countries should be content if they get any railway at all. The differences between the best and worst railways are certainly striking; however, they become completely irrelevant when you compare the worst railway in the world with having no railway at all. Note that the comparison isn't with the excellent railway systems in Europe, nor anything similar, or even with a wagon on a turnpike road. It's with a slow, struggling, inefficient line of overworked porters, men reduced to pack animals, that the new pioneer line must be measured against—meaning it's compared to the most painful, degrading, slowest, and weakest form of transportation ever. And in contrast to that, any steam communication line, no matter how basic, light, or interrupted, is a huge improvement.
I am endeavouring to guide the reader to a positive proposal of a modest and practical character, I mean the construction of a new railway which might be called "The Victoria and Albert Railway," although it would virtually be an extension of the existing Uganda line. This railway should traverse the country between the great lakes, and join together these two noble reservoirs with all their respective river connections. The distance is not great. Two hundred and fifty miles would exceed the largest computation; and perhaps a line of one hundred and fifty miles would suffice. If the cost of this railway were estimated, as I am informed is reasonable, at a maximum figure of £5,000 a mile, the total sum involved would be between £1,250,000 and £750,000.
I am trying to lead the reader toward a positive and practical proposal: the construction of a new railway that could be called "The Victoria and Albert Railway," which would essentially extend the existing Uganda line. This railway should travel across the country between the great lakes, connecting these two magnificent bodies of water along with all their river links. The distance isn’t too far; even two hundred and fifty miles would be the highest estimate, and a line of around one hundred and fifty miles might be enough. If the cost of this railway is estimated, as I’ve been told is reasonable, at a maximum of £5,000 per mile, the total cost would range from £750,000 to £1,250,000.
The supreme advantage of making a railway debouch upon a great lake, is that every point on the lake shore is instantly put in almost equal communication with railhead. Steamers coast round on circular tours, and whatsoever trade or traffic may offer along the whole circumference, is carried swiftly to the railway. Lakes are in fact the catchment areas of trade, and it is by tapping and uniting them that the 221 economic life of Central Africa can be most easily and swiftly stimulated.
The biggest benefit of connecting a railway to a large lake is that every spot along the lake shore is almost equally accessible to the train station. Ferries travel around on circular routes, and any business or freight that comes up around the entire lake is quickly transported to the railway. Lakes are essentially the collection points for trade, and by linking and utilizing them, the 221 economic development of Central Africa can be most effectively and rapidly boosted.
Two routes present themselves with various competing advantages by which the Victoria and Albert Railway may proceed. The first, the most obvious, most desirable and most expensive, is straight across the Highlands of Toro, through the best of the cotton country, from a point on the Victoria Lake in the neighbourhood of Entebbe, to where the Semliki river runs into the southern end of Lake Albert. The second would practically follow the footsteps recorded in these pages. It does not offer a direct line. It does not pass during the whole of its length through cultivated and inhabited country. It does not reach the Albert Lake at the most convenient end. But it is far cheaper than the other. It is only 135 miles long instead of nearly 250. It connects not only the two great lakes, but also Lake Chioga with all its channels and tributaries, in one system of unbroken steam communication.
Two routes offer different advantages for how the Victoria and Albert Railway could proceed. The first, which is the most straightforward, desirable, and costly, goes right across the Highlands of Toro, through the best cotton-producing area, starting from a point on Victoria Lake near Entebbe, and ending where the Semliki River flows into the southern end of Lake Albert. The second route largely follows the paths described in these pages. It doesn’t provide a direct line. It doesn’t pass through cultivated and populated areas for its entire length. It doesn’t reach Lake Albert at the most convenient point. But it is much cheaper than the first option. It's only 135 miles long, compared to nearly 250 miles for the other route. It connects not only the two major lakes but also Lake Chioga with all its channels and tributaries, creating a single system of uninterrupted steam communication.
Briefly this latter project would consist of two links of railway: the first about sixty miles long from Jinja (or Ripon Falls) to Kakindu, the first point where the Victoria Nile 222 becomes navigable: the second about seventy-five miles long from the neighbourhood of Mruli to the Nile below the Murchison Falls and near its mouth on the Albert. By these two sections of railway, together only 135 miles in length, a wonderful extent of waterways would be commanded; to wit: 1. Thirty miles of the Victoria Nile navigable from Kakindu to Lake Chioga. 2. Lake Chioga itself, with its long arms and gulfs stretching deeply into the whole of the fertile regions to the south-west of Mount Elgon, and affording a perimeter of navigable coastline accessible by steamers, of certainly not less than 250 miles. 3. All that reach of the Victoria Nile navigable from Lake Chioga to Foweira when the rapids ending in the Murchison Falls begin again—70 miles. 4. Thirty miles from below the falls to the Albert Lake. 5. The whole of the Albert Lake shores—250 miles. 6. The Semliki river navigable (once a sandbar has been passed) for sixty miles. 7. The glorious open reach of the White Nile from the Albert Lake to Nimule—120 miles. Thus by the construction of only 135 miles of railroad, swift modern communication would be established over a total range of 800 miles: or for an addition of one-fifth to its length 223 and one-eighth to its cost the effective radius of the Uganda railway would be more than doubled. Such railway propositions are few and far between.
In short, this project would involve two railway links: the first one is about sixty miles long, stretching from Jinja (or Ripon Falls) to Kakindu, the first spot where the Victoria Nile becomes navigable. The second is roughly seventy-five miles long, running from near Mruli to the Nile below the Murchison Falls and close to its mouth at Albert. With these two railway sections, totaling only 135 miles, a remarkable network of waterways would be accessible: 1. Thirty miles of the Victoria Nile that can be navigated from Kakindu to Lake Chioga. 2. Lake Chioga itself, with its long arms and inlets reaching deep into the fertile lands in the southwest of Mount Elgon, offering a navigable coastline of at least 250 miles for steamers. 3. The navigable stretch of the Victoria Nile from Lake Chioga to Foweira, which is 70 miles long before the rapids resume at Murchison Falls. 4. Thirty miles from below the falls to Albert Lake. 5. All around Albert Lake—250 miles of shoreline. 6. The Semliki River, which can be navigated (once a sandbar is cleared) for sixty miles. 7. The awesome stretch of the White Nile from Albert Lake to Nimule—120 miles. So, by building just 135 miles of railroad, efficient modern communication would be achieved over a total distance of 800 miles: for an additional one-fifth in length and one-eighth in cost, the effective range of the Uganda railway would more than double. Such railway proposals are rare.
I do not prejudge the choice of these two routes. Both are now being carefully surveyed. The advantages of the longer and more ambitious line across Toro are perhaps superior. But the cost is also nearly twice as great; and cost is a vital factor—not merely to the government called upon to find money, but still more to the commercial soundness of an enterprise which is permanently crippled, if its original capital charges are allowed notably to exceed what the estimated earnings would sustain. The question is one which will require severe and patient examination, the nicest balancings between competitive advantages, the smoothest compromises between the practical and the ideal.
I’m not going to make a judgment on these two routes yet. Both are currently being assessed carefully. The benefits of the longer, more ambitious path across Toro might be better. However, the cost is nearly double, and that’s a crucial factor—not just for the government that has to fund it, but even more so for the overall viability of a project that would be severely impacted if its initial costs significantly exceed the expected earnings. This is a matter that will need thorough and careful analysis, weighing competitive benefits and finding the best compromises between what’s practical and what’s ideal.
But let us now look forward to a time—not, I trust, remote—when by one route or the other the distance between the Victoria and Albert Lakes has been spanned by a railway, and when the Mountains of the Moon are scarcely four days' journey from Mombasa. The British Government will then be possessed of the 224 shortest route to the Eastern Congo. The Uganda railway will be able to offer rates for merchandise and railway material with which no other line that can ever be constructed will ever be able to compete. The whole of that already considerable, though as yet stifled trade, which feebly trickles back half across Africa by Boma to the Atlantic, which is looking desperately for an outlet to the northward, which percolates in driblets through Uganda to-day, will flow swiftly and abundantly to the benefit of all parties concerned down the Uganda trunk, raising that line with steady impulse from the status of a political railway towards the level of a sound commercial enterprise. In no other way will the British tax-payer recover his capital. The advantages are great and the expense moderate. Larger considerations may postpone, and the imperative need of the fullest surveys will in any case delay construction; but I cannot doubt that the Victoria and Albert railway is now the most important project awaiting action in the whole of that group of Protectorates which Sir Frederick Lugard used proudly to call "our East African Empire."
But let’s look ahead to a time—not too far off, I hope—when the gap between the Victoria and Albert Lakes is crossed by a railway, and when the Mountains of the Moon are just a four-day journey from Mombasa. The British Government will then have the 224 fastest route to the Eastern Congo. The Uganda railway will be able to offer rates for goods and railway materials that no other line could ever compete with. The substantial, yet currently stifled trade that barely trickles back across Africa to Boma and is desperately seeking an outlet to the north, will flow quickly and generously down the Uganda trunk, benefiting everyone involved and elevating that line from being merely a political railway to a solid commercial operation. The British taxpayer will only see their investment returned this way. The benefits are significant, and the costs are reasonable. Larger issues may delay things, and the urgent need for thorough surveys will push back construction; however, I firmly believe that the Victoria and Albert railway is the most crucial project waiting for action in the entire group of Protectorates that Sir Frederick Lugard proudly referred to as “our East African Empire.”
But let us proceed one step further in the 225 development of the communications of north-east Africa. When an extension of the Uganda railway has reached the Albert Nyanza, only one link will be missing to connect the whole of the rail and waterway system of East Africa and Uganda with the enormous system of railways and riverways of Egypt and the Soudan, to connect the Uganda with the Desert railway, to join the navigation of the great lakes to the navigation of the Blue and White Niles. Only one link will be missing, and that a very short one; the distance of 110 miles from Nimule to Gondokoro, where the Nile is interrupted by cataracts. Of the commercial utility of such a link in itself I have nothing to say; but as a means of marrying two gigantic systems of steam communication, it will some day possess a high importance; and thereafter over the whole of the north-east quarter of the African continent under the influence or authority of the British Crown, comprising a total mileage by rail and river of perhaps 20,000 miles, uninterrupted steam communication will prevail.
But let's move one step further in the 225 development of communications in northeast Africa. Once the extension of the Uganda railway reaches Albert Nyanza, only one link will remain to connect the entire rail and waterway system of East Africa and Uganda with the vast network of railways and rivers in Egypt and Sudan, connecting Uganda with the Desert railway and joining the navigation of the great lakes to the navigation of the Blue and White Nile. Only one short link will be missing: a distance of 110 miles from Nimule to Gondokoro, where the Nile is interrupted by waterfalls. I have nothing to say about the commercial utility of such a link in itself, but as a way to connect two massive steam communication systems, it will one day be very important. After that, across the whole northeastern part of the African continent under British influence or authority, there will be uninterrupted steam communication over a total of about 20,000 miles of rail and river.
The adventurous and the imaginative may peer out beyond these compact and practicable steps into a more remote and speculative region. 226 Perhaps by the time that the junction between the Uganda and Soudan rail and water systems has been effected, the Rhodes Cape to Cairo railway will have reached the southern end of Lake Tanganyika: and then only one comparatively short hiatus will bar a complete transcontinental line, if not wholly of railroad, at least of steam traffic and of comfortable and speedy travel.
The adventurous and imaginative can look beyond these compact and practical steps into a more distant and speculative area. 226 By the time the connection between the Uganda and Sudan rail and water systems is complete, the Rhodes Cape to Cairo railway may have made it to the southern end of Lake Tanganyika: and then only one relatively short gap will stand in the way of a complete transcontinental line, if not entirely by railroad, at least by steam traffic and comfortable, speedy travel.
Then, perhaps it will be time to make another journey; but as the reader, who will no doubt take care to secure a first-class tourist ticket, will no longer require my services as guide, I shall take this opportunity of making him my bow.
Then, maybe it will be time for another trip; but since the reader, who will surely make sure to get a first-class tourist ticket, won’t need my help as a guide anymore, I’d like to take this chance to say goodbye.
FOOTNOTE
[1] "I am informed by the courtesy of Mr. Lydekker of the British Natural History Museum, that the true name of the white rhinoceros found in Uganda is Rhinoceros Simus Cottoni. 'Burchell's white rhinoceros' is the designation of the southern race; but I have preserved in the text the name commonly used in Uganda."
[1] "I'm informed by Mr. Lydekker from the British Natural History Museum that the actual name of the white rhinoceros found in Uganda is Rhinoceros Simus Cottoni. 'Burchell's white rhinoceros' refers to the southern type, but I've kept the name that is commonly used in Uganda in the text."
Transcriber's Note:
Transcriber's Note:
Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.
Understood. Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.
Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation in the original document have been preserved.
Inconsistent spelling and hyphenation in the original document have been kept.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!